Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D98-0249 - GART SPORTS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
D98 -0249 17450 Southcenter Pkwy. Gart Sports CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TIJKW1 :LA , WASHINGTON 98188 1H1S CERTIFICATE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS or SECTION 109 OF, THE JNIFOREI BUILDING CODE. CERTIFYING HEAT AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE THIS STRUCTURE c'AS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VARIOUS ORDINANCES OF THE CITY REGULATING BUILDING -;ONS1RUC1ION OR IJSE. FOR THE FOLLOWING: Occupant GARY SPORTS 3u 1 1 ct i ng Addres i : 1 7450 SOUTHCENTER PY Parce.L 41: .262304- 9110; Carrier: MF3K NORTHWEST 0cbupF.trtcy: STORE Occupancy., Group.,: ELI Permit No: Suite No: D98-0249 Occupant Load . 1135 Type o F- .: Cans t V.-N. TENANT RC LATED, IMP OVEMENTS, THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THF PREMISES City of Tukwila (206) 4313670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 262304 -9110 Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTER PY Suite No: Location: Category: ARET Type: DEVPERM Zoning: Const Type: V -N Gas /Elec.: Units: 001 Setbacks: North: Water: TUKWILA Wetlands: Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: Occupancy: UBC: Fire Protection: .0 South: .0 East: Sewer: TUKWILA Slopes: N Contractor License No: SIERRCC145N8 OCCUPANT OWNER CONTRACTOR CONTACT .0 West: Streams: D98 -0249 ISSUED 08/12/1998 02/08/1999 STORE 1997 SPRINKLERS .0 GART SPORTS 17450 SOUTHCENTER PY, TUKWILA WA 98188 MBK NORTHWEST Phone: 206- 575 -8090 C/O TRAMMELL CROW COMPANY, 17560 SOUTHCENTER PY, TUKWILA WA 9818 SIERRA CONSTRUCTION CO INC. Phone: 206 885 -3797 16715 NE 79 ST, REDMOND WA 98052 TODD RANKIN Phone: 206 - 574 -0925 16715 NE 79 ST, REDMOND WA 98052 :*************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: TENANT RELATED IMPROVEMENTS. :*************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Construction Valuation: $ 480,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer Main Extension: N Private: Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N Public: N *************************************************** ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 5,155.39 c*************************************** **********************************k****** Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: L) /2-90 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development �rrm"t. ,,) 4 Signature:__ - - �S �� (�(! Date: Print Name:_ _ _,%(L�T %C This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. CITV OF TUKWILA Address: 17450 SOUTHCENTEP PY Permit No: 098-0249 Suite: Tenant: Status: ISSUED Type: DFVPERM Parcel #: 2604-9110 Applied: 998 07:16/1 issued: 08/12/1993 Permit Conditions: 1. 14 changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Architect or Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 2. Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle-King County Department of Public Health. Prumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296-4722) . 3. Electrical perMits. shall be obtained through the Washington tate Division of Labor and Industries and..all electrical work will be inspected by that agency .(248-6630). 4. All mechanical work shall be under separate permit :issued by the City of Tukwila, 5. All permits, inspection.records, and approved plans shai 1 be Havailable'at the site prior to the start of any cOn- struction. These documents are to be maintained and,avai able until final inspection approval is granted. . 6. The exit.passageway which runs along the North wall of' the • tenant space is a required exit component t' this tenant space. Although it occurs outside of the "G art" tenant improvements, ityievertheless must•be completed and:approVed'; prior to and as, a condition of final inspection approval anti.. subsequent certificate of occupancy. The envelope of this. new tenant space .must meet the, minimum prescriptive requirements for installed-thermal insulation in the envelope walls and roof/ceiling sYstem. Minim6m. wall insulation must provide for R-11 minimum roof/ceiling......:- insulation must provide for R-21. Compliance with this, imUm thermal insulation requirements will besubject of fine' 1 inspection approval and subsequent .certificate of occupanc v. 8. Doors numbered 120 & 124 are required to be 20 minute fire rated door/frame assemblies.with self closing hardWare and smoke and draft control gaskets. 9. Means of egress lighting with emergency power supply-Shall be provided for the retail..salesarea.. in addi tion to those indicated on sheet E2.1. UBC .1003.2.3.5, 10. AT new ceiling grid and...light fixture.inStallation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seismic Zone 3. 11. Partition walls attached to ceiling grid must be laterally braced if over eight (3) feet in length. 12. Any exposed insulations backing material shall have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, and material shall bear identi- fication showing the fire performance rating thereof. 13. All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997. Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition) and Washington State Energy. Code (1997 Edition). 14. Ali rack storage requires a separate permit through the City of Tukwila. Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed Structural Engineer are required for rack . storage over eight (8) feet in height. final. inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Buildino Inspector. 16. A CERTIFICATE, OF OCCUPANCY WILL BE REWIRED FOR THIS PERMIT. 17. Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be con- strued to be a permit for, or an approval of anv violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of anv other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. CITY OFTUK 'ILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Project Name/Te ant: ( Existing use: ►'Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Sa.Site Cit State/Zip: -A „It - iD18E Value of nstruction: Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes X no Address: 4� `03 rg a Property Owner: MF*-- T ax Parcel l Number: .2 0 -- p — • + viLWLt Pho C73 ( Street Address: -ip Sit3 t/tt.D7 w -- , 't.A City State /Zip: -Q ..'Z Contractor: Street Address: k(o 15 E 'f `" • City State /Zip: lib , \I 4Ik2) 1116. ' r • . Architect: t�1-7.t isia c.-4,4 \-E +s I►� • Phon (3O7 z� ac Street Address: G- • L:.ltsc> ;r'U1 t> • i # 2-oo City State /Zip: p Co x•24 - Fax #: 22O -• a Qg Engineer: Phone: 1 Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Contact Person: Phon \ 09--&c7 Street Address: ' s • e4 k..)4.. City State /Zip: d";1— . -- o,). Description of work to be done: * \, Existing use: ►'Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes grio If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes X no Existing fire protection features: sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: 9 o existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) `' q 4 cD Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. 0 Landscape Irrigation ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): 0 Deduct 0 Water Only ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: ❑ Miscellaneous Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date application accepted: '7 l - -9e Date application expires: Applicat' taken by: (initials) CTPERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 LEASESIGN;BACK OF APPLICATION. FORM. .L .o!IUEICA/I!IILI ILY:TENAT IMPROVEMENT/AL PATION PEMIT AePLICATIONSC . .: MIDST YE•SUB)NIITTED.WITH THE P'OLLOWING' ALL - DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ® Complete Legal Description ® ❑ Metro: Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : ❑ ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Lirnits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). ❑ ❑ Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled ❑ ❑ Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site ❑ ❑ Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ ❑ indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished ❑ ❑ Construction details ® ® Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. ❑ ❑ Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. ❑ ® SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). ❑ ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ❑ ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ® ® Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW . - - • 'It THORIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: (tS- Print Warne: Ill . A Phgn,�:�11 , see- �t1''�� Fa0k. 8 _ Q mx*.3f.., \o„. 930n ' Address Verq --16- 1N\« .�� , Cs—V, , City /S CTPLRMIT.DOC 1 /29/97 *A*A***.A**�***A*^14*,\+�*A+*A+«*a.AAa*»-A**^**+**A**a*aA**++ ITY OF TUKNILA. NA 'TRANSMIT A*+A*A*i*A+*a�aok^�**+*+++*A*aa+aa*+*k***�AaAA4ta+^a*,.k*A*A** TRANSMIT Number: R9700811 Amount: ' 3.126.25 08/12/98 15:05 Pavment Method: CHECK Notatiun: SIERRA fANSTRUCT I Init: 8LH Permit Not D98-0249 Type: DGVP[RM DEVELOPMENT: PERMIT Parcel No: 262304-911O ' � Site Address: 17450 SOUTHCENT[R PY T6t41 Fees: 5~1 i5~39 This Pa+ment 3.126.25 Total ALL Pmts:• 5.,155,3.9 Oalance: .00 +A+*+^a**A***a*A*A**a*AaA+*+�*+a+***+�*a*iv**A*.A+A**+**f^+«** • Ac:nunt Ccde 000/322.100 000y386.904 Description BUILDING — NONREG STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE Amount 3� 121.75 ' 4.5O ��0� 08/17 1717 � 'TOTAL 3196725''�` � ` '' /,~~ K ) ^ .� +++++++***++A+++A* -or +++A+*+A++A*a++++++A++******+*«***+*++A-+**�+ ITY OF TUKNlLA. WA _ TRANSMlT � +k**A*A+++A+++*aA+*++++AA*****++*+*++*++**++**+k++***+*a++***a* lKANSMIT Number: R97(i0795 Amount: 2.029.14 07/16/98 J6:20 Pavment Method: CHECK Notation: SIERRA CONSTRUCT Inih: DLH Permit No: D98-0249 Tyne: DEVPEON DEVELOPMENT PEUAI[ Site Address: 17450 SOUTHCENlER Total Fees: 5.150.89 This Pavment 2.029.14 Total ALL Pmts: 2.O2 14 Balance: 3,121.75 a*'A* *0*A*A++0in. * +^+A ).+^*++a*+A*^***^+A++Aa*+a+I*0++« **�A * Account Code Description ' Amount OOO/345.830 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 2.029.14 ' • 375s 07/17 1717 '�TOTAL 2029,14�.� �� `� • INSPECT •N NO. • PECTION RECC4RD etain a 'copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southpenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA. 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: } Type of in. section: • Address: \� u,SO.f S".�Ctihc r 12 Date called. 1 13 19 Date wanted 1 / ., .i70 a_m! - p.m.. Special instructions: ) / 9ooi'd 11-s-1, l / egU61vt `1.0.1.1 P:) `7 • LI - 0.9 Q r Approved per applicable codes. 1 1 Corrections required prior to. approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: 1 $42.00 REINSPECTIO: EE REQUIRED: Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southc•enter Blvd., Suite 100. CII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: •■•M,"•TR�;`1Y�,¢r'ry. -..v :'^nr.�.ra INS CTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: L Loaf --- � Type of inspection: ��� Address. /7tsb ' G� Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted: 11 /6— 8 a .. Requester: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. rgi Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Q' ; Ally t- £2 ,4 /)-7c.,-, 574'• 14(14-4 ' 2-Q yKam/CA f 4 E'f L 61/17 %r:e,I Inspector: Date: $42.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED.. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: V.7'�• . • .ru r. .w 'T•^.. .."'•+i44'i�r'.'!![a +r v.e -{Yns. tyC f.'4''iJ...,rTl•�. /1.0 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: / rJt C (..:01,-t .5 Type of inspection: r �a ( Address: 119 g) S 2 Kweate iy called: (t , , I c ! Li/ `� z_) f fZ11_t_62U A164 7- Special instructions: Date wanted: � 113 � r1 � p.m. Requester: — h `n � 1 0 /5----L' 4 eJ 4.v Phone o. S 7Nq -- o ;..� ;� }--,0,,-. w e?c,' 11-- . .4",-4.e7-e__ ece7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (J' z_) f fZ11_t_62U A164 7- __ 3) /V 4_1_,ZI lrh — _ CeAcz (J1.7 /- i ` .. . 0 /5----L' 4 eJ 4.v /" ;� }--,0,,-. w e?c,' 11-- . .4",-4.e7-e__ ece7 C' ,.---,-,t s /417z -, 5 ,V° 1.--/--( ioe.e ex i t .e. -.5 o4 . C.4 //e,' 7) Raz.% � / c� �d [/6(G L 6 IAA L Inspect ' i Date: ° 1 r $42.00 REINSPEC'I'ION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 ca-o-to PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Projec Type f inspeptio Addres i 74. +o 300,LG¢ act f/ �i Date calle fqj `.� Special instructions: Date wart? 3I D (( C a.m. p.m. Req}�e�i si Le k G�- s f PhQ %� - QQ proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: /0 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project _7-t- Q/1't 5�%BS Ty of ins pecti Rn:" iM ( i 1ti i'IN gist.e Addres 17 S 0 3,9-ukk cx-4.---/-e- Pr Date calle rt7 iti Y ,,.=, Special instructions: Date want r . +� a.m. � p.m. jj Req t r• s /_ S i Q-1, r G_ Co-64. T Pho No.: 5-14-0063 roved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sa5,0A,44a) G°-‘%4c� $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPE ION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100,' Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. r' (206) 431' =3670 Project: (Lid Typ f ins ecti, n: �' IV....1) ci.A. F l&A-A-e.---i Address: i„ ' 7450 SO'"A�� Date called: 2' v Special inst uctions: Date wanted: a.m. ,U2Z� Requester: ' Phone N 4 — LV(ix.-3 3 Approved per applicable codes. COMIjAI -TSk Corrections required prior to approval. r Gam. — 2/ Inspect Date: C $42.00' REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to in pection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: *.^►'.`ura`;"5 "�"+ s '+nary +sa v -- +...c*w+. .�. -v.:., .'-' 0 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: Ty e of ' spection: Addres , �4 a ( c c J { ! �e°Git Pp ate called: / U �J , Special instructions:, Date wanted: /D/ CE a.m. p.m. 6 Phone a6o :0— / /00 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 3- .1CeS ©o Ca4ete,E,t9g c Inspecto Date: 946 n $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • 70 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 6300 Spuhcjr Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 (206) 431-3670 Proje .,,,:if 45....4000100110 IP e(.x atAfrtie_, Type: cleiewe........ Dat called: Addre . /7S-DO fie ill( Special instructions: 6-7 /11,7r 1 Date wanted: a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No.: kit pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • lnsp 4IrjeArf .1 11 "19181" 1 $42.0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 0 Receipt No.: Date: �'���, r`, ?'�h�j uila���`�..4w"�"" ;..�SW."Sii +� f �r.�p�V'��s' „. ',Y. ;; C -;ate �s.:a. �i�� �'^s� ">;.�► k6s.! �:.0 .-scrn s a [ „�F�f�vw +r G,tt :.��C 'X..LT �`✓�i,. .,.n ... A' �: N. �`% f: k4` .`;�?1��.;g ^- �yy•i:�U�.'?:' -}- .�1�.�.t.�A��','� INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Proj ct: t�-r - Slot. f s Type fins ect on: -i i . o c.Gt. 0 c��. -Q `.., U Address. 114s0 SD (Al ul k &g kGr / ' Date called: 1V 7 (a �'' Special instructions: 1 Date wanted: /CIS' 1©(g I a.m. p.m.• RequejteorLe, t/ti. is. r Phone No.: roved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: $42.00 tEINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: 50 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206) 431-3670 Project: Type of • sperecLic D cal ed: /V (4, ---..... Id 5e2isi s_c) (Snifi 1 eatel pi6 Sipeicial instructions: I ate wanted: /0/7 -r1. Requestet. -\ own Phone No.: 71i— 60 ea' pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 64 et19 (9„ IN -z 6-ed.6 & Jew .0103. 11* SA,60, C7-eAtt e,c -C/Zit—e2., $42.O REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to i spection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1 Receipt No.: Date: tr INSPECTION NO. i.a.., r.: 7;47- -..r�".n.O -". .Tr 7 s.! si 1I INSPECTION RECORD .. ' ; Retain a copy with permit - -004-9 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 \I V (206) 431 -3670 Project: a Jj por s Type of inspectio - 4-1 VAC vawoi0,5 Addres s I -14J' D SoUad,Ceok.r P'( Date called: I015)(JS Special instructions: Date wanted: 4rriii—.s. Requester: Phone No.: 514 - 004-. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required, prior to approval. ' COMMENTS: f i` i1(1 e4 i -4)(4 4z_ $42.00 '' INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: INSPECTION NO. r = '4.�;.,Tt*.s 'r .� :! w, ,'ti,-fy.,Y4;nx:r"^,' a41',- a:'Ac:::.iIV, !k1T.∎ 3t�� iI INSPE1CTION RECORD =' ' Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Proje t: �OA' S orfs Type of nspec on" she .2t VOG!LVl ,41,,i Add s: Sorg+ la�c Date Date called: 10/_.5/q Er- Special instructions: wanted C : j 0/(, qs/ -- p.m. Re a ter: 0fty FvNC.L.v, Ph 5574 00k3 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: hCf- - A ..�. I 42.00 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to i spection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: z^ :v !< <YFi evigt ,„17.7 ,±,, '4 -'x ... �. ; INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Sou enter Blvd., #100; Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project: ��� lei a. Type f inspection Let'1tj a, vti c:_,._la. Addr- s: / 7 '�`SD r - >z -`tad _, Date called: ' /0,1- !`S". Special instructions: ,---,.A /` Date wanted: a.mj /D -2- 5-.- m. Requester: f37.t Phone No.: <l o1/4260— / /ov pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: AV" Inspector: Ard NW /1)15"1M1114" el/ $42.00 REIN "'ECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: ' INSPECTION'TIECORD Retain a copy with permit 20 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #00; Tukwria WA 98188 Q?E-o-z-L1? PERMIT NO. (206) 431-3670 - Project: e--- s--- r Type of inspection:—/ Rap /t.k. '* (2Q FROAA_ Ai Pc * ( D a Address: 7g5--6 1 c-502.ei-ec_ Date called: Dt lld Date Date wanted: D. • orce - . • Pi-24/3 • a m -1-1. Special instructions instructions: Requester: 6f1404.ei c.; KY)? like i -7 ili 5 "/c\ Phone No: 1)/y1A)4 1/ (-004 it( Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Rap /t.k. '* (2Q FROAA_ Ai Pc * ( D a 0 iP2za_Efe,fmi.--- .go,t..i C _AP 7-' )2-&-r/4'cl-- moT ii4, eAlezie- Pugin' 6 9 D. • orce - . • Pi-24/3 ('g 6:: X t-r 7p /JOrz.-1-4 Witt- TO C U/ZI — 0 oat alt.--cic gppvi eD # OP- Lk)75) ".; 1Rt..iA16 RCC) Amin)6 4frff-i_. D27rt.evitc__ 1 50rair— 4- ir 6 . • com.L.d, a c.; KY)? like i -7 ili 5 "/c\ 1)/y1A)4 1/ (-004 it( 1fr-c_ fi ---, ,--- tio., 1- _tri,„_,, 04 l ,..),/ cz.tel.1____ Inspector: Date: $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: 1. :0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: Type of inspection A el- �1 IS Address: _ Date called: 4 ( / , Special instructions: Date wanted: /Z-9/?(K d.11.) Requester: ` "2—, / vi. G'(/I.( /% - _ Phone No.:._.,, 7q-666 - -.:. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:. /S4_ � G / / n � , 4 4 ( / , /V � /4 4 2t �! J ' /// S k2 / "0- cri^"t. 4 .v' b )) / ,, 1, L_ ` "2—, / vi. G'(/I.( /% - _ 4 dcd-�' Z�..� % h� J 64.7 ).7 Pa `7 �j .f i Af-7 /, 'f.- 4 , :1 /4 _ ? s ( i / ) v , -74 kg/ z72 1Zz, ,c/ in 2- c, 66 9 . wit /S% 15 04_, 7,9 /3,5, Jo Ae_ e-,6 ,z9,6,-, bt,,, //s_ ate,"1--- ,--1-6.-2.j or /its , Inspect Date: $42.10 REINSPECT!? FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: ."‘" • .• • • •• .„ -14 zmAromigyArpmnor,..147.7p.4401,77-mtcroexivrikovdp, 0 City of Tukwila Fire Department John W Rants, Mayor TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. SY)b Project Name Akk (A15 \-1 6cF)() Address Retain current inspection schedule Needs • shift inspection Suite # Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: "'n"`" Authorized Signature 2INALAPP.FRM 516 • 1 t rz_ht) Date Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: [206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 Q Prescriptive jya Lighting Power Allowance Q Systems Analysis (See Qualification Cr eckllsi (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces deary on plans.) 3 -12 -1998 5:24PM FROM 1 yJ4 Vvas!' ' tut I .Ztclte ►vW a tl Tull (lest a It.r •urrarria 9o4 Washington s ate tetoeeateonual Energy code Cemr.anca films 1 J VUtll 111J11W . L 1.11 P. 2 Project Info • — Project (ass • Arr 5 a S J✓ fig i2 5117 ✓1 z �l. o Q n-1-4 - w_A(j 1,4 . T1b a *o ?7— 13 -01 8 For Building 3apartment Lisa s� . ° 'GE�"Tr ( P ► .1-1) t< ( t..4 -•, Applicant Name: ,�x p , J i rApplicant J tJ fZ r;' ,,of,J t--T • 1. 00 Aeatess: • tZ' [. • v.5 -1• TE. 'kV Applicant Phon e: rS D z o2.i.. t C 6lv642. o�al S Project Description ❑ New Bolding O Addition Atterat;on Compliance Option Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) Q No changes are Deng made to the Itghtirtg ale= than 60 % of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased Maximum Allowed Li Win Wattage (Interior Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft=" Area in R' Mowed X Area 5/S4-'4, 2 'd /4 1. 00 o _ 0 2, 41 t' 5924 -7 o, .F' ' /'1 '1a 4 s ., aL.C��� . Tr/ a r —/..j1 ofOi.sc I-r- S f P �r ,„ _ Bldg. (by facade) �t t� . Iu 9 ZOCt � 0.25 woe . 7.5 WA( 1 Bldg. (by perim) _ Note; for budding exterior, choose ether the facade area or the perimeter method, btA not both) Total Allowed Watts Total Proposed Webs may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Wax wCEIVFr) ,A. S� • 0. . �C� Zertillill From Table 15-1 (aver) - document all exceptions taken from footnotes Total Alloyed Watts 6/ 1 Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) (may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior) ocaUort (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number or ' Ph:tu es Wetter Fixture Wales Proposed 4 O` SC ' , C. Gr 0.2 W /ff2 12 i 2 Open Parking 2' . ► F' . ' IL. r 'Z . 3 0 ' /'1 '1a 4 - &f _ r —/..j1 ofOi.sc I-r- S f P 0.2 W /ftz ,„ _ Bldg. (by facade) �t t� . Iu 9 ZOCt � 0.25 woe . 7.5 WA( 1 Bldg. (by perim) _ Note; for budding exterior, choose ether the facade area or the perimeter method, btA not both) Total Allowed Watts Total Proposed Webs may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Wax wCEIVFr) ,A. S� 0. �C� Zertillill Total Propo 0 excy T .-. Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts Maximum Allowed Lt�T'ttg (rv) Location i '`• : �:P.. 1! Allowed Watts ft2 or per Ir Area In R2 (or a for ptti:neter) Allowed Watts x it' (or x It) Coveted Parking 0.2 W /ff2 Open Parking nWAL �;: t 0.2 WM2 Outdoor Areas _ 0.2 W /ftz _ Bldg. (by facade) �t t� . Iu 9 ZOCt � 0.25 woe . 7.5 WA( Bldg. (by perim) _ Note; for budding exterior, choose ether the facade area or the perimeter method, btA not both) Total Allowed Watts Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) (May r,* eicvd Total Allowed Watts Tor £,te;or) Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Wes/ . ' Fixture Wasts Proposed Total Proposed Webs may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Wax wCEIVFr) CITY OF TUKWILA JUL '1 S 19 3 -12 -1998 5:0dPM FROM • 1 y64 vvosry 'ton watt, Non( aSlueiMCI LI ICI Lightitg unmia 1991 Wallington Stan Nourts•aereal Entt9Y Coat Campmate Penns VVe P. 3 I JiJI I II ‘a sums a vs e.. *pa, 1994 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy ❑ Warehouses, storage area or aircraft storage hangers p other Qualification checklist Note: It occupancy typo Is 'Other am masse anseer is cheeksd. the number d futures. in um space is not limited try Cods. Clear*, indinu toes. spoors on pion.. N net aualtriad, do IPA Calculations. toting Fixtures; [] Check here if at least 95% or fgtures in the space meet all four criteria; 1, Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two tamps, and • 2 Lampe are T-5,1-8,1-8 or PL. and 3. Lamps are 5•0 Watts. and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LEA) for Interior Lighting Use' I.PA' ' (Willa) Use' LPA° (WAt') Paint i • . - • •. • , machine • • • • Barber shoos,.faeaury oshops 23 2�...... 2 �r 2 Puttee and fire stations° 1.2 Atria (atriums) 1 Motet • . • ettorderenceretd>ibiUon hall" Atserns . aces °• auditoriums .t aria° theaters Process plants 1 Laboradoties 1 Aircraft re IT • • . 1.5 ss _ -_ Restatuants►bar 1 Cafeterias, fast food estabtishrnentss 1.5 . 1.5 •• sees A'o . 1 Factories. workshops, ttandt' t areas Retail BID Retain bantd • 1.5 • Gas statism, auto r - . • r = •:• t 1.5 Locker endfor shower facilities 0.8 Institutions .. 1.5 . Warehouses". sloraae areas • 0,5 OA ' Libraries, sees. 1.5 Aircraft st • han • ass Ntrs:bt9 homes 1,5 P era s s.... 6'00101 aa Wholesale stores ipailet rack sheivi •) 1.5. 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common) Areas UI11 ? Mall'cancauraea Schools buildings, sctaeol classrooms. day care camera 1.35 Common area. eonidors, bbbies_(escelet mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1,3 Toilet factities and washrooms r 0.8 Office buoklvt9s, officeradministrative areas in facades of other'usse types (including but nor ttmllea to scttoots, hospitals, institutions, mesa Nns, tranks..dWrehes)1.7• 1 1.2 . • Fi 'tnof.ys ter Table 15-1 • 1. In cases in vfiich a use is not mentioned specifically. the fbrir Power Allowance shall be determined by thc building official. This determination shall he based upon•the most comparable use spscitied in thc table, See Section 1513 for exempt arcs. :, The watts per square foot may be increased. by two percent per foot of ceiling height alxwe twenty feet. unless spociI calfy'dirccted otherwise by subsequent footnotes. ' .. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by rao )tet.:crtt per fast of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces. such as seating and corrunan tress. tt!: tl:e U, :;i tight PorniAllowr►cv for Assembly. 5. Watts pct equate toot of room maybe inaeas:•d by twos perc'...0 »IS feet el ceiling height above nine feet. 6. includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cares in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor. a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area end 020 watts pa square: foot shall he oral for the common area, which may include devator spaaa. lobby the and rat rooms, Common areas. as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. • For the tiro engine room, the Unit Lighting Potter Allowance is 1.0 wens per square foot. 9. For indoor ipon tournament courts with adjacent spectator 1 }tine. the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail B. light for free-standing display. !wild;na 5honeas& illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window arc exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square tali. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminarics arc cxanpt, ' . Retail B allots a Unit fighting Po w= Allo vanoe of 1.5 watts pa srttarc foot. including all ailing mounted merchandise display luminaries. • provided that • door plan. indicating tl a:location and height. is stibtrat yd. thc square footage for a'warehouse may bo dcGttod. Per computing the interior Unit Lighting;'ovat Allowance. as the floor arca not covered by racks plus thc vertical taco arc teoeeas ode only) of the racks. The hcight.allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the Odor area not covered by rack;,. R Ol:(V�D • QI1'Y.OF TUKWILA 4. • JUL. I 6 1998 1 I, 3-12 -1998 5:05PM FROM 1994 Wash( on state Nonresidential 'energy Ca'' Comp once t-ot 1Llghting Permit Pl.ans.CheckLtst:: P. 4. 199a WauingranSate Gnaw Gas* CompeanceFames . . — a►DA t*94 Protect Addra$s /..4.. (r ... '. S 6 : -t• �z, - oats 1,T - : The for/owing information is necessary to chock a Ughting peant appYptton for compliance with the lighting requirements in the 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code, . Applicability circle one MN; k 10 Ceisill Code Section �ir • • I1<a•15,1 • ection 1 Information R • ... Location 18i en Plans ding Department Notes �„- r". Local control/access Schedule with ,• . indicate locations ;W/ -6.Me no n.a. 1513.2 Area controls Maxirruxn limit • - for l h r+ r NM 15113 3 Daylight zone control Schedule vie) type and Whir s& indicate locations rmarizemos. rmlno 77, riallillilli KaiMi 1513.5 vertical •y_j • overhead • - ' . • • • • lath • Indicate. vertical • • on Indicate overhead �:_' on an+ Indicate .• a controls E4M1111 Schedule iftith.b.po and features. indicate location lndicrtt¢tocaticn' agar la ... * I 4 • • •• Ind�eate Waded . . [ � no atilawil iI ,1tlaefL-VR• 1513.6.2 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate Location Schadult3 hitr2.4. :a and notations ' •• a oc+eu.. sensors Scheldt/10 writ > - and Features (eck •up, override ca • = • • •) • Indicate eke of one onlena i1 1 NM -.., I'll salons - or • , . Cam• Ned • attt+ctaea. . i-4G?i1 . I AIrall MEM • 7 Schedule with fiktuo types.. Wilkgelti- [Ijut'ifj ballast*.v►e fixture it action . no ma, Elea motor - MEGH -MOT or E• ta • nM Schedule h • :ji_ e?Gte I -*#. no is circled for any question, provide explanation: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6.1998 • • PERMIT,C,gNTER 1994 W :hington State Nonresidential Energy Code C- -,pliance Form IV recianical. l?er. ; . • Plans :Check•list .:. :.:... M.ECH =CHK 1944 Washington State N�onrrostdential Energy Code Compliance Forms Second Edt$on - .kms 1995 1, ,,� \/ `, , �,y� Protect Address4. C�til Ci N ?Pli —WW ° �/� 1 T� t� I ' l3 ' 47ca The following information Is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements In the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code (circle) Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Budding Department Notes HVAC REQ IREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 qpmt performance 'Equipment y no n.a. 1411.1 Minimum efficiency schedule with type, capacity, efficiency yes no .a. 1411.1 -kg. elec. htg. & dg. Ust heat pumps on schedule 1412 HVAC controls y no n.a. 1412.1 emperature zones Indicate locations on plans A'o• no n.a. 1412.2 Deadbandcontrd 'Indicate 5 degree doadband minimum • n. a. 1412.3 • umidlty control indicate humidlstat e• no n. a. 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types es no n. 1412.4.1 Dampers indicate damper location and automatic controls yes no n. a 1412.5 • :at pump control _ indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule e ye no n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control y no n.a. 1412.7 :: lancing Indicate balancing features on plans cz'yes no n.a. 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans yes no n.•. 1423 conomizers Equipment schedule 1413 4 r economizers "e no n.a. 1 3.1 •• :raIon ndicate100% cape. t ty on •• : • u e no n. a. 14f3.2 • trot Indicate controls able to evacuate outside alt 1 no n.a. 1413.3 ntegrated operation indicate capability for partial cooling 1414 • ucting systems no n. a. 1414.1 a uct sealing Indicate sealing necessary e• no n.a. 1414.2 •uct insulation Indicate R -value of-Insulation on duct yes no n. a. 1415.1 Piping Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping y no . a. 1424 eparate air sys. indicate separate systems on plans e• an ech. Sum. Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, Input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer . SERVICE WATER H ATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. Indicate R -10 insulation under tank Yea no n.a. 1441 Elec. water heater yes no a.a. 1442 Shut•off controls Indicate automatic shut -off 1450 'Heated pools yes no n. a. 1452 'Poo water heaters Tndicate not electric resistance yes no n.•. 1453 -Pool-heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control yes no n.a. 1454 Pool Covers Indicate vapor retardant cover rag no n. a. 1454 -Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover no is circled for any question, provide explanation: IEXPIRES 7 / 13 /q1 1-03'7 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 024C1 PERMIT CENTER 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy 6we Compliance Forme Second Edition • June 1995 Project Info Project Address � " .r, 1 it Fi p Date .7 _!� Gl p ,I.. 1 e . v-v ` LA r , For Building Dept. Use LiAleC Na IPLV3 Applicant LTA - .1 Applicant Address: U idlVki`�' , ` i - 1 4-wr c co Applicant Phone: /v� `6,2`3 _Va - -" 2.ceo Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. P r Tbp tii4ITS w/e4ot-i-c>umteie Compliance Option "SImple System ❑ Complex System Cl Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be Incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill In the required Information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity' Total CFM OSA CFM Econo SEER or EER IPLV3 Location 0-TU•I 6,61424 612- 4-wr c co 51 MN 2.ceo 20 %t-f t,Dt 00; 15 60 1F F Frti-z C "-e- t.1 o94 2aoinv o 7.d?ottrl 9,5* g.?o Rte 3,4-f Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID) Brand Name' Model No.' Cap1aciitty2 Total CFM OSA cfm Econo Input Btuh Output Bttu�h1 •' I 14 R G Na/bf s. a D Gv a1� 1114/.644 15 60 sEEffflcleency` U9 [O Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP' HP/BHP Flow Controls Location of Service •' I FtoN cbt keX V 61), px `�,� loco '�� a5 U of �" 1/4 t /4- Gv a1� ',• /*l 4 . ► / �rvt • 44t 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 141, 14 -2 or 14-3. 3 t! required. ` COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, Or AFUE, as appBcable. e Flow control types: VAV, constant volume, or variable speed. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA in A 6 1SBg atRMIT CENTER 1994 W°shington State Nonresidential Energy Code CrImpliance Form Electric Motors 1994 Washington Slate Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Fortes Project Address W ' l 6 Gam„_, Complete the following for all design A & B squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors from 1 hp to 200 hp having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below applies). Second Eaton • June 1995 For Building Department Use Motor No. or Location Type HP (open or closed) Description of Application or Use Synch. Speed 1� 3 I/ 2 .a• tat t,� PSI? utyt T° Tb9 I. IT MIn.Nom. Full Toad Efficiency D.(4 Minimum Nominal Full Load Efficlenc Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi-speed motor. 2. Motors already included In the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 14-1 or 14-2) . 3. Motors that are an integral part (1.e. not easily removed and replaced of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion -proof motor). 4. Motors Integral to a Hsted piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (I.e. If the only U.L listing for the equipment is with a Tess. efficient motor and there Is no energy- effdent motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. cifC!I VCt7 CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER Open Motors Closed Motors Synchronous Speed (RPM) 3,600 1,800 1,200 3,600 1,800 1,200 HP Efficiency - ( %) 82.5 80.0 Efficiency 75.5 ( %) 82.5 80.0 1.0 1.5 82.5 84.0 84.0 82.5 84.0 85.5 2.0 84.0 84.0 85.5 84.0 84.0 86.5 3.0 84.0 86.5 86.5 85.5 87.5 87.5 5.0 85.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 7.5 87.5 88.5 88.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 10 88.5 89.5 902 89.5 89.5 89.5 15 89.5 91.0 90.2 902 91.0 90.2 20 902 91.0 91.0 902 91.0 902 25 91.0 91.7 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7 30 91.0 92.4 92.4 91.0 92.4 91.7 40 91.7 93.0 93.0 91.7 93.0 93.0 50 92.4 93.0 93.0 92.4 93.0 93.0 60 93.0 93.8 93.6 93.0 93.6 93.6 75 93.0 94.1 93.6 93.0 94.1 93.8 100 93.0 94.1 94.1 93.6 94.5 94.1 125 93.6 94.5 94.1 94.5 94.5 94.1 150 93.6 95.0 94.5 94.5 95.0 95.0 200 94.5 95.0 94.5 95.0 95.0 95.0 Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi-speed motor. 2. Motors already included In the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 14-1 or 14-2) . 3. Motors that are an integral part (1.e. not easily removed and replaced of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion -proof motor). 4. Motors Integral to a Hsted piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (I.e. If the only U.L listing for the equipment is with a Tess. efficient motor and there Is no energy- effdent motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. cifC!I VCt7 CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 1041 WiaNngton State NtmnddGfl ii ErwrgY Code Compliance Forma System Description lee Section 1421 for full description of 31mp4e System qualifications. If Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only: Constant vol? ❑ Split system? Second Eaton • June 1995 Air holed? 14 Packaged sys? Economizer Included? <54,000 Btuh or 1900 cfm? If Heating Only: ❑ <5000 ctm? ❑ <70% outside air? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine If project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysts Options must be used. eating/Cooling or Cooling Only onstan olume Heating Only yes no Reference " Sec. 1421 r Cooled? yes 1• ackage, yes stems no yes no Split stem? n yes r Includes Econo ?J no yes yes Reference Sec. 1423 54,000 Btu 1900 cfm no yes 4Simple System Allowed Complex Systems Use Complex Reference System Sec. 1430 Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER n�� SEM Architects Inc Project Manual Gait .. Drys, No. 555 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington ..2'1 .t'S uil c rrO;ufc: tC i' of yi,b1rOari -6V„ or or.E ((t yy�s r �} 1 cs ' ntra cre: Issued for Permit ;July 13, 1998. Project Number: 98074.00 Permit. . No. 677 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 200 Denver, CO 80246 -8004 TEL (303) 220 8900 FAX (303) 220 0708 DOCUMENT 00003 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF PROJECT MANUAL COVER PAGE Document DIVISION Section 00003 - Table of Contents 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 - Summary of Work 01027 - Applications for Payment 01035 - Modification Procedures 01040 - Coordination 01045 - Cutting and Patching 01060 - Regulatory Requirements 01070 - Abbreviations and Symbols 01090 - Reference Standards 01094 - Definitions and Explanations 01200 - Project Meetings 01300 - Submittals 01400 - Quality Control 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01600 - Materials & Equipment 01700 - Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 SITE WORK Section 02072 - Minor Demolition For Remodeling DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 3300 - Cast In Place Concrete DIVISION 4 MASONRY Section Not Used DIVISION 5 METALS Section Not Used DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06110 - Rough Carpentry 06200 - Finish Carpentry 06290 - Prefinished Fiberboard Display Panels 06410 - Custom Casework Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 00003 -1 SEM Architects Inc O DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section DIVISION 8 Section 07900 - Joint Sealers DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08305 - Access Doors 08712 - Door Hardware 08800 - Glazing DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems 09511 - Suspended Acoustical Ceilings 09650 - Resilient Flooring 09680 - Carpeting 09900 - Painting and Sealing DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10522 - Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT Section DIVISION 11160 - Loading Dock Equipment 12 FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 - Basic Mechanical Material and Methods 15240 - Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15250 - Mechanical Insulation 15300 - Fire Protection Systems 15400 - Plumbing Systems 15600 - Fuel Fired Heaters 15780 - Package Air Conditioning Units 15850 — Air Handling Equipment 15880 - Air Distribution and Sheet Metal Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 00003 -2 SEM Architects Inc o ,i. 1 A 1 1 1 1 15990 - Testing, Balancing and Adjusting DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Section 16010 - General Provisions 16020 - Work Included 16025 - Codes and Fees 16030 - Project Record Documents 16035 - Reviews and Acceptances 16040 - Guarantee 16055 - Temporary Lighting and Power 16060 - Identification 16065 - Testing, Acceptances and Certificates 16102 - Equipment Connections and Coordination 16110 - Raceway /Conduits 16120 - Conductors, Low Voltage (600 Volts or less) 16122 - Fire Seals 16140 - Wiring Devices and Plates 16141 - Electrical Identification 16160 - Panel Boards 16170 - Disconnect Switches 16181 - Fuses (600 Volts and Less) 16450 - Grounding 16470 - Dry Type Transformer 16500 - Lighting Fixtures and Lamps 16721 - Fire Alarm Systems 16740 - Telephone Raceways and Accessories 16940 - Lighting Contractor Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF DOCUMENT 00003 -3 SEM Architects Inc m SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Title of Work, and type of Contract. B. Work by Others, and Future Work. C. Work Sequence. D. Use of Premises. E. Owner Occupancy. F. Pre - Ordered Products. G. Owner - Furnished Items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Project Manual: Gart Sports #555, Parkway Center, Tukwila, Washington. for Permit July 13, 1998. 1.03 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises minor demolition, general interior construction and limited shell modifications of Gart Sports #555, Tukwila, Washington. 1.04 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under a single fixed price contract. B. Complete work within 60 calendar days. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01010 -1 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate Tenant use of premises during construction. Coordinate Progress Schedule and coordinate with Tenant Occupancy during construction, if applicable. 1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor shall limit use of premises for Work, for storage, and for access, to allow: 1. Tenant occupancy. 2. Work by other contractors. B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner. C. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract. D. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations under this Contract. 1.07 PARTIAL TENANT OCCUPANCY A. Schedule and substantially complete designated portions of Work for Tenant's occupancy prior to Substantial Completion of entire Work: 1. Two weeks prior to substantial completion, complete all work in dock/storage /warehouse area and turn over to Tenant. Contractor access will be restricted in this area from this date. . B. Execute Certificate of Substantial Completion for each designated portion of Work prior to Owner occupancy. Contractor shall allow: 1. Access for Tenant's personnel and equipment. 2. Use of parking facilities. C. On occupancy, Tenant will provide, for occupied areas: 1. Maintenance. 2. Security. 1.08 TENANT - FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Tenant Responsibilities: Note: Refer to schedule on Drawing A0.2 for item - specific tenant/contractor responsibilities. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555-Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01010 -2 1 1 1. Arrange for delivery of shop drawings, product data, samples, manufacturer's instructions, and certificates to Contractor. 2. Deliver supplier's bill of materials to Contractor. 3. Arrange and pay for delivery to site in accordance with Progress Schedule. 4. Inspect deliveries jointly with Contractor. 5. Submit claims for transportation damage. 6. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. 7. Arrange for manufacturer's field service; arrange for and deliver manufacturer's warranties and bonds to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Designate submittals and delivery date for each product in Progress Schedule. 2. Review shop drawings, product data, samples, and other submittals. Submit to architect with notification of any observed discrepancies or problems anticipated due to non - conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Receive and unload products at site. 4. Inspect deliveries jointly with Tenant, record shortages, and damaged or defective items. 5. Handle products at site, including uncrating and storage, and disposal of waste. 6. Protect products from damage, and from exposure to elements. 7. Assemble, install, connect, adjust, and finish products, as indicated on drawings. 8. Provide installation inspections required by public authorities. 9. Repair or replace items damaged by Contractor. C. Schedule of Tenant - furnished items is located on drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074,00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01010 -3 SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Progress Payments, and Final Payment. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Schedule of Values. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment. 1.03 FORMAT A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment with AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet, or equivalent media - driven form. B: For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of work; Scheduled Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage. 1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Type required information or use media - driven printout. B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer and signature and seal of Notary Public. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01027 -1 C. Use data on accepted Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Section 01300. 1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. Provide invoices and receipts for work performed, stored products, equipment and material costs, and any other item for which payment is being requested. Provide one copy of this data with each copy of requisition. B. When Architect requires additional substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. C. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01027 -2 1 1 SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures for processing Change Orders. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Governing requirements for changes in the Work, in Contract Cost, and Contract Time. B. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. C. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment. D. Section 01300 - Submittals: Construction Schedules. E. Section 01300 - Submittals: Schedule of Values. F. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Substitutions. G. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Proposal Request Forms: AIA G709. C. Construction Change Directive Forms: AIA G714. D. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila. Washington 01035 -1 1 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done, with additional information: 1. Origin and date of claim. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time records and wage rates paid. 4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 1.05 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. Architect may submit a Proposal Request or Construction Change Directive which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change, with a stipulation of any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a Proposed Change (PC) request to Architect describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement of the effect Work of separate contractors, if applicable. Any cost or time changes associated with responses to Request for Information (RFI) shall be addressed by submitting a Proposed Change request. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. 1.06 ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS (ASI) A. Architect may issue a Supplemental Instruction documenting minor changes in the work or clarifications not requiring a change in time or cost. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01035 -2 B. Reply to Supplemental Instructions by executing the form produced or reply in writing as to why the changes indicated are not accepted. 1.07 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE (CCD) A. Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Construction Change Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.08 PROPOSED CHANGE (PC) A. Contractor will respond to Proposal Requests and Construction Change Directives in writing by submittal of a Proposed Change (PC) to Architect describing the proposed change with an itemization of the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement of the effect on Work of separate contractors, if applicable. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. Proposed changes must be submitted to Architect within 21 days of Architect's issuance of change or claims for increased cost or time may be denied. 1.09 LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER A. Will be based on Proposal Request or Construction Change Directive and Contractor's lump sum quotation, or Contractor's Proposed Change as approved by Architect. 1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Contractor will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01035 -3 B. Change Orders will be prepared in triplicate with full supporting documentation attached to each copy. • C. Contractor will sign and forward to Architect for signature. Architect will forward to Owner for signature and distribute fully executed copies to all parties. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly revise Construction Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01035 -4 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordination of Work of Contract. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01045 - Cutting and Patching. B. Section 01200 - Project Meetings. C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. B. Coordinate sequence of Work to accommodate Owner occupancy as specified in Section 01010. 1.04 MEETINGS A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, hold coordination meetings and preinstallation conferences with personnel and subcontractors to assure coordination of work before work begins on any major building systems and before each phase of construction. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -1 1.05 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Section 01300. B. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, and effect on work of other sections. 1.06 COORDINATION OF SPACE - GENERAL A. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routings shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. . B. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. 1.07 LAYOUT A. It is recognized that the Contract Documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships of the various elements and systems and their interfacing with other elements and systems. Establishment and coordination of these relationships is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Do not scale the drawings. In case of conflict or undimensioned locations, verify required positioning with Architect. 1.08 SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION A. Examine the conditions of the substrate to receive the work, dimensions and spaces adjacent, tolerances, interfacing with other elements and services, and the conditions under which the Work will be performed, and identify conditions detrimental to the proper or timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.09 LARGE AND HEAVY EQUIPMENT A. Wherever possible, prearrange for the movement and positioning of large equipment into the building structure, so that enclosing walls and roofs will neither be delayed nor need to be removed. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -2 B. Coordinate opening requirements to be maintained for the subsequent entry of large equipment units. Coordinate the movement of heavy items with shoring and bracing, so that the building structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation. C. Where equipment or products to be installed on the roof are too heavy to be hand - carried, do not transport across roof deck; position by crane or other device so as to avoid overloading the roof deck. 1.10 MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL /EQUIPMENT COORDINATION A. Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of equipment, mechanical work and electrical work so that various systems and mechanical plant will perform as indicated. Neither the Architect or his engineering consultants will supervise the coordination, which is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. B. Install piping, ductwork and similar services straight and true, aligned with other work, close to walls and overhead structure, allowing for insulation, concealed (except where indicated as exposed) in occupied spaces, and out -of -the -way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in each space. C. Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work. D. Provide space to permit removal of coils, tubes, fan shafts, filters, or other parts which may require replacement. E. Locate operating and control equipment and devices for easy access. Furnish access panels where units are concealed by finishes and similar work. F. Integrate mechanical work in ceiling plenums with suspension system, light fixtures and other work, so that required performances of each will be achieved. G. Give the right -of -way to piping systems required to slope for drainage over other service lines and ductwork. 1.11 ACCESS PANELS A. Access panels for concealed valves, controls, dampers, pull boxes and other devices requiring access and located in concealed positions other than above lift-out ceilings will be furnished by installer of item needing access. Furnish panels as specified in Section 08305. Coordinate locations with other trades and with Architect. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -3 1.12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. For locations where several elements of equipment, mechanical or combined mechanical and electrical work must be sequenced and positioned with precision in order to fit into the available space, prepare coordination shop drawings showing the actual physical dimensions at accurate scale required for the installation. Prepare and submit coordination drawings prior to purchase, fabrication or installation of any other elements involved in the coordination. B. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. 1.13 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. C. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01700. 1.14 COMPATIBILITY A. Provide products and equipment which are compatible with other work requiring interface with mechanical or electrical work, including electrical connections, control devices, water drain and piping connections. B. Verify voltage and power characteristics, fuel requirements and other interface requirements before ordering equipment, and resolve conflicts. C. Coordinate equipment, mechanical and electrical work in accordance with the following schedule. 1.15 SCHEDULE Division Furnished Set or Mounted Connected Item Under Under Under Equipment Motors 15 16 16 Magnetic Motor Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -4 Division Furnished Set or Mounted Connected Item Under Under Under Starters: Automatically 16 16 15 controlled, with or without HOA switches. Automatically 15 15 15 controlled, with or without HOA switches and furnished as part of factory wired equipment. Manually 16 16 16 controlled. Manually 15 15 16 controlled and furnished as part of factory wired equipment. Line voltage 15 16 16 thermostats, time clocks, etc., not connected to panel. systems. Electric 15 15 15 thermostats, time clocks, remote bulb thermostats, motor valves, float controls, etc., which are an integral part or directly attached to ducts, pipes, etc. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -5 Division Furnished Set or Mounted Connected Item Under Under Under Temperature control 15 15 15 panels and time switches mounted on temperature control panels. Motor valves, 15 15 15 damper motors, solenoid valves, EP and PE switches, etc. Alarm bells 15 15 15, Control circuit 16 16 16 feeders. Low voltage 15 15 15 controls, thermostats, valves, dampers, etc. Fire protection 15 15 16 controls. Fire and smoke 16 16 16 (Note 1) detectors, including relays for fan shutdown. Boiler and water 15 15 heater controls, boiler burner control panels, internally wired. Pushbutton 16 16 stations, pilot lights. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01040 -6 i Division Furnished Set or Mounted Connected Item Under Under Under Heat tape. 16 16 16 Disconnect 16 16 16 switches, thermal overload switches, manual operating switches. Multi -speed 15 16 16 switches. Contractors. 16 16 16 Control relays, 15 16 15 transformers. Refrigeration 15 15 15 cycle, cooling tower and controls. Note 1: Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system under Division 16; control function wiring under Division 15. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01040 -7 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING O PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Substitutions. B. Individual Specifications Sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those Sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Cutting and patching is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, the cutting and patching of nominally completed and previously existing work, in order to accommodate the listed requirements; and is defined to exclude integral cutting and patching during the manufacturing, fabricating, erecting and installing process for individual units of work. Drilling the work to install fasteners and similar operations are excluded from the definition of cutting and - patching. B. Demolition is recognized as an example of a related- but - separate category of work, which may or may not also require cutting and patching as defined in this Section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction of load - carrying capacity of load/deflection ratio. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01045 -1 B. Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety- related components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in the manner intended or resulting in a decreased operational life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety. C. Do not cut and patch work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in occupied spaces of the building, in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of the cut and patch work both as judged solely by the Architect. Remove and replace work judged by the Architect to be cut and - patched unsatisfactorily. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather - exposed or moisture - resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight - exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request: 1 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Those required for original installation. B. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution under provisions of Section 01600. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01045 -2 is PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other work. 2. Uncover work to install ill -timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non - conforming work. 4. Remove samples of installed work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. B. Coordinate with individual Specification Sections: 1. Cutting and patching incidental to work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in work of those Sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. C. All debris from demolition operations shall be disposed in accordance with all local ordinances and requirements. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting installation of products or performance of work. C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing; do not proceed until Architect has provided required instructions. D. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings; devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage. B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work; maintain excavations free of water. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01045 -3 3.04 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Execute excavation and backfilling by methods to prevent settlement or damage to other work. C. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather - exposed and moisture - resistant elements, and sight- exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. At penetrations of fire -rated wall, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire -rated foam safing insulation material, full thickness of the construction element. H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01045 -4 SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Obtain and pay for required permits, fees, licenses, and inspections. B. Arrange for all required regulatory inspections and approvals. C. Verify applicable codes and regulations. D. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Reference Standards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Become completely familiar with applicable requirements of codes and regulations. B: Verify that materials and equipment used in the Work meet or exceed code requirements. 1.04 APPLICABLE CODES A. 1997 Washinton State Building Code #5140 with 1997 UBC. B. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition. C. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition. D. Uniform Fire Code, 1997 Edition. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01060 -1 SEM Architects Inc c E. Uniform Building Code Standards, 1997 Edition. F. National Electric Code 1996 Edition. G. City of Tukwila Fire District. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01060 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawing Symbols: 1. Drawings. B. Drawing or Schedule Abbreviations: 1. Drawings or Schedules. 1.02 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE EXPLANATION A. Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the contractor shall," "in conformity therewith," "shall be," "as noted on the drawings," "a," "the," are intentional. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference in same manner as they are when "NOTE" occurs on drawings. Supply words "shall be" or "shall" by inference when colon is used within sentences or phrases. Supply words "on the drawings" by inference when "as indicated" is used with sentences or phrases. "Provide" shall mean furnish and install. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS A. Reference in Contract Documents to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities and other institutions include following organizations which are sometimes referred to only by corresponding abbreviations: AA AAMA ACI AIMA AISC AISI AITC AMA ANSI APA ASHRAE ASTM AWI Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington Aluminum Association American Architectural Manufacturer's Association American Concrete Institute Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American Institute of Timber Construction Acoustical Materials Association American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials Architectural Woodwork Institute 01070 -1 AWPA AWS BIA CDA CRA CRSI CS DFPA FGMA FIA FM FS GA MIA MIL MLMA NAAMM NBS NCMA NEC NEMA NFPA NMWIA NPVLMA NTMA NWMA PCA PCI PEI PS SDI SJI SMACNA SPA SPI SPR SSPC SWI TCA TIMA UL WCLA WRI WWPA Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington American Wood Preservers Association American Welding Society Brick Institute of America Copper Development Association, Inc. California Redwood Association Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) Douglas Fir Plywood Association Flat Glass Marketing Association Factory Mutual Engineering Division Factory Mutual Engineering Division Federal Specification Gypsum Association Marble Institute of America Military Specification Metal Lath Manufacturer's Association The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Bureau of Standards National Concrete Masonry Association National Electric Code (of NFPA) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association National Fire Protection Association National Mineral Wool Insulation Association National Pain, Varnish and Lacquer Manufacturer's Association The National Terra77o and Mosaic Association National Woodwork Manufacturer;s Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Porcelain Enamel Institute Product Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce) Steel Deck Institute Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Southern Pine Association The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. Simplified Practice Recommendation (U.S. Department of Commerce) Steel Structures Painting Council Steel Window Institute Tile Council of America Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. West Coast Lumbermen's Association Wire Reinforcement Institute Western Wood Products Association 01070 -2 1.04 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AA AABC AAMA AAN AASHTO AATCC ABPA ACI ACIL ACPA ADC AGA AGC AHA AHAM AI AIA AIHA AITC AISC AISI ALI ALSC AMCA ANSI APA APA API ARI ARMA ASA ASC ASHRAE ASME ASPA ASPE ASSE ASTM AWWA AWI AWPA AWPB AWPI Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington Aluminum Association Associated Air Balance Council American Architectural Manufacturers Association American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials American Association of Textile Chemists & Colorists Acoustical and Board Products Association (Successor to AMA, IBI and AIMA) American Concrete Institute American Council of Independent Laboratories American Concrete Pipe Association Air Diffusion Council American Gas Association Associated General Contractors of America American Hardboard Association Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers Asphalt Institute The American Institute of Architects American Industrial Hygiene Association American Institute of Timber Construction American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute Associated Laboratories American Lumber Standards Committee Air Movement and Control Association American National Standards Institute American Parquet Association American Plywood Association American Petroleum Institute Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Asphalt Roofing Manufacturer's Association Acoustical Society of America Adhesive and Sealant Council American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Sod Producers Association American Society of Plumbing Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials American Water Works Association Architectural Woodwork Institute American Wood Preservers' Association American Wood Preserver's Bureau American Wood Preserver's Institute 01070 -3 AWS American Welding Society BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association BIA Brick Institute of America (Formerly SCPI) BIFMA Business & Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association BSI Building Stone Institute CAI Compressed Air & Gas Institute CAUS Color Association of the United States CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers CDA Copper Development Association CE Corps of Engineers (U.S. Dept. of the Army) CFR Code of Federal Regulations CGA Compressed Gas Association CISCA Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractors Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPSC Consumer Products Safety Commission CRA California Redwood Association CRI The Carpet and Rug Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) CSI The Construction Specification Institute CTI Ceramic Tile Institute DHI Door and Hardware Institute DLPA Decorative Laminate Products Association DOC Department of Commerce DOT Department of Transportation ECSA Exchange Carrier's Standards Association EIA Electronic Industries Association EIMA Exterior Insulation Manufacturer's Association EJCDC Engineers' Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association EPA Enviromental Protection Agency FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FHA Federal Housing Administration (U.S. Dept. of HUD) FM Factory Mutual System FPL Forest Products Laboratory (U.S. Dept. of Agriculture) FS Federal Specification General Services Administration Specifications and Consumer Information Distribution Section FTI Facing Tile Institute GA Gypsum Association GSA General Services Administration GTA Glass Tempering Association HEI Heat Exchange Institute HI Hydronics Institute HMA Hardwood Manufacturer's Association HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturer's Association HUD Housing and Urban Development Project Number 98074.00 01070 -4 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington ICBO International Conference of Building Officials ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer's Association IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. IMI International Masonry Institute IMSA International Municipal Signal Association IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISA Instrument Society of America LIA Lead Industries Association LPI Lightening Protection Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association MCAA Mechanical Contractor's Association of America MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association MIA Marble Institute of America MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center ML /SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MRCA Midwest Roofing Contractor's Association MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAPA National Asphalt Pavement Association NAPF National Association of Plastic Fabricators NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NBS National Bureau of Standards (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NCRPM National Council on Radiation Protection & Measurement NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code by NFPA NECA National Electrical Contractor's Association NEII National Elevator Industry, Inc NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NGBQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NKCA National Kitchen Cabinet Association NLMA National Lumber Manufacturer's Association . NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association NPA National Particleboard Association NPCA National Paint & Coating Association NRCA National Roofing Contractor's Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation Project Number 98074.00 01 070 -5 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington NSPE NSSEA NSWMA NTMA NWWDA OSHA PCA PCI PDI PEI PS RCSHSB RFCI RIC RIS RMA RTI SAMA SDI SDI SGCC SIGMA SJI SMACNA SPIB SPR SPRI SSPC SWI TCA TIMA TPI UBC UL USDA USPS WCLA WCLIB WCMA WRI WSC WSFI WWPA WWPA Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington National Society of Professional Engineers National School Supply & Equipment Association National Solid Wastes Management Association National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association National Wood Window & Door Association Occupational Safety & Health Administration Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Plumbing & Drainage Institute Porcelain Enamel Institute, Inc. Product Standard of NBS U.S. Department of Commerce Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau Resilient Floor Covering Institute Roof Insulation Committee Redwood Inspection Service Rubber Manufacturer's Association Resilient Tile Institute Scientific Apparatus Maker's Association Steel Deck Institute Steel Door Institute Safety Glazing Certification Council Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Southern Pine Inspection Bureau Simplified Practice Recommendation of NBS Single Ply Roofing Institute Steel Structures Painting Council Steel Window Institute Tile Council of America, Inc. Thermal Insulation Manufacturer's Association Truss Plate Institute Uniform Building Code Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. United States Department of Agriculture United States Postal Service West Coast Lumbermen's Association West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Wall Covering Manufacturer's Association Wire Reinforcing Institute Water Systems Council Wood and Synthetic Flooring Institute Woven Wire Products Association Western Wood Products Association 01070 -6 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) 1 PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION f. . 1.. 1 Project Number 98074.00 01 070 -% Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 1. SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Applicability of Reference Standards. B. Provision of Reference Standards at site. C. Acronyms used in Contract Documents for Reference Standards. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Reference Standards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified. C. When required by individual Specifications section, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at jobsite during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01090 -1 SEM Architects Inc SECTION 01094 DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Definitions of certain terms used in the Specifications, and explanation of the language, abbreviations, format and certain conventions used in the Specifications and associated Contract Documents. B. Limitations of Scope: Definitions and explanations are not necessarily complete or exclusive, but are general for the Work to the extent such definitions or explanations are not stated more explicitly in other provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General Requirements: Provisions or requirements of Division 1 Sections. General Requirements apply to the entire Work of the Contract and, where so indicated, to other elements of work which are included in the Project. B. Indicated: Cross reference to details, notes or schedules on the Drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and similar means of recording requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled" and "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated," it is for the purpose of helping the reader accomplish the cross reference, and no limitation is intended except as specifically noted. C. Directed, Requested, etc.: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," "accepted," and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect," "requested by the Architect," etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01094 -1 D. Installer: The entity (person or firm) engaged by the Contractor or his Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including installations, erection, application and similar required operations. It is a general requirement that such entities (Installers) be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform, be familiar with applicable reference standards, and have copies on file and available. E. Testing Laboratory: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the work, either at the project site or elsewhere; and to report and (if required) interpret the results of those inspections or tests. F. Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's or his consultant's response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor, the meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the limitations of the Architect's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. In no case will "approval" by the Architect be interpreted as an assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. G. Contractor's Option: Where materials, products, systems or methods are specified to be at the Contractor's option, the choice of which material, method, product or system will be used is solely the Contractor's. There will be no change in Contract Sum or Time because of such choice. H. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "furnish" is used to mean to supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly and installation, etc. as applicable in each instance. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "install" is used to describe operations at the project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing protecting, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. J. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use as applicable in each instance. K. Guarantee: The narrow definition of the term "guarantee" is hereby established as applying to both "warranty" and "guarantee," which terms are used interchangeably. L. Products: Defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the Work, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from the Contractor's stock of previously purchased products. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01094 -2 M. Materials: Defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed or applied to form units of work. N. Equipment: Defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including connections (wiring, piping, etc.). O. Owner: Defined as the property's legal owner or the owner's authorized representative. P. Tenant: Defined as that entity who has an agreement with the owner to occupy premises on the property. 1.03 SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONS A. General: Explanations are provided to assist in understanding the format, language, implied requirements and conventions of the content. None of these explanations will be interpreted to modify the substance of the requirements. B. Sections and Divisions: The basic unit of specification text is the "Section," each of which is named and numbered. These are organized into related families called "Divisions," which conform to CSI "Master Format." The Section Title is not intended to limit the meaning or content of the Section, nor to be fully descriptive of the requirements specified therein, nor to be an integral part of the text. C. Imperative Language: Used generally in the specifications. Except as otherwise specified, requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by the Contractor. For clarity of reading at certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe the responsibilities which must be fulfilled either indirectly by the Contractor or when so noted by others. 1.04 SPECIFICATION CONTENT CONVENTIONS A. Overlapping Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of those requirements also establishes different or conflicting minimums or levels of quality, the more stringent requirement will be enforced (which is generally the more costly level). B. Refer apparently equal but different requirements and uncertainties as to which level of quality is required to the Architect for decision before proceeding. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01094 -3 C. Specification Minimum: In every instance, the specified requirement is the minimum to be performed or fulfilled. In complying with the minimum requirements, the indicated numeric values are either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of the requirement. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for decision. D. Abbreviations: The language of the Specifications and elsewhere in the Contract Documents is of the abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will be appropriately interpreted. Actual work abbreviations of a self - explanatory nature have been included in the text. E. Trade associations and general standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular wherever applicable and wherever the full context of the requirements so indicate. F. Specialists: In certain instances the Specification text requires that specific work be assigned to certain specialists or expert entities for the performance of those units of the Work. These are specified as requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. G. These assignments are not intended to interfere with the normal application of trade regulations, union jurisdictions and similar conventions. Nevertheless the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of requirements remains with the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01094 -4 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences. B. Contractor administration of progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01040 - Coordination. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Construction Schedules. C. Section 01300 - Submittals: Shop drawings, product data, and samples. D. Section 01400 - Quality Control. E. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and maintenance data. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Contractor to schedule layout conformation meeting with tenant on site prior to construction. B. Architect will administer preconstruction conference at a location convenient to all parties for clarification of Owner and Contractor responsibilities in use of site and for review of administrative procedures. C. Attendance: Owner, Tenant's Representative, Contractor, job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01200 -1 D. Suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of list of subcontractors and suppliers, and projected construction schedules. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, Proposal Requests, Submittals, Change Orders, Applications for Payment. 6. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 7. Use of site by Contractor and Subcontractors. 8. Existing conditions and improvements. 9. Administrative procedures and documents required by the Owner. 1.04 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule conference at Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance: Owner, Tenant's Representative, and Contractor, and major subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner, Tenant, and Contractor. 2. Tenant's requirements and occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Security and housekeeping procedures. 6. Schedules. 7. Procedures for testing. 8. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 9. Requirements for start up of equipment. 10. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. 1.05 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer Project meetings throughout progress of the Work at weekly intervals, and preinstallation conferences, as progress of work warrants. B. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within three days to Architect, participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01200 -2 C. Attendance: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers, Owner and Tenant's Representative as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Location of Meetings: Contractor's field office. E. Minimum Agenda: 1. Approval of minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work. ( 1.06 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section, convene a preinstallation conference at work site prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, affected b , work of the Section. q Y g� Y 1 C. Notify Tenant's Representative seven days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within four days after conference to participants, with two copies to Architect. 1 E. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and _ _ coordination with related work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) IPART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) 1 END OF SECTION Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01200 -3 1 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Procedures. B. Construction Schedules. C. Schedule of Values. D. Product List. E. Letter of Intent. F. Shop Drawings. G. Product Data. H. Manufacturer's Instructions. I. ' Samples. J. Field Samples. K. Inspection and Test Reports. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work: Work sequence, Owner - furnished products, and allowances. B. Section 01027 - Applications for Payment: Submittal of applications. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 1.. 01300 -1 C. Section 01040 - Coordination: Coordination of submittals. D. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Testing laboratory reports. E. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product list. F. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. 1.03 PROCEDURES A. Deliver submittals as follows: 1. Deliver the following submittals directly to Gart Sports, 1000 Broadway, Denver, Colorado 80203, Attention: Mr. Bruno Schloffel: a. Section 01027 - Payment Applications b. Section 01035 - Contract Modifications c. Section 01200 - Meeting Minutes d. Section 01300 - Schedules e. Section 01700 - Closeout Documents f. Section 06290 - Prefinished Fiberboard Display Panels g. Section 06410 - Custom Casework h. Section 09310 - Ceramic Tile i. Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring j. Section 09680 - Carpeting k. Section 09900 - Painting 1. Section 10160 - Toilet Compartments m. Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories 2. Deliver all other required submittals not listed above to SEM Architects Inc, 75 S. Madison Street, Suite 200, Denver, Colorado 80902, Attention: Heather Wright. B. Transmit each item under Contractor's standard preprinted transmittal form. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. C. Submit initial construction schedule, product list and schedule of values in duplicate within 5 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After review by Tenant revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal. D. Tenant's review of construction schedule is solely for the purpose of familiarizing himself with the Contractor's intent. Refer to the Supplementary Conditions. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01300 -2 E. Comply with construction schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Transmit submittals in such sequence to avoid delay in the Work or work of other contracts. F. After Architect or Tenant review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal. G. Distribute reproductions of shop drawings, copies of product data, and samples, which bear Architect or Tenant stamp of review, to job site file, Record Documents file, subcontractors, suppliers, other affected contractors, and other entities requiring information. H. Provide at a minimum one copy for Architect, one copy for Tenant, one copy for each Consultant reviewing submittal, one copy for job site and one copy for Record Documents File. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week. For each operation, provide space to show proposed and actual work progress. B. Submit network analysis system using the critical path method, generally as outlined in Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) publication "The Use of CPM in Construction - A Manual for General Contractors ". C. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of time of each Application for Progress Payment. D. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances. E. When construction schedule revisions affect the submittal schedule, revise the submittal schedule and submit with revised construction schedule. 1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703. Contractor's standard form or media - driven printout will be considered on request. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555- Parkway Tukwila. Washington 01300 -3 B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit, except line items which represent fixed costs such as bonds, insurance premiums, Allowances and similar cost items. D. Revise schedule to list change orders as separate line items, for each application for payment. E. The sum of values listed shall equal the total Contract Sum. F. If Tenant requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. 1.06 PRODUCT LIST A. Not later than 20 days from the Contract Date submit a list, in duplicate, of all products and equipment proposed for installation, including name of manufacturer, model, system name, options and other data for each product as applicable. B. Listing of products of any type having an aggregate value for the Project of less than $1000.00 is not required. C. Organize list by Specification Section number and product or system name. Include all information required to fully identify each product or system. D. Upon review, Architect will respond in writing indicating unacceptable selections (if any) with explanation, requests for additional data (if any) as may be required for review purposes, and acceptance of other products and systems listed. 1.07 LETTER OF INTENT A. Contractor may submit a Letter of Intent, stating his intention to comply with Specifications completely and provide items as specified, in lieu of a full submittal. Structural, Mechanical and Electrical items must be submitted for review. Warranties, Certificates and Operating and Maintenance information must be submitted in all cases. 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Present in a clear and thorough manner. Title each drawing with Project and Contract name and number; identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule, or room number on Contract Documents. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01300 -4 B. Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent or critical features or Work or products. C. Acceptable Sheet Sizes: Multiples of 8 -1/2 x 11 inches, and 24 x 36 inches. 1.09 PRODUCT DATA A. Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard printed data to identify pertinent products, referenced to Specification Section and Article number. Show reference standards, performance characteristics, and capacities; wiring and piping diagrams and controls; component parts; finishes; dimensions; and required clearances. B. Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to supplement standard information and to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. Delete information not applicable. C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data; supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to the Work. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data under provisions of Section 01400. 1.11 SAMPLES A. Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. Submit samples for selection of finishes within 45 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. C. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. D. Submit the number specified in respective Specification Section; one will be retained by Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. 1.12 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples of finishes at Project as required by individual Specifications section. Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01300 -5 1.13 INSPECTION AND TEST REPORTS A. Where standard tests are specified for products, including equipment, which tests are not performed at the job site, follow procedures for Product Data. For field inspection and tests specified to be performed by independent agencies, such agency shall transmit directly one copy each to the Architect, his consulting engineer when applicable, the Contractor and the Owner. 1.14 CONTRACTOR REVIEW A. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verify field measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers, and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Coordinate submittals with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents. C. Sign or initial each sheet of shop drawings and product data, and each sample label to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. Notify Architect in writing at time of submittal, of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. D. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until return of submittal with Architect or Tenant acceptance. E. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying to review, verification of products, field dimensions and field construction criteria, and coordination of information with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. F. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings to facilitate interrelation of the several items: 1. Finishes which involve Architect selection of colors, textures, or patterns. 2. Associated items which require correlation for efficient function or for installation. 1.15 RESUBMITTALS A. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changes made since previous submittal. 1.16 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Architect will review each submittal, mark it with his "action ", and return it to the Contractor within two (2) weeks of receipt; except when it must be reviewed by Architect's consultants, or it must be held for coordination, and the Contractor is so advised. Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01300 -6 B. Where submittals include products, systems or manufacturers not specified, approved by Addendum prior to execution of the Contract, or approved in writing in conjunction with the product list submittal, Architect reserves the right to exceed the one (1) week period to allow sufficient time to determine the acceptability of such - items, and no claim for delay by the Contractor will be allowed. C. Architect's review is for general conformance only and does not relieve the Contractor from full compliance with the Contract Documents. Refer to the General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01300 -7 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Quality Control. B. Workmanship. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Mockups. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Testing Laboratory Services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Inspection and testing required by governing authorities. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal of manufacturer's instructions. 1 C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Options and substitutions. D. Individual Specification Sections: Inspection and tests required, and standards for testing. 1 Project Number 98074.00 SEM Architects Inc Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01400 -1 1 r 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E329 - Standard Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. C. ACIL - American Council of Independent Laboratories. 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL - GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality and in accordance with Contract Documents. B. It is recognized that required inspection and testing program is intended to assist the Contractor, Owner, Architect and governing authorities in nominal determination of probable compliances with requirements for certain elements of the work. The program is not intended to limit the Contractor's standard quality control program. 1.05 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. D. Provide finishes to match approved samples. 1.06 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.07 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements, executed by responsible officer. Project Number 98074.00 SEM Architects Inc' Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01400 -2 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When required in individual Specification Sections, require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing specified in the following Section when included in this Project Manual. 1. Section 02200 - Earthwork. 2. Section 03001 - Concrete. 3. Section 04001 - Masonry. 4. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 5. Section 05210 - Steel Joists. 6. Section 05300 - Steel Deck. 8. As required by other Specification Sections. B. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all other specified inspection and testing. C. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Where test results indicate conditions not meeting specified requirements, Architect may require additional testing or other remedial action. Such additional testing will be paid for by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, whether original tests were paid for by Owner or Contractor, and regardless of the results of the additional tests. 1.10 TESTING LABORATORY QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory prequalified as complying with ACIL "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," recognized in the industry as specialized in the types of tests and inspections to be performed, with not less than five years experience in such testing. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01400 -3 SEM Architects Inc C. Laboratory shall maintain a full -time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Laboratory authorized to operate in State in which Project is located. E. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either NBS Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.11 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full -time registered Engineer and responsible officer. B. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. 1.12 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site after due notice; cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed regularities or non - conformance of Work or products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Architect or Tenant. G. Attend pre - construction conferences and progress meetings. 1.13 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit one copy of laboratory report each to Architect, Owner, and to Contractor. Provide one copy of test reports for pertinent structural to the structural engineer. Include: Date issued, Project title and number, name of inspector, date and time of sampling or inspection, identification of product Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01400 -4 SEM Architects Inc and Specifications section, location in the Project, type of inspection or test, date of test, results of tests, and conformance with Contract Documents. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of test results. 1.14 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop Work. 1.15 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, together with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to Work. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. E. Pay costs of testing laboratory services. F. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01400 -5 SEM Architects Inc 0 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS • PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Electricity. B. Lighting. C. Heat, Cooling and Ventilation. D. Telephone Service. E. Water. F. Sanitary Facilities. G. First Aid Facilities. H. Fire Protection. I. Barriers and Enclosures. J. Protection of Installed Work. K. Security. L. Water Control. M. Cleaning During Construction. N. Project Identification. O. Field Offices and Sheds. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -1 SEM Architects Inc @ 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final cleaning. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers B. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. ASTM E90 - Laboratory Measurement of Airborne -Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Cold Weather Protection: All heating required during construction period prior to enclosure of building or portion of building. B. Temporary Heat: All heating required after enclosure of building or portion of building. Building or portion of building is "enclosed" when it is roofed, and such protection as doorways, glazing, and other openings will provide reasonable heat retention. 1.05 ELECTRICITY - GENERAL A. Power Source: Owner's new service; connect at indicated location. B. Service 277/408 volt, 60 Hz, three phase, four wire, alternating current; capacity to accommodate maximum construction and temporary lighting at any time, plus continuous operation of Owner's facilities. 1.06 ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION A. Weatherproof distribution boxes with power outlets and 100 ampere fused switches with equipment ground, spaced so that a 100 foot extension cord will reach all areas of the building. B. Wiring, connections, and protection for temporary lighting. C. Wiring, connections, and protection for temporary and permanent equipment for environmental control, for temporary use of electrically operated equipment, and for testing. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -2 SEM Architects Inc 1.07 USE OF PERMANENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. Obtain written agreement with Owner establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. 1. Provide barriers and warning labels on energized equipment. 2. Replace plates damaged during construction. 3. Replace wiring devices damaged during construction. 1.08 ELECTRICITY COSTS A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. B. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of system and restoration of existing and permanent equipment. C. Contractor will pay costs of energy consumed for normal construction operations. Take measures to conserve energy usage. 1.09 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Install initial service at time of site mobilization. B. Comply with requirements of Division 16. C. Modify and extend system as Work progresses. 1.10 ELECTRICITY - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Maintain system to provide continuous service including prompt restoration of interruptions to Owner's system when temporary service is connected. 1.11 LIGHTING - GENERAL A. Temporary lighting for field offices, storage, shop, work, and other construction areas, and for the public. B. Security lighting during hours of low visibility. 1.12 USE OF PERMANENT LIGHTING SYSTEM A. Obtain written agreement with Tenant establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. 1. Provide temporary bulbs of a different color from that specified. Remove and install new at Substantial Completion. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -3 SEM Architects Inc 2. Replace fixtures damaged during Contractor's use. 3. Clean fixtures completely to remove construction dust and debris at time of Substantial Completion. 1.13 LIGHTING COSTS A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. B. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of lighting. C. Costs of Electricity Used for Lighting: As specified in this Section. 1.14 LIGHTING INSTALLATION A. Locate Fixtures in Areas of Work: One light in rooms, except closets and utility chases; adequate lighting to achieve required levels to perform the Work. B. Modify, supplement, and extend lighting as Work progresses. 1.15 LIGHTING - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Maintain lighting. Promptly replace worn or defective parts. 1.16 HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION - GENERAL A. Provide cold weather protection and temporary heat as required to maintain temperature, humidity, and ventilation in enclosed areas to provide ambient conditions for storage, preparation, and Work; to cure installed materials, to prevent condensation, and to prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, and gases. B : During non - working hours maintain temperature in enclosed areas at a minimum 50 degrees F, or higher as specified in individual Sections. 1.17 UTILITY SOURCES A. Electricity: As specified in this Section. B. Gas: Connect to Owner's new service. C. Hot Water: Owner's new central system; connect at indicated locations. 1.18 USE OF PERMANENT HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS A. Obtain written agreement with Owner establishing start of warranty and conditions of use: Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -4 SEM Architects Inc o i 1. Systems complete with all utility connections and safety devices. 2. Automatic controls operational. 3. Filters in place. Replace filters after final cleanup. 1.19 TEMPORARY HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION COSTS A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. B. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of equipment and restoration of existing and permanent equipment used. C. Costs of Electricity Used for Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: As specified in this Section. D. Contractor will pay costs of fuel consumed in use of existing and permanent systems, and costs of fuel consumed by portable units. 1.20 TEMPORARY HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION MATERIALS A. Materials may be new or used, adequate to the purpose. 1.21 TEMPORARY HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION EQUIPMENT A. Portable Units: Vented, complete with automatic controls. Direct -fired units not allowed. ti 1.22 TEMPORARY HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION INSTALLATION A. Locate units and outlets to provide uniform distribution of heating, cooling, and ventilating. Vent exhaust ducts to the exterior. iB. Modify and extend systems as Work progresses. f 1.23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PERMANENT HEAT, COOLING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS 1 A. Prior to operation of permanent equipment, verify that controls and safety devices are complete, equipment has been tested, and inspection made by authorities and approved for operation. 1 B. Place zones of permanent HVAC system in operation sequentially as Work progresses. j Project Number 98074.00 SEM Architects Inc o i Gart Sports #555-Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -5 1 C. Install temporary filters in air handling units and ducts, replace as necessary to prevent dust in equipment and ducts, to avoid contaminates in Work or finished areas. 1.24 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide and pay for telephone service to field office. 1.25 WATER - GENERAL A. Water Quality: Suitable to the purpose. B. Source: Owner's new service, connect at indicated location. 1.26 WATER DISTRIBUTION A. Provide valved outlets located so that water is available under adequate pressure by means of hoses, and backflow preventers as required. 1.27 USE OF PERMANENT WATER SYSTEM A. Obtain written agreement with Owner, establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. 1.28 WATER COSTS A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. B. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of system and restoration of existing and permanent equipment. C. Contractor will pay costs of water consumed for normal construction operations; take measures to conserve usage. 1.29 WATER SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Materials may be new or used, adequate to the purpose. B. Drinking Water Dispensers: Standard products. 1.30 WATER SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install initial service at time of job mobilization. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -6 SEM Architects Inc B. Modify and extend service as work progresses. C. Size piping to supply construction needs, temporary fire protection, and for Owner's needs when existing service is connected. D. Provide pumps, pressure tanks, automatic controls, and storage tanks as necessary to pressurize system. E. Disinfect piping used for drinking water. 1.31 WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A. Maintain system to provide continuous service with adequate pressure to outlets including Owner's system when temporary service is connected. 1.32 SANITARY FACILITIES - GENERAL 1 A. Do not use permanent sanitary facilities. 1.33 SANITARY SYSTEM COSTS A. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. IB. Pay service charges for connection and use of sewerage utilities. iC. Pay costs for installation, maintenance, and removal of temporary sanitary facilities. ,( 1.34 SANITARY SYSTEM MATERIALS l A. May be new or used, adequate to the purpose, which will not create unsanitary { conditions. 1.35 TOILET FACILITIES A. Enclosed portable self - contained units or temporary water closets and urinals, secluded from public view. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel. 1.36 SANITARY SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1 A. Provide facilities at time of site mobilization. B. Modify and extend services as Work progresses. Project Number 98074.00 SEM Architects Inc co Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -7 1. 1.37 SANITARY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE, SERVICE A. Clean areas of facilities daily, maintain in sanitary condition. B. Provide toilet paper, paper towels, and soap in suitable dispensers. 1.38 FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain adequate first aid kit, available to all persons having access to the project site. B. Post a list of emergency telephone numbers adjacent to the project telephone. 1.39 FIRE PROTECTION A. Comply fully with requirements of local fire department and insurance authorities. B. Limit material storage to fireproof areas when stored inside construction area. C. Maintain minimum 10 foot clearance of exterior storage areas from permanent construction. D. Maintain approved fire extinguishers throughout construction area; comply with NFPA 10. E. Store volatile liquids outside construction area in well ventilated areas. F. Maintain electrical wiring in good condition under supervision of a licensed electrician. 1.40 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES - GENERAL A. Provide to prevent public entry, to protect existing trees and plants, to provide for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage. B. Six foot high fence enclosing construction area. 1.41 PROTECTED WALKWAYS A. Where governing regulations require, or where public road/walkway adjoins the project site and materials may be hoisted over the walkway, provide structurally adequate protective canopy for pedestrian passage. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -8 SEM Architects Inc 0 B. Provide waterproofed overhead decking, enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning lights, safe and well drained walkways, and other required provisions needed for adequate protection and safe passage. 1.42 WEATHER ENCLOSURES A. Provide weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to maintain specified working conditions, to protect products and finished work, from inclement weather. 1.43 PARTITIONS AND CEILING ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas occupied by Owner, to prevent penetration of dust, moisture, and noise into occupied areas. B. Construct with closed joints; seal joints, edges, and intersections with other surfaces to prevent penetrations of dust and moisture. 1.44 BARRIER AND ENCLOSURE MAINTENANCE A. Maintain during progress of Work. B. Relocate and extend during successive stages of construction. 1.45 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed products and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C: Protect finished floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -9 SEM Architects Inc 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from installer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 1.46 SECURITY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.47 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain areas under Contractor's control free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to closing the space. C. Periodically clean interior areas to provide suitable conditions for work and Tenant - occupied areas. D. Broom clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning on an as- needed basis. E. Control cleaning operations so that dust and other particulates will not adhere to wet or newly- coated surfaces. F. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose of off -site. 1.48 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 4 x 8 foot Project identification sign of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter, to Architect's design and colors. List title of Project, names of Owner, Tenant, Architect, professional consultants, Contractor and major subcontractors. B. Erect on site at location established by Tenant. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed, unless approved in writing by Tenant and Owner. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01500 -10 SEM Architects Inc' 1 ! 1.49 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS i 1 1 A. Office: Weather - tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with furniture. Provide, in addition, space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: weather - tight, with heat and ventilation for Products requiring controlled conditions, with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1.50 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Remove underground installations to a depth of 6 feet; grade site as indicated. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified, or to original, condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01500 -11 SEM Architects Inc a SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Products. B. Transportation and Handling. C. Storage and Protection. D. Product Options. E. Product List. F. Substitutions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01010 - Summary of Work: Owner - furnished Products. B: Section 01020 - Allowances. C. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.03 PRODUCTS - GENERAL A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01600 -1 D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing structure, except as specifically required, or allowed, by Contract Documents. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Require supplier to package finished products in boxes or crates for protection during shipment, handling, and storage. Protect sensitive products against exposure to elements and moisture. B. Protect sensitive equipment and finishes against impact, abrasion, and other damage. C. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction progress schedules. Allow time for inspection prior to installation. D. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at site; work of other contractors; or Owner or Tenant; limitations on storage space; availability of personnel and handling equipment and Owner's use of premises. E. Deliver products in undamaged, dry condition, in original unopened containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. F. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify equipment and contents to permit easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly. G. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Accessories, and installation hardware are correct. 4. Containers and packages are intact and labels legible. 5. Products are protected and undamaged. H. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products, including those provided by Owner or Tenant, by methods to prevent soiling and damage. I. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces. J. Handle product by methods to avoid bending or over stressing. Lift large and heavy components only at designated lift points. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01600 -2 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION - GENERAL A. Store products, immediately on delivery, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact. Protect until installed. B. Arrange storage in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 1.06 ENCLOSED STORAGE A. Store products, subject to damage by the elements, in substantial weathertight enclosures. B. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges stated in manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive products as required by manufacturer's instructions. D. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves, in bins, or in neat groups of like items. 1.07 EXTERIOR STORAGE A. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids, to support fabricated products above ground; slope to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling and staining. B. For products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, cover with impervious sheet material. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on clean, solid surfaces such as pavement, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. E. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. 1.08 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. Periodically inspect stored products on a scheduled basis. B. Verify that storage facilities comply with manufacturer's requirements. C. Verify that manufacturer required environmental conditions are maintained continually. product storage Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01600 -3 D. Verify that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected; that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents. 1.09 MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT STORAGE A. For mechanical and electrical equipment in long -term storage, provide manufacturer's service instructions to accompany each item, with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of package. B. Service equipment on a regularly scheduled basis, maintaining a log of services; submit as a record document. 1.10 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named. C. Products Specified by Naming Several Manufacturers: Products of named manufacturers meeting specifications; no options, no substitutions. D. Products Specified by Naming Only One Manufacturer: No option; no substitution allowed. E. Contractor's Option: Choice of products of named manufacturers is Contractor's. No change in Contract Sum or Contract Time allowed. 1.11 PRODUCT LIST A. Transmit two copies of a list of major products which are proposed for installation in accordance with Section 01300. 1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS - GENERAL A. Requests for substitutions of products will be considered only within 30 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. Subsequent requests will be considered only in case of product unavailability or other conditions beyond control of Contractor. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01600 -4 B. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request, when requested directly by subcontractor or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. Substitutions will not be considered for products specified as "no substitutions ". C. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. D. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. 1 E. Architect will determine acceptability of substitutions. 1.13 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS A. Submit separate request for each substitution. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements of Contract Documents. i B. Identify product by Specifications section and Article numbers. Provide manufacturer's name and address, trade name of product, and model or catalog number. List fabricators and suppliers as appropriate. C. Attach product data as specified in Section 01300. 1 D. List similar projects using product, dates of installation, and names of Architect and Owner. IE. Give itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variations, and reference to Specifications section and Article numbers. IF. Give quality and performance comparison between proposed substitution and the specified product. IG. Give cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product, and amount of net change to Contract Sum. IH. List availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. LI. State effect of substitution on construction schedule, and changes required in other work or products. 1 Project Number 98074.00 01600 -5 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 1 1.14 CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATION A. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to specified product or that the cost reduction offered is ample justification for accepting the offered substitution. B. Contractor will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. C. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. D. Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract. E. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to substitution which may later become apparent. G. Approved substitutions may, because of different size, height, configuration or other characteristics, require modifications to other elements of the Work. If such substitutions are used, show such modifications on Submittals and make required modifications at no additional cost. 1. Mechanical equipment design and its space requirements are based on the first named product in Division 15 and 16 Sections. If other than the first named product is used, the provisions for "SUBSTITUTIONS" apply. 1.15 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three copies of request for substitution. B. Architect will review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. C. For accepted products, submit shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION Project Number 98074.00 01600 -6 Cart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Closeout Procedures. B. Final Cleaning. C. Project Record Documents. D. Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Warranties and Bonds. F. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and other administrative requirements. B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work: Partial Tenant occupancy. C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Cleaning during Construction. 1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Owner will occupy designated portion of Project under provision stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -1 1.04 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers Work, or designated portion of Work is substantially complete, submit written notice with list of items to be completed or corrected. - B. Should Architect inspection find Work is not substantially complete, he will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies. C. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written notice of substantial completion. D. When Architect finds Work is substantially complete he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. 1.05 FINAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers Work is complete, submit written certification: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents, and deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested adjusted, and balanced, and are fully operational. 5. Operation of systems has been demonstrated to Owner's personnel. 6. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. Should Architect inspection find Work incomplete, he will promptly notify Contractor in writing listing observed efficiencies. C. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second certification of final completion. D. When Architect finds work is complete, he will consider closeout submittals. 1.06 RE- INSPECTION FEES A. Should status of completion of Work require re- inspection by Architect due to failure of Work to comply with Contractor's claims on initial inspection, Owner will deduct the amount of Architect compensation for reinspection services from final payment to Contractor. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -2 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Evidence of Compliance with Requirements of Governing Authorities: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 2. Certificates of Inspection required for mechanical and electrical systems. B. Project Record Documents: Under provisions of this Section. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Under provisions of this Section. D. Warranties and Bonds: Under provisions of this Section. E. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Under provisions of this Section. F. Keys and Keying Schedule: Under provisions of Section 08712. G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: In accordance with Conditions of the Contract. H. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. I. Certificates of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations: In accordance with Supplementary Conditions. 1.08 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement reflecting adjustments to Contract Sum indicating: 1. Original Contract Sum. 2. Previous change orders. 3. Changes under allowances. 4. Changes under unit prices. 5. Deductions for uncorrected work. 6. Penalties and bonuses. 7. Deductions for liquidated damages. 8. Deductions for reinspection fees. 9. Other adjustments to Contract Sum. 10. Total Contract Sum as adjusted. 11. Previous payments. 12. Sum remaining due. B. Architect will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by change orders. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -3 1.09 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Submit application for final payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection for Final Completion of each designated portion of the Work. B. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces. C. Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned. D. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other sections, clean interior and exterior exposed -to -view surfaces. E. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. F. Clean finishes free of dust, stains, films and other foreign substances. G. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished condition; remove foreign substances. Polish reflective surfaces to a clear shine. H. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces. I. Clean and damp mop resilient and hard - surfaces floor as specified. J. Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication. K. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. L. Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters when units have been operated during construction; in addition, clean ducts, blowers, and coils when units have been operated without filters during construction. M. Clean light fixtures and lamps. N. Maintain cleaning until Final Completion. O. Remove waste, foreign matter, and debris from roofs, gutters, area ways, and drainage systems. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -4 P. Remove waste, debris, and surplus materials from site. Clean grounds; remove stains, spills, and foreign substances from paved areas and sweep clean. Rake clean other exterior surfaces. Q. Tenant will provide final cleaning of interiors after Final Completion. Provide access and coordinate with Tenant's personnel at a time agreeable to both parties. 1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the site one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store Record Documents and samples in Field Office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance with Section number listings in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E: Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by Architect. F. Record information on two sets of black line 3 -mil mylar drawings, and include two copies of a Project Manual, provided by Owner. G. Provide permanent marking pens, maintaining separate colors for each major system, for recording information. H. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. I. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -5 1. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by Modifications. 6. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 7. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. J. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. K. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field 'test records and similar documents required by individual Specifications sections. L. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples under provisions of this Section. M. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate listing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. 4. Number and title of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or authorized representative. 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA - GENERAL A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products and equipment. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 81/2 x 11 inch three -ring binders with hard back, cleanable, plastic covers; three inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -6 D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS "; list title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Arrange content by systems, under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. F. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. G. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. H. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 1.13 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. B. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation; delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified in Section 01400. F. Warranties and Bonds: Bind in copy of each. 1.14 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re- ordering custom manufactured products. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700-7 B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture- protection and Weather - exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional Requirements: As Specified in individual Specifications sections. E. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1.15 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Give function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panel board Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications. C. Include as- installed color coded wiring diagrams. D. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break -in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for trouble - shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide as- installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -8 K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with as- installed color coded piping diagrams. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. N. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Division 15 and 16 sections. O. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Specifications sections. P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1.15 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. B. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SUBMITTALS A: Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. Copy will be, returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. D. Submit copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after final inspection. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -9 1.17 WARRANTIES AND BONDS - GENERAL A. Bind in commercial quality 81/2 x 11 inch three -ring binders, with hard back, cleanable, plastic covers; three inch maximum ring size. B. Label cover of each binder with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS ", with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor; and name of responsible principal. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of Product or work item. D. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. 1.18 PREPARATION OF WARRANTIES AND BONDS SUBMITTALS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within twenty days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co- execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. 1.19 TIME OF WARRANTIES AND BONDS SUBMITTALS A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. B. Make other submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. C. For items of Work when acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 01700 -10 1.20 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Provide quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and maintenance materials specified in individual sections to be provided to Owner, in addition to that required for completion of Work. B. Products: Identical to those installed in the Work. Include quantities in original purchase from supplier or manufacturer to avoid variations in manufacture. 1.21 STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE A. Store products with products to be installed in the Work, under provisions of Section 01600. B. When adequate, secure storage facilities are available at site, capable of maintaining conditions required for storage and not required for Contract work or storage, or for Owner's needs, spare products may be stored in available space. C. Maintain spare products in original containers with labels intact and legible, until delivery to Owner. 1.22 DELIVERY OF SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Coordinate with Owner: Deliver and unload spare products to Owner at Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. Owner will handle and store products. B. For portions of Project accepted and occupied by Owner prior to Substantial Completion, deliver a proportional part of spare products to Owner; obtain receipt. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 01700 -11 SECTION 02072 DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Remove designated building equipment and fixtures. B. Remove designated partitions and components. C. Cap and identify utilities. D. Temporary partitions to allow building occupancy. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01120 - Alteration Project Procedures: Re- installation of removed materials. B. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Barricades, fences, and landscape protection. C. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Dust control. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents. 1.03 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Tenant assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of areas to be demolished. Field verify all conditions prior to demolition. B. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 02072 - 1 SEM Architects Inc PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings as specified in Section 01500. B. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, fumes, noise, and smoke to provide for Owner occupancy as specified in Section 01500. C. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be altered. D. Disconnect, remove, and cap designated utility services within demolition areas. E. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify and indicate capping locations on Project Record Documents. 3.03 DEMOLITION - GENERAL A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing foundation and supporting structural members. B. Upon completion of work, leave areas of work in clean condition. 3.04 UTILITY SERVICE A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, and protect against damage during demolition operations. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied areas except when authorized by the Owner and utility company. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 02072 - 2 SEM Architects Inc 1:: r 1 i 1 1 3.05 DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING A. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. B. Remove structural framing members and lower to the ground by means of hoist, or other similar method. C. Break up and remove designated portions of concrete slabs on grade. D. Locate demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove materials without imposing excessive loads to supporting walls, floors, and framing. 3.06 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Remove, handle, and dispose of hazardous materials encountered in a safe manner complying with local regulations. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 02072 - 3 SEM Architects Inc SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Cast -in -place concrete building elements. B. Floors and interior slabs on vapor barrier. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Protection for Concrete. E. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Protection for Concrete. F. ACI 309 - Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. G. ASTM C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens. H. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. I. ASTM C39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. J. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. K. ASTM C143 - Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -1 SEM Architects Inc © L. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. M. ASTM C172 - Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. N. ASTM C231 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete. O. ASTM C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. P. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. Q. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. R. ASTM C618 - Fly Ash Mineral Admixture for Concrete. S. ASTM C881 - Epoxy- Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. T. ANSI /ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). U. ANSI /ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 304 to the extent that they are more restrictive than these specifications. ACI 301 Chapter 14 is not applicable. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work. 1.04 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° RETAKE OF PREVIOUS DOCUMENT L. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. M. ASTM C172 - Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. N. ASTM C231 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete. O. ASTM C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. P. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. Q. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. R. ASTM C618 - Fly Ash Mineral Admixture for Concrete. S. ASTM C881 - Epoxy - Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. T. ANSI /ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). U. ANSI /ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 304 to the extent that they are more restrictive than these specifications. ACI 301 Chapter 14 is not applicable. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work. 1.04 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Testing firm will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports /555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° B. Provide product data for specified admixtures and accessories. C. Submit mix designs under provisions of Section 01300. D. Prepare in accordance with ACI 301, Article 3.9. E. Submit proposed mix design for each class of concrete specified to structural engineer for review two weeks prior to commencement of work. Include proportions of ingredients, aggregate analysis, cement brand and type, slump, water /cement ratio, and strength test reports for 7 and 28 day strengths. F. Submit manufacturer's certification under provisions of Section 01300. G. Provide written certification for each admixture required, that it contains no thiocyanates nor more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type II air entraining. B. Use only one brand of cement for each required type. C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete, potable. 2.02 ADMIXTURES A. Admixtures containing thiocyanates, or containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are prohibited. B. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. C. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A - water reducing. Type B - set retarding (use during hot weather concreting. Type C - accelerating. Type D - water reducing and retarding. Type E - water reducing and accelerating. Type F - water reducing, high range admixture (superplasticizer). Type G - water reducing, high range, and retarding admixture (superplasticizer). Do not use to reduce minimum cement content. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -3 SEM Architects Inc © D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F; limit use to 20 percent of cement content by weight. E. Calcium Chloride: Use is prohibited. F. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base, rewettable type; Everbond manufactured by L &M Construction Chemicals, EucoWeld manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co., Sonocrete manufactured by Sonneborn or Acrylic Bondcrete manufactured by The Burke Company. B. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881; two - component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces; Sikadur Hi -Mod LV manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp., Patch and Bond Epoxy manufactured by Burke, Epoxtite manufactured by A.C. Horn, Sure -Poxy manufactured by Kaufman Products, Inc., or Euco Epoxy 463 or 615 manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co. C. Vapor Barrier: 10 mil thick clear polyethylene film. D. Non - shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non- metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 10,000 psi in 28 days; Masterflow 713 manufactured by Master Builders, Five Star Grout manufactured by U.S. Grout Corp., Propak manufactured by Protex or Crystex manufactured by L &M. 2.04 JOINT MATERIALS A. Waterstop: SBR (Styrene Butadiene Rubber), minimum 2000 psi tensile strength; flat profile, 6 inch wide; with manufacturer's standard fittings and adhesives; Manufactured by Williams Products, Inc. B. Joint Filler: ANSI /ASTM D994, bituminous impregnated fiberboard of sizes detailed. 2.05 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Deliver concrete and discharge entire load within 1 -1/2 hours, or before drum has turned 300 revolutions, whichever occurs first, after introduction of mixing water. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -4 SEM Architects Inc ° C. Add water in accordance with ACI 304, add at one time only, not more than 2 gal. /cu. yd. of concrete, and provided the increase in slump does not exceed 1 inch, or exceed specified slump. D. During cold weather (below 45 degrees F.), use heated water and aggregates if necessary to maintain concrete temperature between 60 degrees F and 90 degrees F. E. Interior Slab Concrete: 1. Compressive Strength (7 days): 3,000 psi. 2. Compressive Strength (28 days): 3,500 psi. 3. Slump: 2 to 4 inches. 4. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. 5. Maximum Air: 0 to 2 percent entrapped. F. All Indicated On Drawings and Not Otherwise Specified: Exterior Walks, Curbs, Retaining Walls, Columns, and Paving 1. Compressive Strength (7 days): 3,000 psi. 2. Compressive Strength (28 days): 4,000 psi. 3. Slump: 3 to 4 inches. 4. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. 5. Air Entrainment: 5 to 7 percent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on fill below 6" gravel layer. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal. Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete. Repair damaged vapor barrier. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify testing agency minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -5 SEM Architects Inc B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 304. C. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 305. D. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 306. E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. F. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. G. Place concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. H. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joint. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. Avoid placement methods which produce segregation of the mix. I. Discard concrete which becomes non - plastic and unworkable, does not meet required quality control limits, or becomes contaminated with foreign materials. J. Consolidate concrete placed in forms by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding and tamping in accordance with ACI 309. Vibration of forms and reinforcing is not permitted. K. Roughen surfaces of set concrete at all joints, except where bonding agents are used. Clean surfaces of latency, coatings, loose particles and foreign matter. Roughen surfaces in manner to expose bonded aggregate. L. Use bonding agent at joints between fresh concrete and existing or fully cured, hardened concrete. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. M. Separate slabs, curbs, manholes, inlets, from vertical surfaces with joint filler. Extend full depth of joint, and not less than 1/2 inch, nor more than 1 inch below finished surface where sealants are indicated. N. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect upon discovery. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -6 SEM Architects Inc © 3.04 FINISHING A. Rough Form Finish (Concealed Formed Surfaces): Texture imparted by form facing material, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and all fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch removed. B. Smooth Form Finish (Concealed Formed Surfaces): Use form material to impart smooth, hard, uniform texture, and arrange form panels in orderly and symmetrical pattern with minimum seams. Repair and patch defective areas and completely remove and smooth all fins and other projections. Grout rub entire exposed surface to achieve smooth uniform finish. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with texture to match adjacent formed surface. D. Floor Finish: Smooth power trowel finish no variations greater than 1/4'inch in 10 feet in any direction. E. Pitch to drains 1/4 inch per foot nominal. 3.05 PATCHING A. Conform generally to ACI 301. B. Notify Architect immediately upon removal of forms. C. Patch imperfections to conform to specified requirements. D. Repair interior slab and wall cracks exceeding 1/16 inch wide by grinding crack to 1/8 inch wide and fill with epoxy adhesive. Grind smooth and flush with adjacent surface. 3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, elevations and specified strength. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 03300 -7 SEM Architects Inc © B. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. C. Make additional tests at no cost to Owner when original tests indicate non - compliance with specifications. D. Four concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 100 or less cubic yards of each class of concrete placed each day. 1. Making, curing and handling of cylinders; ASTM C31. 2. Sampling; ASTM C172, slump modified per ASTM C94. 3. Slump; ASTM C231, pressure method. 4. Air content; ASTM C231, pressure method. 5. Compressive strength; ASTM C39. E. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents. F. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 117 requirements. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01400. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 03300 -8 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 06110 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Miscellaneous wood framing and sheathing. B. Furring for wall finishes. C. Blocking and cants for roofing system and related metal flashings. D. Blocking and cants for roof mounted mechanical items. E. Concealed wood blocking for support of washroom accessories, wall cabinets and store fixtures. F. Preservative and fire retardant treatment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ALSC - American Lumber Standard Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. B. ANSI 208.1 - Mat Formed Wood Particleboard. C. APA - American Plywood Association. D. AWPA - American Wood Preservers' Association. E. FS TT -W -571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. F. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. G. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06110 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° H. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories. I. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. C. Fire retardant treatment to conform to requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) and AWPA. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01400. B. Keep materials dry during delivery and storage. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. C. Stack lumber and plywood, and provide for air circulation within stacks. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: WWPA. B. Lumber: PS 20; Douglas Fir species; Standard grade for framing, Utility grade for furring and blocking; maximum moisture content of 19 percent; S4S unless otherwise noted. C. Softwood Plywood: PS 1; APA Grade C -C Exterior Type; unsanded. D. Particleboard: ANSI A 208.1; Standard grade. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06110 -2 SEM Architects Inc O 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Nails, Spikes, and Staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws: Medium carbon steel; size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. C. Fasteners: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and gas bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Wood Preservative: AWPB LP -2; Water -borne preservatives; Comply with AWPA Standard C2 for lumber and C9 for plywood. 2.04 SHOP TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Shop pressure treat wood materials requiring UL fire rating or pressure impregnated preservatives to FS TT -W- 571, Table 3. B. Kiln dry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 19 percent moisture content. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with "Manual for House Framing" by National Forest Products Association, including nailing, firestopping, anchorage, framing and bracing. B. Provide layout work for lines, levels, locations of floors, walls, partitions, windows, doors and other general features, for all trades. C. Provide blocking, curbs, nailers, miscellaneous wood items as indicated or required. D. Discard units of material with defects which might impair the quality of the Work, and units which are too small to fabricate the Work with minimum joints or the optimum joint arrangement. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06110 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° E. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. F. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. G. Use common wire nails except as otherwise indicated and finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. 3.02 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS A. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. B. Provide 2" nominal wood blocking in metal stud framing to support toilet accessories, grab bars, railings, fixtures, wall mounted casework and equipment, wall mounted door stops and other similar items. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise shown. D. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. 3.03 WOOD FURRING A. Install plumb and level with closure strips at all edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD A. Comply with applicable recommendations of Form No. E304, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial ", for types of products with applications indicated. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF TREATED WOOD ITEMS A. Preservative Treatment: Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06110 -4 SEM Architects Inc ° 1. Cants, nailers, blocking, stripping and similar items in conjunction with roofing and flashing. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. All interior wood blocking and furring. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Finish carpentry items, other than shop fabricated casework, with hardware and attachment accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ALA - American Laminators Association Standards for Thermally Fused Melamine Surfaces, 1982. B. ANSI /HPHA HP - American Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. C. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. D. AWI - American Woodwork Institute Quality Standards. E. AWPA - American Wood Preservers' Association. F. FS L -P -508 - Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non - Decorative. G. FS MM -L -736 - Lumber - Hardwood. H. FS TT -W -571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. I. FS MMM -A -130 - Adhesive, Contact. J. NEMA LD -3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. K. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. L. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -1 SEM Architects Inc M. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with AWI Quality Standards, Custom grade. B. Fire retardant treatment to conform to requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) and AWPA. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire retardant requirements. B. Conform to UL requirements to achieve rating indicated. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings indicating materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, finishes, and accessories, to a minimum scale of 1 -1/2 inch to one foot. C. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. D. In lieu of grade stamping exposed -to -view members, submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01400 that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. F. Submit two samples 8 x 10 inches in size illustrating each species and cut or pattern of wood, one without specified finish and one with specified finish. G. Submit samples of colors and patterns of plastic laminate for selection. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -2 SEM Architects Inc © C. Store materials in ventilated, interior locations under constant minimum temperatures of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; Custom grade in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent for interior work and 10 percent for exterior work; fir species, with mixed grain, of quality for transparent finish. B. Hardwood Lumber: FS MM -L -736; Custom grade in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent; red oak or cedar species, as indicated with plain sawn grain, of quality for transparent finish. C. Laminated Fiberboard Trim: Plain sawn red oak or cedar veneer, as indicated 1/32" minimum, all exposed edges, of quality for transparent finish, on medium density fiberboard core. 1 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Hardwood Plywood: ANSI/HPHA HP; Custom Grade in accordance with AWI; lumber core material; red oak species face veneer of [plain sliced] [rotary cut] grain. B. Wood Particleboard: Composed of wood chips, shavings or flakes made with water resistant adhesive of medium density; sanded faces. C. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4; pressed wood fiber with resin binder; tempered grade. 1 D. Pegboard: Pressed wood fiber with resin binder; tempered grade; 1/4 inch thick with 9/32 inch diameter holes at one inch on center. I2.03 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD -3, PF -42 post forming, GP -50 general purpose, GP -28 fvertical surface type, CL -20 cabinet interior type; color as scheduled manufactured by Wilsonart, Nevamar or Formica. 1 1 i 1 B. Laminate Backing Sheet: NEMA LD -3, BK -20 Backing grade, undecorated plastic laminate. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° 2.04 ADHESIVE A. Contact Adhesive: FS MMM -A -130; type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. B. Wall Adhesive: Solvent release, cartridge type, compatible with wall substrate, capable of achieving durable bond. C. Caulking 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Size and type to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non - corrosive for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish at other interior locations. C. Lumber for Shimming, Blocking, and Softwood lumber. D. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer type. E. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. F. Plastic Edge Trim: Extruded convex shaped; smooth finish; self - locking serrated tongue; of width to match panel thickness; color to be selected. G. Aluminum Edge Trim: Extruded convex shape; smooth surface finish; self - locking serrated tongue; of width to match plywood or particleboard thickness; natural finish. 2.06 WOOD TREATMENT MATERIALS A: Fire Retardant: Chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread/fuel contribution/smoke development rating of 25/10/0, compatible with finishes specified. B. Wood Preservative: Water -borne materials listed in FS TT -W -571, compatible with finishes specified. 2.07 CABINET HARDWARE A. Shelf Standards and Rests: KV No. 80 standards with No. 180 brackets; depth to fit shelves. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -4 SEM Architects Inc o B. Shelf Brackets: KV No. 346. C. Drawer and Door Pulls: Stanley 4484. D. Sliding Door Pulls: Epco GP 14 x 2.75 ". E. Cabinet Locks: Corbin 02066 (doors), 02067 (drawers), KV 963 (sliding doors). F. Catches: BHMA [B43142 magnetic type (provide 2 per door for doors exceeding 40 inches in height). G. Drawer Slides: KV No. 1305 series, sizes to fit drawer depths. H. Blum or Grass geometric European toggle hinges. I. Sliding Door Track Assemblies: KV 2400 T series [KV 992 for glass doors]. J. Closet Rods: KV No. KV -8. 2.08 SHOP TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Shop pressure treat wood materials requiring UL fire rating or pressure impregnated preservatives to FS TT -W- 571, Table 3. B. Provide UL approved identification on fire resistant treated material, on surfaces not exposed to view. C. Deliver fire retardant treated materials cut to required sizes. Minimize field cutting. D. Red or Kiln dry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 10 percent moisture Redry rY P P content. 2.09 FABRICATION IA. Fabricate to AWI Custom standards. l B. Shop prepare and identify components for book match grain matching during site erection. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway SEM Architects Inc ° Tukwila, Washington 06200 -5 1 2.10 SHOP FINISHING A. Shop finish work in accordance with AWI "Factory Finishing" Section 1500. All exposed trim and siding shall receive transparent finish unless noted otherwise; see finish schedule for staining. B. Transparent Finish: AWI System Number 1; Custom. C. Opaque Finish: AWI System Number 6; Custom. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as required for proper installation. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this Section are placed and ready to receive this work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 3.03 SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on exterior located finish carpentry items. B. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Treat site -sawn ends. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting materials. D. Verify materials requiring stain finish do not exceed 10 percent moisture content before applying fire retardant treatment. E. Preservative treat items noted on Drawings as 'PT'. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -6 SEM Architects Inc 0 F. Fire retardant treated items noted on Drawings as 'FR -S'. G. Prime paint surfaces in contact with cementitious materials. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Refer to schedule at end of Section. B. Install work in accordance with AWI Custom quality standard. C. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb, and level. D. Install trim with wall adhesive by gun application. E. Install paneling with nails and screws in pattern indicated on drawings. G. Fit exposed edges of plywood and particleboard shelving and site made casework with aluminum or plastic edging. Width is thickness of plywood or particleboard. H. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I. Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated in full uninterrupted sheets. Adhere with adhesive over entire surface. Make joints and comers hairline. Match patterns. J. Apply laminate backing on reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 3.05 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. B. Seal and varnish concealed and semi - concealed surfaces. Brush apply only. C. Prime paint and seal surfaces in contact with cementitious materials. D. Verify appropriateness of specified finishing materials with wood species and grain. Apply wash coat of sealer if required prior to finishing to assure uniform finish. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -7 SEM Architects Inc ° END OF SECTION Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06200 -8 t t., t; 11 SECTION 06290 PREFINISHED SLOTTED DISPLAY PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the provisions of this section. 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Prefinished slotted display panels (slotwall). 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Wood trim for display panels. B. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Gypsum board substrate for panel installation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ALA 1982 - American Laminators Association Standards for Thermally Fused Melamine Surfaces. B. AWI - American Woodwork Institute Quality Standards. C. NEMA LD -3 - Testing Procedures for Decorative Laminates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installing contractor shall have a minimum of one year's experience in the installation of prefinished display panels. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under the provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit samples under the provisions of Section 01300. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06290 -1 SEM 7267.00C C. Submit one sample 12" high by 18" wide, of display panel, gypsum board substrate and metal stud framing. Sample shall include one vertical and one horizontal joint, and shall illustrate proposed method of predrilling and fastening panels, the fasteners to be used and joint alignment. D. Submit two samples, 4" by 4" in size of each display panel finish including extrusions. Tape or seal extrusions securely into the sample. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver panels to the site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect panels under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Store panels in dry, ventilated, interior locations with minimum temperatures of 60 °F and maximum relative humidity of 55 %. 2. Remove protective wrapping immediately upon receipt of panels to stabilize moisture content. 3. Panels exhibiting damage due to improper handling, protection, or storage shall be rejected. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SLOTTED DISPLAY PANELS A. Standard grade slotted medium density fiberboard panels, 4' by 8' sheets, slots 4" or 6" on center as indicated with standard extruded aluminum slot insets; white or clear melamine finish as indicated on drawings. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Screw fasteners: Cadmium plated #6 or #7 x 1 -5/8" drywall or sheet metal screws. Bugle head, flat head, or wood screws are not permitted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that gypsum board work is complete in area of installation and that walls are properly braced. Verify all field measurements are as required for proper installation. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports /555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06290 -2 SEM 7267.000 B. Beginning of work constitutes acceptance of conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Panels shall be installed level with long dimension horizontal (slots parallel to floor). B. Locate studs in wall and transfer dimensions to panel. Using a non - marring drill jig, drill holes equal to screw shank diameter, perpendicular to panel surface through extrusions. Unfair holes will be rejected. Do not countersink holes. C. Route slots in abutting vertical surfaces to receive 1 -5/8" minimum wood biscuit. Biscuitted joints shall be concealed. D. Install panel on wall with temporary supports and screw through extrusions into studs with low- torque devices. Open extrusions with hand tool to facilitate screw insertion without drainage extrusion. Draw screws snug to extrusions but avoid overtightening to prevent stripping of stud. Stripped fasteners shall be rejected. Fasten panel as indicated on drawings. Screw head shall protrude no greater than 1/8" from rear of extrusion. E. Install biscuits in vertical joints and repeat procedure for next abutting panel. Do not remove temporary panel supports until all fasteners are installed. F. Provide a tight - fitting hairline joint at all horizontal and vertical joints. G. Install panels in a stacked bond, with vertical joints aligning with the joint in the panel below. Running bond installations shall be rejected. 3.03 CLEAN UP A. Using compressed air, blow construction debris from slots. B. Remove all construction marks from panel and wipe clean with a soft cloth. C. Turn over all scraps 2' or greater in length to tenant, including extrusions. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 06290 -3 SEM 7267.00© SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 RELATED SECTIONS A. 07900 Sealant: Sealing of Casework to Wall 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Special fabricated cabinet and casework units. B. Countertops. C. Prefinished surfaces. D. Casework hardware. E. Preparation for utilities. F. Refer to schedule at end of this Section. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/HPHA HP - American Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood. B. ANSI A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. C. AWI - American Woodwork Institute Quality Standards. D. FS L -P -508 - Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Non - Decorative. E. FS MM -L -736 - Lumber, Hardwood. F. FS TT -W -571 - Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06410 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° G. FS MMM -A -130 - Adhesive, Contact. H. NEMA LD -3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. I. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. J. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform finish carpentry work in accordance with AWI Quality Standards, Custom grade. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit shop drawings indicating materials, component profiles, fastening methods, 1 jointing details, finishes, and accessories, to a minimum scale of 1 -1/2 inch to one foot. C. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. E. Submit two samples 8 x 10 inches in size illustrating each species and cut or pattern of wood, one without specified finish and one with specified finish. F. Submit samples of colors and patterns of plastic laminate for selection. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Store products in ventilated, interior locations under constant minimum temperatures of 60 degrees F and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; Custom grade in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent for interior work and 10 percent for exterior work; fir species, with mixed plain sawn grain, of quality for transparent finish. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06410 -2 SEM Architects Inc o 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS A. Softwood Plywood: PS 1; Standard Sheathing Grade, Group 1, Appearance Quality; fir species face veneer of rotary cut grain. B. Wood Particleboard: Composed of wood chips, shavings or flakes made with water resistant adhesive of medium density; sanded faces. E. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4; pressed wood fiber with resin binder; standard grade. 2.03 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD -3, PF -42 post forming, GP -50 general purpose, GP -28 vertical surface type, CL -20 cabinet interior type; color as selected; as schedule manufactured by Wilsonart, Nevamar or Formica. B. Laminate Backing Sheet: NEMA LD -3, BK -20 Backing grade, undecorated plastic laminate. 2.04 ADHESIVE A. Contact Adhesive: FS MMM -A -130; type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. B. Wall Adhesive: Solvent release, cartridge type, compatible with wall substrate, capable of achieving durable bond. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Size and type to suit application. B: Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws: Size and type to suit application; non - corrosive for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations; plain finish at other interior locations. C. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of pine or fir species. D. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer type. E. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. F. Plastic Edge Trim: Extruded convex shaped; smooth finish; self - locking serrated tongue; of width to match panel thickness; color to be selected. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06410 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° G. Aluminum Edge Trim: Extruded convex shape; smooth surface finish; self - locking serrated tongue; of width to match plywood or particleboard thickness; natural finish. H. Glass: Specified in Section 08800. 2.06 HARDWARE A. Shelf Standards and Rests: KV No. 80 standards with No. 180 brackets; depth to fit shelves. B. Shelf Brackets: KV No. 346. C. Drawer and Door Pulls: Stanley 4484. D. Sliding Door Pulls: Epco GP 14 x 2.75 ". E. Cabinet Locks: Corbin 02066 (doors), 02067 (drawers), KV 963 (sliding doors). F. Catches: BHMA B43142 magnetic type (provide 2 per door for doors exceeding 40 inches in height). G. Drawer Slides: KV No. 1305 series, sizes to fit drawer depths. H. Hinges: Blum or Glass geometric European toggle hinges. I. Sliding Door Track Assemblies: KV 2400 T series [KV 992 for glass doors]. J. Closet Rods: KV No. KV -8. 2.07 FABRICATION A: Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with matching veneer edging. Use full length pieces only. C. Door and Drawer Fronts: 3/4 inch thick. D. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. E. Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated in full uninterrupted sheets. Adhere with adhesive over entire surface. Make joints and corners hairline. Match patterns. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cutouts. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 06410 -4 SEM Architects Inc O F. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern. G. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. H. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on -site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. 2.08 SHOP FINISHING A. Shop finish work in accordance with AWI "Factory Finishing" Section 1500. B. Transparent Finish: AWI System Number 1; Custom. C. Opaque Finish: AWI System Number 6; Custom. D. Seal internal surfaces of cabinets with one coat of varnish. Brush apply only. E. Seal surfaces in contact with cementitious materials. F. Verify appropriateness of specified finishing materials with wood species and grain. Apply wash coat of sealer if required prior to finishing to assure uniform finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as required for proper installation. C. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this Section are placed and ready to receive this work. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Refer to schedule at end of this Section. IB. Set and secure casework in place rigid, plumb, and level. Project Number 98074.00 l Gart Sports #555- Parkway SEM Architects Inc ° Tukwila, Washington 06410 -5 C. Use fixture attachments designed for the purpose at concealed locations for wall mounted components. D. Use threaded steel concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and counter tops. E. Carefully scribe casework which is against other building materials, leaving gaps of 1/32 inch maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. F. Secure cabinet and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. G. Counter -sink anchorage devices at exposed locations used to wall mount components, and conceal with solid plugs of species to match surrounding wood. Finish flush with surrounding surfaces. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors, drawers, hardware, fixtures and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings and fixtures. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 06410 -6 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. C. Types and locations as scheduled at end of this Section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal: Sealants for flashings. B. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Perimeter sealant. C. Division 15 and 16 Sections: Sealants associated with mechanical and electrical work. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. B. ASTM D1565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open -Cell Foam). C. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. D. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. E. ASTM C962 - Guide for Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. F. ASTM D3406 - Joint Sealant, Hot - Poured, Elastomeric -Type, for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° G. SWI - Sealing and Waterproofers Institute Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Conform to SWI recommendations for materials and installation. D. Provide proper primers suited to indicated conditions. Primers may be omitted upon certification by sealant manufacturer that they are not required. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces unless proper ventilation is provided. B. Maintain dry substrates, temperature, and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation until curing is complete. C. Install elastomeric sealants only when temperature is in lower third of manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range, but not less than 40 degrees F, wherever joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B: Deliver products to site in original, unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi- component materials. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01040. B. Coordinate the work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -2 SEM Architects Inc © 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide two year warranty signed by the manufacturer and Installer under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage of installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bostik Construction Products. B. Dow Corning Corporation. C. General Electric Corporation. D. Mameco International, Inc. E. Pecora Corporation. F. Sika Corporation. G. Sonneborn Building Products. H. Tremco, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Hardness: As recommended by manufacturer for applications shown. B. Modulus of Elasticity: Provide lowest available modulus of elasticity for indicated requirements and consistent with exposure'to weathering, indentation, abrasion and support of loading. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -3 SEM Architects Inc 0 C. Compatibility: Provide sealants, joint fillers, and related materials that are compatible with one another and with substrates and other materials to which they will be exposed in the joint system. D. Grade: For each application, provide grade of sealant complying with ASTM C920, and as recommended by manufacturer for indicated conditions, to achieve best possible performance. Types, Grades, Classes, and Uses specified are for normal conditions. E. Colors: Provide colors for exposed sealants as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. For use at all exterior joints where "sealant" is called for, and at interior joints where scheduled. B. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, 2- part elastomeric sealant, non -sag; Dymeric manufactured by Tremco or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. C. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, M, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, 2 -part elastomeric sealant, self - leveling; Vulkem 245 manufactured by Mameco International, Inc., or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. D. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, G, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, one- part silicone rubber -based elastomeric sealant; non -acid type; tensile strength of 80 psi or less at 150 percent elongation when tested after 14 days at 77 degrees F, and 50 percent relative humidity in accordance with ASTM D412; Dow Corning 795 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation, or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. E. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, one -part silicone rubber -based elastomeric sealant; acid type; Dow Corning 999 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation, or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. F. Elastomeric Pavement Sealant: ASTM D3406; manufacturer's standard one -part hot pourable concrete joint sealant. 2.04 LATEX SEALANTS A. For use under all exterior thresholds and where casework abuts walls. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -4 SEM Architects Inc O B. Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C834; one -part acrylic emulsion sealant compound, non -sag, mildew resistant, paintable, recommended by manufacturer for exposed interior applications; AC -20 manufactured by Pecora Corporation, or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056 or D1565; round, open cell or closed cell non - gassing type polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrate as suitable for satisfactory performance of sealant work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Etch concrete and masonry surfaces as specifically recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C962 for elastomeric sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -5 SEM Architects Inc ° 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and ASTM C962 as applicable. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios recommended by manufacturer, but within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead: 1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75 percent of joint width, but not more than 0.625 inches nor less than 0.375 inches. 2. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants, but not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50 percent of joint width, but not more than 0.5 inches nor less than 0.25 inches. 3. For joints sealed with non - elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill to a depth in the range of 75 to 125 percent of joint width. C. Install joint backing to achieve required sealant depths. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint backing units. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used or where required to ensure proper performance of sealants. E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool non -sag sealants immediately after application; tool joints slightly concave or as detailed. 3.04 CURING A. Cure sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength, and surface durability. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces as work progresses by methods approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. B. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900 -6 SEM Architects Inc ° 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Protect sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances, and from damage resulting from other construction operations. C. Repair damaged sealant work with new materials to produce repaired work that is indistinguishable from original work. 3.07 SCHEDULE A. Polyurethane sealant locations, non -sag type: 1 1. Exterior wall joints, except masonry joints. 2. Door frame, aluminum storefront and curtain wall perimeter joints. 3. Metal flashings and reglet joints. B. Polyurethane sealant locations, self - leveling type: 1. Exterior sidewalk and pedestrian pavement area joints. 1. C. Silicone sealant locations, acid type: 1. Aluminum entrance and storefront framing. D. Silicone sealant locations, non -acid type: 1. Exterior and interior masonry and concrete joints. E. Elastomeric pavement sealant locations: 1. Vehicular concrete pavement area joints. 1 F. Acrylic sealant locations: 1. Under all exterior door thresholds. 1 2. Casework to walls. 1. END OF SECTION 1 Project Number 98074.00 SEM Architects Inc ° Gart Sports #555-Parkway Tukwila, Washington 07900-7 1 SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Standard fabricated non -rated and fire rated steel doors, panels, and frames. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03455 - Precast Concrete B. Section 08712 - Hardware. C. Section 08800 - Glazing. D. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A115 - Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware. B. ASTM C236 - Steady State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. C. ASTM E90 - Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. D. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. DHI - Door Hardware Institute: The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. F. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila. Washington 08111 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° G. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. H. SDI -100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. I. SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. J. SDI -117 - Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. K. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.04 PERFORMANCE A. Thermal Rating for Door and Frame Assembly: ASTM C236; maximum U- factor 0.24 BTU /hr. /sq.ft. /degree F. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI -100 and as supplemented in this Section. Coordinate hardware locations specified in SDI -100 with requirements specified in Section 08712. B. Fire rated door and frame construction to conform to NFPA 252. 1. Oversize Fire Rated Assemblies: For assemblies which exceed sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification or label from an approved independent testing and inspection agency indicating that door and frame assembly conform to the requirements of design, materials, and construction as established by individual listings for tested assemblies. 2. Temperature Rise Rating: At stair enclosures, provide doors which have a Temperature Rise Rating of 450 degrees F. maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. C. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Uniform Building code for fire rated frames and doors. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 1/555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08111 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° openings as those in door schedule. C. Indicate frame configuration, anchor spacings, anchor types, and location of cutouts for hardware and reinforcement. D. Submit manufacturer's certification that oversize fire rated assemblies conform to design, materials, and construction equivalent to requirements of individual listings for tested assemblies. E. Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement and closure method, and cut outs for glazing. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Protect factory finished doors and frames with resilient packaging, sealed with plastic. Break seal on- site to permit ventilation. C. Inspect hollow metal products upon delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided refinishing is equal in all respects to new work and is acceptable to Architect; otherwise replace damaged items with new products as specified. D. Avoid use of non - vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove immediately. Provide adequate ventilation between stacked doors to permit air circulation. 1.09 WARRANTY A: Provide five year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include replacement of defective materials, and repair of face distortion and warping not due to impact loads for a period of 3 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08111 -3 SEM Architects Inc o 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Steelcraft. B. Amweld. C. CECO Corporation. D. W.R. Crabb, Inc. E. Fenestra. F. Kewanee Corporation. G. Republic Builder's Products Corp. H. Gateway Metal Products, Inc. I. NCS Manufacturing Co. J. Western Hollow Metal. K. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior Doors: SDI -100, Grade I, Model 1. B. Interior Doors: SDI -100, Grade I, Model 1. C. Exterior Frames: 16 gage thick material, core metal thickness. D. Interior Frames: 18 gage thick material, core metal thickness. 2.03 DOOR CORE A. Core: Cardboard honeycomb. Polyurethane insulation. Polystyrene insulation. B. Thermal Rated Assemblies: Tested in accordance with ASTM C236. C. Hardware Reinforcement: SDI -100. 2.04 ACCESSORIES Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08111 -4 SEM Architects Inc ° A. Jamb Anchors: Types required for indicated openings and fire ratings. B. Silencers: Resilient rubber. C. Glazing Bars: Rolled steel channel shape, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style screws. 2.05 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. B. Primer: Factory applied rust- inhibitive primer on cleaned and phosphatized surfaces. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Mullions for Double Doors: Fixed type as scheduled in Section 08712. B. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. C. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. D. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors on strike side and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. E. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. F. Close top edge of exterior door with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. G. Configure exterior frames with special profile to receive snap -in weatherstripping. H. Fabricate frames for masonry wall coursing with 4 inch head member. I. Prepare doors and frames for hardware in accordance with templates provided under Section 08712. Comply with ANSI A115. 2.07 FINISH A. Interior Units: 0.30 oz/sq.ft. galvanized. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08111 -5 SEM Architects Inc o B. Exterior Units: 1.25 oz/sq.ft. galvanized. C. Primer: Baked on. D. Finish: Field Finished. 9 E. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. Coating may be shop or field applied. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI for clearances and other applicable requirements. C. Coordinate with masonry or concrete wall construction for anchor placement. D. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing with Section 08800. E. Install door louvers. Coordinate with Division 15 requirements. F. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Comply with SDI -117. B: Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 3/32 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08111 -6 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 08305 ACCESS DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire -rated and non -rated wall and ceiling access doors and frames. 1.02 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Division 15 and 16 Sections: Access doors where required to service, use, or maintain concealed valves, dampers, motors, balancing devices, and similar items. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Openings in partitions. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Field paint finish. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 1.06 •SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08305 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bar Co., Inc. B. J. L. Industries. C. Karp Associates, Inc. D. Milcor - Division of Inryco, Inc. E. The Williams Brothers Corp. F. Babcock -Davis Associates, Inc. G. Bilco Company. H. Dur -Red Products. I. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.02 ACCESS DOOR UNITS A. In Gypsum Board: Model DW manufactured by Milcor, or equivalent unit by acceptable manufacturer; integral drywall bead. In rated assemblies provide units rated for fire rating indicated. C. Hardware: 175 degree steel hinges; flush, screwdriver- operated cam lock, number required to hold door panel flush in closed position; raised knob cam locks for fire -rated units, two keys for each unit. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Furnish assemblies with manufacturer's standard construction, with details, and anchorage as appropriate to indicated substrates. B. Furnish sizes to suit conditions but not less than 16 x 16 inches, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard sizes which may vary from specified sizes. C. Weld, fill, and grind joints to assure flush and square unit. Project Number 98074.00 Cart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08305 -2 SEM Architects Inc O 2.04 FINISH IA. Prime coat units with baked on primer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide access doors in hard ceilings where access is required by equipment above. 1 1.. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. C. Coordinate installation with work of other trades, and obtain information on door sizes and exact locations from other trades. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install frames plumb and level in wall openings. B. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. C. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Adjust hardware and panels for proper operation. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 08305 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 08712 DOOR HARDWARE 9 PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for doors. B. Thresholds. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Loose hardware supplied for aluminum doors. B. Section 08460 - Automatic entrance doors - loose hardware supplied for automatic doors. C. Section 08360 Sectional overhead doors - loose hardware supplied for overhead doors. 1.03 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Furnish templates to Related Sections and Section 08460 for door and frame preparation. B. Furnish cylinders to Section 08360 and 08410 for installation. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -1 SEM Architects Inc B. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors: Lockable coiling doors, and hardware for same, except cylinders. C. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Hardware for same, except cylinders. D. Division 16 - Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection System.: Electrical connection to activate door closers. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. ANSI /BHMA A156 - Builder's Hardware Standards. C. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. D. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute. E. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. F. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute. G. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. H. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. I. SDI - Steel Door Institute. J.. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories. K. UL 437 - Key Locks. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections involving manufacturer of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. Furnish hardware templates to door fabricators for factory preparation to receive hardware. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -2 SEM Architects Inc o B. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses, profile, swing, security, and other indicated requirements as necessary for proper function. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum five years experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying door hardware with five years documented experience, who is, or employs an experienced Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who is used for consultation on the hardware requirements for this project. C. Hardware Brands: Provide all locks and latch sets of one brand; all overhead closers of one brand; all floor checks of one brand; all hinges of one brand; and all panic devices of one brand. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NFPA 80 for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. This requirement takes precedence over other specified requirements for such hardware, if specified requirements are in conflict. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for the types and sizes of doors indicated, and which complies with the requirements of the door and frame labels. B. Where panic exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, provide UL label on exit device indicating Fire Exit Hardware. C. Conform to the applicable sections of Chapter 5 of NFPA 101. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedule, shop drawings, and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit copies of the hardware schedule complying with the construction schedule requirements for each draft. Hardware schedules are intended for use in coordinating the work. C. Format all schedule submittals to the same door numbering system used in this Section and on the Door Schedule. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -3 SEM Architects Inc O D. Furnish initial draft of schedule at earliest possible date, in order to facilitate fabrication of related work which may be critical to the construction schedule. data sheets, coordination with other work, delivery schedules, and other required information have been completed and accepted. F. Final Hardware Schedule: Complete designation of every item required for each door opening, based on indicated requirements. G. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. H. Provide product data on specified hardware. I. Key Schedule: Furnish complete schedule of key marking, and master key system to Tenant and Architect for review prior to final acceptance. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. B. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. C. Include the name, address, and phone number of the hardware supplier, maintenance instructions, and parts list for each type of operating hardware including locks, exit devices, and closers. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. C. Package hardware items individually; label and identify package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. D. Deliver keys to Tenant at Substantial Completion. E. Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area. Control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -4 SEM Architects Inc o 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty against mechanical failure of door closers under provisions of Section 01700. B. Provide two year warranty against failure of parts for all other hardware under provisions of Section 01700. 1.13 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide ten extra lock cores for each master keyed group under provisions of Section 01700. 1.14 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE LIST A. Furnish hardware in accordance with following hardware list and as indicated on door schedule. List is intended to establish design and function of hardware. Provide all hardware items required for proper door function, including fire- rating and labeling requirements. B: Conform to ANSI/BHMA A156, except as otherwise indicated. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. Acceptability of substituted items may be determined solely on the basis of design, appearance, or finish. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: Non - ferrous, with stainless steel non - removable pins at exterior locations; non - removable pins at reverse swing doors; non - rising pins at all other hinges; manufactured by Hager, Soss, Stanley, Lawrence, Bommer, or McKinney. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -5 SEM Architects Inc e C. Lock/Latch Set Design Standard shall be compliant with A.D.A. and ANSI 1992 A117.1 door hardware requirements: Best; No substitutions. D. Push/Pulls: Trimco, Quality, Cipco. E. Closers shall be compliant with 1992 A.D.A. and ANSI 117.1 door hardware requirements for door closing force: Through -bolt all door mounted closers; manufactured by Norton, Sargent, Corbin, Russwin, or LCN. F. Gasketting: Stanley, Sargent, Corbin, National Guard Products, or Pemko. G. Silencers: Sargent 3446, or Ives No. 20. H. Protection Plates: Rockwood, Builder's Brass, Quality, or Brookline. I. Thresholds shall be compliant with A.D.A. and 1992 ANSI 117.1: Pemko, National Guard Products. J. Miscellaneous Hardware Trim Items: Rockwood, Builder's Brass, Quality, Brookline, Sargent, Corbin, Trimco, National Guard Products, Glynn- Johnson, or Russwin. 2.03 HARDWARE MANUFACTURE A. Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self - tapping sheet metal screws, except where specifically indicated. B. Furnish screws for hardware installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws except where specifically indicated otherwise. Finish exposed screws to match hardware finish, or to match the finish of other work as closely as possible, if exposed in surfaces other than hardware surfaces. 2.04 KEYING A. Keying shall be determined by Gart Sports. B. Cores: temporary construction cores only, 7 pin system. C. Equip locks with high security cylinders which comply with the performance requirements of ANSI /BHMA A156.5 for Grade 1 cylinders, and which have been tested for pick and drill resistance requirements of UL 437. D. Final Change: Final cores and keys will be supplied and installed by Gart Sports. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -6 SEM Architects Inc • 2.05 FINISHES A. Furnish all hardware items in US26D unless specifically identified otherwise in Schedule at end of this Section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work, and that dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable requirements of SDI, NAAMM, AWI, NFPA 80, BHMA, and DHI. B. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item in accordance with DHI "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware ". D. Conform to ANSI A117.1 for positioning requirements for the handicapped. E. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware on surfaces which are to be painted or finished by others, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in other Sections. Do not install surface mounted hardware items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. F. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as required for proper installation and operation. G. Drill and countersink units which are not factory - prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with referenced standards. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -7 SEM Architects Inc © H. Cut and fit threshold and floor covers to profile of door frames. Use single piece units. I. Screw thresholds to substrate with No. 10, or larger screws, of proper type for permanent anchorage. Use bronze, stainless steel, or other non - corrosive base metal screws in contact with threshold metal. J. Set all exterior thresholds in continuous sealant as specified in Section 07900. Completely fill voids without obstructing drainage or weep holes. K. All battery operated and hardwired Detex devices shall be mounted at 36" a:f.f. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust and check each operating hardware item, and each door assembly to ensure proper operation and function. Lubricate moving parts with lubrication type recommended by manufacturer. B. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly. C. Make final adjustments and lubrication immediately prior to final acceptance. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilation equipment. 3.04 SCHEDULE A. Finish: US26D Dull Chromium Plated. B. Manufacturer References: MANUFACTURER SYMBOL Best B Hager H Schlage S Yale Y Norton N Trim Co. T Ives I Pemko P Glynn - Johnson G LCN Closers L Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -8 SEM Architects Inc m Von Duprin Detex Rixon C. Schedule of Hardware Items. Note: Contractor shall verify all quantities. HW - 1 Single New Storefront Egress Door with Delayed Detex Not Used HW -1A 1 Delayed Egress Panic Hardware #ECL -8030 1 Cylinder #1E72-626 1 Jamb Weatherstripping #588 v D R D HW - 2 Pair Existing Egress Doors with Delayed Detex Not Used HW - 2A Pair New Egress Doors - Delayed Detex and Removeable Mullion Not Used HW - 3 Single Existing Door - Or For Aluminum And Glass Entry Doors (Automatic) With Locking Cylinder, keyed both sides. 1 Cylinder # 1E7-626 B Note: If there is an existing automatic door which does not have a Best Cylinder, rework door as required to accept Best Cylinder. HW - 3A Existing Door(s) Existing Hardware; New Locking Cylinder, keyed one side 1 Cylinder #1E7-626 B HW - 3D Single Existing Door — New Delayed Detex & Cylinder Not Used HW - 4 Single New Door — For Gun Storage; Deadbolted With Closer 1 Lockset 93K7D15D626 B 11/2 pr. Butt Hinges BB 1279 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" H 1 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -9 SEM Architects Inc 1 Deadbolt 83TK626 B HW - 5 Single New Door - Keyed Lockset With Closer For Electric Room, Boot Storage, Janitor Closet, Sprinkler Closet, Loading Dock Man Doors; Managers Office, General Office, Gift Storage and Layaway 1 Lockset 93K7D15D626 B 11/2 pr. Butt Hinges BB1279 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" H 1 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L HW -5A Single New Door, Gasketed, with keyed lockset & closer for Electric Room, Boot Storage, Janitor Closet, Sprinkler Closet, Loading Dock Man Doors; Manager's Office, General Office, Gifts and Layaway 1 Lockset 93K7D15D626 B 11/2 pr. Butt Hinges BB1279 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" H 1 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L 1 Smoke Gasket P 1 Sweep #315AN 36 P At Door 110, provide Alarm Lock System Inc. T -2 Series with digital lock #0L- 2700-IC-26D with anti -spy shield and delete lockset; supply Best 7 -pin core. Delete wall stop at door 109. At Door 125, provide Pemco Jamb Weatherstripping #588 HW - 6 Single New Door - Passage Set for Staff Room and Bathrooms; With Closer Not Used HW - 6A Single New Door - Rated with Smoke Seals for Staff Room and Bathrooms; With Closers 1 ' Passage Set 93K0N15D626 B 11/2 pr. Butt Hinges BB1279-1/2" x 4-1/2" H 1 Armor Plate 8400 36 "Hx34 "W I 1 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L 1 Wall Stop 407 1/2 I 1 Mop Plate 1"H x 34 "W I 1 Smoke Gasket #304AV P 1 Sweep #315AN 36 P HW - 7 Single New Door - For Cash Room With Viewer and Closer 1 Lockset 93K7D15D626 B 11/2 pr. Butt Hinges BB1279 4- 1/2 "x4 -1/2" H 1 Security Viewer 698 I Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -10 SEM Architects Inc 41 1 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L HW - 8 Single New Door - For Changing Rooms With Passage Set and Spring Hinges 1 Lockset 72K7D15D626 B 11/2 pr. Spring Hinges 1250 4- 1/2 "x4 -1/2" H 1 Wall Stop 407 1/2 I Delete wall stop at 101H HW - 9 Single New Door - Push Both Sides With Double Acting Hinge 1 Center Hung Bottom Pivot #370 R 1 Center Hung Top Pivot #340 R 2 Floor Stop #436 I 2 Pushplate #8200 I 2 Armor Plate #8400 36 "hx32" I 2 Rubber Astragals #358A P HW - 10 Pair New Doors - Gasketed With Manual Panic Hardware and Removable Mullion Not Used HW - 11 Pair New Doors - Push Pull With Delayed Closer Not Used HW - 11A Single New Door - Push Pull With Delayed Closer Not Used HW - 12 Pair New Egress Doors - Gasketed With Delayed Detex and Removable Mullion Not Used HW - 12A Pair New or Existing Exterior Egress Doors - With Removeable Mullion, Weatherstripping and Delayed Detex Panic Hardware. 1 Removeable Mullion V 3 pr. But Hinges BB 1279 41/2 x 41/2 H 2 Armor Plate 36" H x 34" I 2 Sweep #315 AN 36" P 2 Delayed Egress P.H. #ECL -8030 D D 2 Closer 1460 x cush 95 L 1 Jamb Weathestripping #588 P HW - 13 Pair New Doors - Gasketed with Electromagnetic Door Release, Manual Panic Bars and Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08712 -11 SEM Architects Inc 2 Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device V 3pr. Butt Hinge #BB1168 4'/2 x 4 1/2 H 2 Armor Plate 36 "H x 34" I 2 Sweep #315AN 36" P 2 Delayed Action Closer #1460 x cush 95 L 1 Astragal #303AG P 1 Cylinder #1E72-626 B 2 Electromagnetic Door Release for Surface Wiring #996 R HW - 13A Pair Existing Doors - Detex Monitor with Weatherstripping and Vertical Rod Device Not Used HW - 14 Pair New Doors - Lockset with Flushbolt and Gasket Not Used Note: For stores with one or more of the following, provide Best 7 -Pin Padlock for each: Loading Dock Doors Roof Hatch Trash Compactor Door Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington Chain Link Electric Room Enclosure(s) Exterior Canoe Storage END OF SECTION 08712 -12 SEM Architects Inc 0 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing, except preglazed products. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Sealant and back -up materials. B. Division 8 Sections: Preglazed doors and windows, and aluminum storefront systems. C. Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories: Mirrors. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. ASTM C509 - Cellular Elastomeric Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material. C. ASTM C542 - Lock -Strip Gaskets. D. ASTM C716 - Installing Lock -Strip Gaskets and Infill Glazing Materials. E. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. F. ASTM C864 - Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers. G. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -1 SEM Architects Inc m H. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. L ASTM C1048 - Heat Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. J. ASTM E90 - Laboratory Measurement of Airborne -Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. K. ASTM E163 - Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. L. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. M. FGMA - Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual. N. IGCC - Insulating Glass Certification Council. O. SIGMA - Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association. P. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to FGMA recommendations for glazing installation methods. B. Provide each type of glass, primary sealant, and gasket from a single manufacturer with not less than five years documented experience in the production of required materials. C. Provide insulating glass units manufactured by a SIGMA member, and bearing IGCC certification numbers. D: Installer: Firm with not less than five years documented experience in glazing work similar to required work. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Safety Glass: Comply with Uniform Building Code and ANSI Z97.1, with certifying label on each piece. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila. Washington 08800 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° C. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for shipping, handling, storing, and protection of glass and glazing materials. Exercise exceptional care to prevent edge damage to glass. D. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes during shipping, comply with manufacturer's recommendations for venting and sealing. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when ambient and substrate temperatures are beyond the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage of sealed glass units from seal failure excluding failure due to glass breakage, interpane dusting or misting, deterioration of internal glass coatings, or other visual evidence of seal failure, or performance failure; provide warranty from the seal date permanently imprinted on the unit; include all costs for shipping to the site and reinstallation of defective units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS A. Ford Glass Division. B. Guardian Industries. C. PPG Industries, Inc. D. AFG Industries, Inc. E. LOF Glass, Inc. F. Viracon. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -3 SEM Architects Inc © 2.02 PRIME GLASS MATERIALS A. Float or Plate Glass: ASTM C1036; Type I, Class 1 clear, Quality q3; 1/4 inch thick. 2.03 HEAT TREATED GLASS A. Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048; Kind FT fully tempered, of color and type indicated, horizontally heat treated with minimal waviness or distortion at bottom edge, and free of tong marks. Refer to 1.05 for application. 2.04 COATED GLASS A. Mirror Glass: ASTM C1036; Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, 1/4 inch thick; with silver coating, copper protective coating and 2 mil paint coating. 2.05 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Safety Glass: Permanently laminate two sheets of 1/8 inch thick float clear glass with 30 mil film of polyvinyl by manufacturer's standard heat and pressure process, free of foreign substances and air pockets. B. Laminated glass may be used in place of tempered glass for safety glazing at Contractor's option. 2.06 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulated Glass Units: Double pane units fabricated from specified prime, heat treated, and coated glass products outer pane of inner pane of clear glass, interpane space purged and sealed with dry hermetic air; total unit thickness of 1 inch. B. Edge Seal: ASTM E774, Class A; units fabricated using 1/2 inch thick anodized aluminum spacer channel with welded or sealed corners as standard with manufacturer; double seal units with polyisobutylene primary sealant, and polyurethane secondary sealant. C. Sloped Insulating Glass Units: As specified for insulating glass units, except fabricate unit with outer light of ASTM C 1048, Kind FT glass, inner light of laminated glass, and secondary edge seal of silicone sealant. 2.07 ACCEPTABLE GLAZING COMPOUND MANUFACTURERS A. Bostik Construction Products. B. Dow Coming Corporation. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -4 SEM Architects Inc ° i 1 1 C. Pecora Corporation. D. Sonneborn Building Products. E. Tremco, Inc. F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.08 GLAZING COMPOUNDS - GENERAL A. Provide black exposed glazing accessory materials, unless specifically indicated otherwise. B. Provide materials of hardness as recommended by manufacturer for required application and condition of installation in each case. Provide only compounds which are known to be fully compatible with surfaces contacted, including glass products, seals, and glazing channel surfaces. 2.09 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. High Modulus Silicone Glazing Compound: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, one -part acid curing type for use at butt glazing, clear color at butt glass joints; Chem -Calk manufactured by Bostik Construction Products, Dow Corning 999 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation, SCS 1200 manufactured by General Electric, Proglaze manufactured by Tremco, Inc., or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. B. Medium Modulus Silicone Glazing Compound: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and 0 as applicable to substrate, one -part non -acid curing type for use at exterior metal and similar substrates; Dow Corning 795 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation, Silpruf or Gesil manufactured by General Electric, Spectrum 2 manufactured by Tremco, Inc., or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. C. Acrylic Glazing Compound: ASTM C834; one -part acrylic emulsion compound, non -sag, mildew resistant, paintable; for use at interior glazing of metal and wood substrates. 2.10 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - GLAZING GASKETS A. D. S. Brown Company. B. Maloney Precision Products Company. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800-5 SEM Architects Inc ° C. Tremco, Inc. D. Mantaline Corp. E. Cadillac Rubber and Plastics, Inc. F. The Standard Products Company. G. Norton. H. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. , 2.11 GLAZING GASKETS A. Cellular Gaskets: ASTM C509, Type II; molded or extruded closed cell, integral- skinned neoprene gaskets for watertight construction; use for dry glazing in aluminum framing; black color. B. Elastomeric Compression Gaskets: ASTM C864; extruded, flexible EPDM gaskets of profile and hardness required for watertight construction; use for dry glazing in aluminum framing; black color. C. Closed Cell Gaskets: Molded or extruded closed cell, self - adhesive gaskets for watertight construction; use for glazing in exterior hollow metal framing; 3/8 inch minimum width; black color; V984 manufactured by Norton, or equivalent product by acceptable manufacturer. 2.12 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone, 80 -90 Shore A durometer hardness; compatible with sealants used. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone, of shape and hardness recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers; compatible with sealants used; use edge spacers to limit lateral movement of glass. C. Glazing Tape: Preformed, solvent -free, non - staining, non - migrating butyl - polyisobutylene compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; 100 percent solids, coiled on release paper; size as required for proper glazing installation. D. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed -cell or waterproof- jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, flexible and resilient; 5 -10 psi compressive strength; compatible with sealants used. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -6 SEM Architects Inc ° E. Cleaners and Primers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. F. Mirror Mastic: Type recommended by mirror manufacturer for spot application system, with less than 25 percent coverage, and 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch setting bed thickness, with mirror supported at lower edge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify framing and glazing channels or recesses are clean, and free of obstructions; verify that removable stop design is acceptable, that weep system is functioning, and that conditions are proper for effective sealing of joinery and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrates. C. Inspect each glass unit immediately prior to installation, and discard all units with edge damage or surface defects beyond manufacturer's published tolerances. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces and wipe dry. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever elastomeric sealants are used. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses, and prime surfaces to receive sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Watertight and airtight installation of each glass unit is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature ranges, wind loading, and impact loading for operating sash and doors without failure, breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and air tight, or deterioration of glazing materials or other work. B. Glazing channel dimensions as shown are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance, and adequate sealant thickness. Correct glass size for each opening to meet such requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. C. Cut and install colored and heat absorbing glass as recommended in TSR No. 130, Installation Recommendations, Tinted and Reflective Glass, published by PPG Industries, or similar reports published by the glass manufacturer. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -7 SEM Architects Inc ° D. Install insulating glass units to comply with recommendations of SIGMA, and TSR No. 230, Installation Recommendations, Twindow, published by PPG industries, except as specifically recommended otherwise by the glass and sealant manufacturers. E. Install setting blocks at 1/4 points of sill channel, but not less than 6 inches from corner of glass to edge of setting block. F. Provide spacers inside and out where specified, and for all glass units sized larger than 50 square inches, except where gaskets or glazing tapes are used; properly sized and spaced. Provide 1/8 inch minimum bite of spacers on glass, and use thickness equal to sealant width. Where tapes are used in conjunction with sealant, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide compressible filler rods to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems, from adhering to back surface of joints, and to control depth of sealant for optimum performance. H. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids, and to ensure complete bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. I. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing sealants to provide a proper angle to shed moisture away from glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 4 3.04 EXTERIOR DRY METHOD (PREFORMED GLAZING) A. Cut glazing gasket to length; install on glass pane. Seal corners by butting gasket and dabbing with sealant. B. Place setting blocks. C: Rest glass on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane. D. Install removable stops without displacement of glazing tape or gasket. Exert pressure for full continuous contact. E. Trim protruding tape edge. 3.05 GASKET GLAZING A. Where wedge- shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not walk out when installation is subject to dynamic movement. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 08800 -8 SEM Architects Inc 1 1 B. Miter cut wedge- shaped gaskets at corners, and install gasket as recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent pull away at corners. Seal corner and butt joints as recommended by manufacturer. 3.06 INSTALLATION - MIRRORS A. Apply one additional coat of moisture- resistant paint, of type recommended by mirror manufacturer, to back of mirror, and allow to dry. Apply mirror mastic to cover not more than 25 percent of the back of the mirror. B. Set mirror in support on setting blocks or continuous gasket, and press against substrate to ensure bond of adhesive. C. Leave open ventilation space 1/8 inch minimum between mirror and substrate. 3.07 CURING AND CLEANING A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength, and surface durability. B. Protect glass from breakage immediately after installation. C. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces promptly after installation of each glass unit. D. Remove labels after work is completed. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 08800 -9 SEM Architects Inc o SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal support framing systems. B. Metal channel ceiling framing. C. Gypsum board. D. Acoustical Sealant. E. Finishing and joint treatment. 1.02 WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 08305 - Access Doors: Frames for recessed access panels. B. Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories: Frames for recessed washroom accessories. 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06110 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking, framing and furring. B. Section 07200 - Insulation: Thermal insulation. C. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. D. Section 08305 - Access Doors: Metal access panels. E. Section 09900 - Painting: surface finish. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. B. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process. C. ASTM A641 - Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. D. ASTM C11 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and Systems. E. ASTM C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. F. ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. G. ASTM C442 - Gypsum Backing Board. H. ASTM C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. I. ASTM C514 - Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard. J. ASTM C557 - Adhesive for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. K. ASTM C630 - Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. L. ASTM C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. M. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. N. ASTM C754 - Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. 0. ASTM C840 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. P. ASTM C919 - Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. Q. ASTM C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -2 SEM Architects Inc ° R. ASTM E90 - Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. S. ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. T. ASTM E488 - Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. U. GA 219 - Gypsum Association Recommendations for Installation of Steel Door Frames in Steel Stud Gypsum Board Fire Rated Partitions. V. GA 505 - Gypsum Association Glossary of Terminology. W. GA 600 - Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual. X. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to ASTM C11 and GA 505 for definition of terms relating to gypsum board construction. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board Systems: Conform to the following System references in accordance with ASTM C840, and as supplemented in this Section: 1. System VII - Furring and foam insulation. 2. System VIII - Application to metal framing.. 3. System IX - Arches and curves. 4. System XI - Exterior applications. 5. System XII - Floating comers. 6. System XIII - Control joints. B. Acoustic Attenuation for Identified Interior Partitions: 39 STC in accordance with ASTM E90. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C840, except where more detailed or stringent requirements are indicated or specified, including recommendations of the manufacturer. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555-Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° B. Applicator: Company specializing in gypsum board systems work with three years documented experience, and member of the Mountain States Bureau for Lathing and Plastering. 1.08 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Where indicated or required to comply with governing codes and regulations, provide materials and construction which are identical to those assemblies whose fire resistance ratings have been determined in accordance with ASTM E119 by testing and inspecting organization acceptable to code jurisdiction. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products under provisions of Section 01660. B. Store and protect products in accordance with referenced standards. C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to ends, edges, and surfaces. 1.10 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures at not less than 40 degrees F for non - adhesive attachment of gypsum board, and not less than 50 degrees F for adhesive attachment. B. Maintain ambient temperatures at not less than 50 degrees F for a period 48 hours before gypsum board finishing, during installation, and after installation of board materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, 20 gage, 'C' shape, 3 -5/8 inch thick unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 1. Use doubled minimum 20 gage studs at door jambs and tile backing support. B. Furring: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, 25 gage, 7/8 inch or 1 -1/2 inch thick as noted on Drawings. 1. Exterior Soffits: ASTM A525; G60 coating, 0.0179 inch base metal thickness. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -4 SEM Architects Inc m C. Ceiling Suspension Main Runners: 1 -1/2 inch steel channels, 0.475 lb /lin ft, cold rolled. 1. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft tempered, 8 gage. 2. Hanger Angles: Not less than 7/8 x 7/8 inch x 16 gage galvanized steel formed angles; ASTM A446, G90 coating, with 5/16 diameter bolted connections. 3. Hanger Anchors: Size for 3 times imposed loads, as determined by ASTM E488; corrosive resistant materials with loops or holes for attachment of hanger wires. D. Fasteners: ASTM C1002 for screws, cadmium plated at exterior locations; ASTM C514 for nails. E. Adhesive: ASTM C557 for application to wood studs, or special adhesive specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Acceptable manufacturers: All, except Eagle Gypsum. 1. Standard Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; 5/8 inch thick, 4 feet wide, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. 2. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; 5/8 inch thick, 4 feet wide, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. 3. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630; 5/8 inch thick, 4 feet wide, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Stud System Accessories: Manufacturer's standard clips, shoes, ties, reinforcements, fasteners, and other accessories as required for a complete stud framing system. B. Acoustical Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I; semi -rigid preformed mineral fiber (1- 1/2 inch thick, 1.0 lb density), friction fit type without integral membrane, Class 25 flame spread. C. Rigid Insulation: Specified in Section 07200. D. Acoustical Sealant: Non - hardening, non - shrinking, non - skinning, formulated for acoustical use in conjunction with gypsum board; Pecora BA -98, Tremco Acoustical Sealant, or USG Acoustical Sealant. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -5 SEM Architects Inc © E. Corner Beads: ASTM C840; Type CB, metal. F. Edge Trim: ASTM C840; Type LC and L bead. G. � Expansion Control: USG No. 093, or Gold Bond E -Z Strip. H. Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and ASTM C840 reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, water, and fasteners; Plus 3 manufactured by USG Industries, Inc. 1. Joint Compound for Wet and Exterior Locations: Chemical quick- setting type; USG Durabond 90 for first 2 coats, and vinyl type top coat specially formulated for finishing topping. 2. Joint Treatment for Glass Mesh.Mortar Units: 2 inch wide open mesh glass fiber tape acceptable to board manufacturer and tile manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEM - GENERAL A. Install framing systems in accordance with applicable requirements of ASTM C754 and C840, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate with mechanical and electrical work. Do not attach or support metal framing to ducts, pipes, conduit, or similar items. C. Furnish concrete inserts, steel deck hanger clips, and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other work. D. Do not bridge building expansion joints with support system. Frame both sides of joints with furring and other support as indicated. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway SEM Architects Inc ° Tukwila, Washington 09260 -6 E. Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system -with installation of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceiling. F. Coordinate with installation of sprayed -on fireproofing to minimize or eliminate damage to that work due to gypsum board systems installation. 3.03 CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to inserts, clips, other anchorage devices or fasteners. Keep hangers and braces clear of ducts, pipes and conduit. B. Space ceiling suspension carrying channels at 4 feet on center, and space hangers as indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, at 4 feet on center along channels; coordinate with structure. C. In no case space hangers, channels, or furring further apart than required either by specified standards or applicable codes, for gages and sections used. D. Level carrying channels to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, measured both lengthwise on each channel and transversely between parallel channels. E. Space ceiling furring members 16 inches on center, except as otherwise indicated. F. Install additional framing at termination of gypsum board work, and at openings for light fixtures, duct diffuser, access doors and similar openings, as required for support of gypsum boards and other supported work. G. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main ceiling runners and to other structural supports as indicated. H. For exterior soffits provide cross - bracing and additional framing indicated or required to resist wind uplift. 3.04 DIRECT HUNG CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Attach perimeter wall track or angle where support system meets vertical surfaces. B. Mechanically join support members to each other and cut to fit into wall track. C. Space furring runners at 4 feet on center and furring tees at 24 inches on center, except as otherwise indicated. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -7 SEM Architects Inc m 3.05 PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support free from axial loading. Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from plane of faces of adjacent framing. B. At partitions supported by on -grade slabs, provide top slip joint to accommodate 1 -1/2 inch vertical movement. C. Install runner tracks at floors, ceiling and structural walls and columns where gypsum wallboard stud system abuts other work. D. Extend partition stud system through acoustical ceilings to the structural support or substrate above the ceiling except where otherwise shown. E. Space studs 24 inches on center, except as otherwise indicated and secure to floor and ceiling runners by use of screws or special crimping tool at each contact surface. F. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and gypsum boards can be installed in the direction opposite to that of the flange. G. Frame door openings to comply with Drawing details, with GA -219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section for cripple studs at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install double 20 gage studs at each jamb for all doors. 2. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceiling and attach to underside of structure above. H. Frame openings other than door openings in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. Install supplementary framing, runners, furring, blocking and bracing at openings and terminations in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, signs, furnishings, and similar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. Refer to Section 06110 for wood blocking. 3.06 FURRING INSTALLATION A. Space wall furring members 16 inches in center, except as otherwise indicated. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -8 SEM Architects Inc m B. Fit tight to conduits and other work concealed by furring. Install insulation boards just prior to wallboard application. C. Nail or screw furring members to structural support where possible; otherwise wire - tie or clip as recommended by manufacturer. D. Provide furring or framing to conceal all pipes, ducts, conduits, raceways not indicated as exposed. 3.07 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. B. Verify that thermal insulation and vapor barriers specified in other Sections have been installed and are complete. C. Install metal trim and accessories with screws. D. Use screw fasteners for attachment of boards to framing or furring. E. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches in alternate courses of board. 3.08 INSTALLATION - SYSTEM VIII A. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end -butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 12 inches. Apply ceilings first to greatest extent possible. B. Install wall and partition boards vertically without end butt joints and with edge joints over studs and staggered on opposite sides of wall. C. Install wall and partition boards horizontally with end joints over studs and staggered vertically and on opposite sides of wall. D. Install wall and partition boards either for vertical, or horizontal application at Contractor's Option, except where fire or sound rating requires a particular direction, comply with the method stated in UL for the tested assembly. E. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints over studs and staggered vertically. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -9 SEM Architects Inc m F. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. G. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends against mill -cut or field -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. H. Attach gypsum board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of each board is attached to supported edge of stud flange first. I. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. J. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame. K. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. L. Cover both faces of studs with gypsum board in concealed spaces, and above ceilings, except in chase walls which are braced internally. M. Except where concealed application is required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq ft area, and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full coverage. N. Isolate perimeter of non - load - bearing wallboard partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch space and trim edge with L -type edge trim. Seal joints with exposed acoustical sealant. 0. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum board with floating internal corner construction, unless isolation of the intersecting boards is indicated, or unless control or expansion joints are indicated. P. Where sound -rated wallboard word is indicated, seal the work at perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -10 SEM Architects Inc C Q. Comply with ASTM C919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of beads, and close off sound - flanking paths around or through the work, including sealing of partitions above acoustical ceilings. R. For double -layer partition systems, work above ceilings may be installed with base layer only. S. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with ASTM C840 and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.09 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Install 'V' shaped groove panels horizontally with grooved edges down; locate end joints over supports and staggered. B. Install square edged panels vertically with edges centered on studs and offset from interior gypsum board joints. Use board lengths sufficient to eliminate end joints and provide horizontal stud members where heights exceed available board lengths. C. Screw apply as recommended by manufacturer. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Where feasible, use the same fastener to anchor trim accessory as required for gypsum board. Otherwise, follow manufacturer's instructions. B. Install metal corner beads at external corners, metal edge trim where edge of gypsum board would be exposed, and metal control joints where indicated or required. 3.11 GYPSUM BOARD FINISHING A. Apply treatment at gypsum board joints in both directions, flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for other finishes. B. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. Wipe off excess from 'V' groove and allow to harden. C. Apply joint tape in taping compound at joints between gypsum boards, except where exposed trim accessory is indicated. Tape comer beads and termination metal. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09260 -11 SEM Architects Inc ° D. Apply joint compound in 2 coats, not including prefill of openings or bed coat for tape, and sand after last coat. Use care in sanding to avoid abrasion to paper facings of boards. Extend top coat not less than 4 inches beyond joint center, edge of casing bead or nose of corner bead. E. Apply taping compound in a thin layer to all joints and angles, place reinforcing tape centered over joint, and follow immediately with thin skim coat to embed tape. Allow to dry thoroughly. F. Apply second coat of joint compound over embedding coat, filling panel taper flush with surface. Cover tape and feather out at least 3 inches beyond joint center, edge of casing bead or nose of corner bead. G. Spread third coat evenly over second coat, and extend 3 inches beyond second coat, feathering to a smooth uniform finish. H. Where necessary, sand lightly between coats and after the final finish coat to provide a smooth face for other finishes. Do not roughen face paper when sanding. I. Finish fasteners by filling depression with joint compound and followed by a minimum of two additional coats to leave depression level with surface. J. Coordinate with finish schedules and Section 09900 to assure proper conditions to receive finishes as specified. K. Finishing for Gloss Paints or Severe Lighting: At gypsum board ceilings or walls where semi -gloss or gloss paints are used, or were severe natural or artificial lighting occurs, apply a thin skim coat of joint compound to the entire board surface. Lightly sand or sponge surface to produce a smooth and even finish. L. Partial Finishings: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed work which is indicated for wallboard finishing, or which requires finishing to achieve sound or fire rating, or to act as an air or smoke barrier. 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 09260 -12 SEM Architects Inc ° SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Non -fire rated assembly. C. Perimeter trim. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08305 - Access Doors. B. Section 09900 - Painting of hanger wires. C. Division 15: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. D. Division 15: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system. E. Division 16: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.04 REFERENCES A. AMA 1 -II - Acoustic Manufacturer's Association Ceiling Sound Transmission Test by Two -Room Method. B. ASTM A641 - Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. C. ASTM C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. D. ASTM C635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington SEM Architects Inc 09511 -1 E. ASTM C636 - Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. F. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. G. ASTM D 1779 - Adhesive for Acoustical Materials. H. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. I. ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. J. ASTM E795 - Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests. K. CISCA - Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractor's Association. L. FM - Factory Mutual Approval Guide. ,M. UL - Underwriter's Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. N. UBC Standard 47 -18 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay -in Panel Ceilings. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Installed System: Conform to UBC and UL ratings for ceiling and floor, ceiling and roof, and designated ceiling assemblies; tested in accordance with ASTM E119. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacture of ceiling suspension systems and ceiling tile and panels with five years documented experience. B. Installer: Company with minimum five years documented experience in installation of acoustical ceilings similar to the requirements for this project. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Bruning Characteristics: ASTM E84; Flame Spread not to exceed 25, Smoke Developed not to exceed 50. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555 - Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09511 -2 SEM Architects Inc 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Chicago Metallic Corp. B. Donn Products, Inc. C. National Rolling Mills Co. D. Roper Eastern Building Systems. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. Acceptability of substituted items may be determined solely on the basis of design, appearance or finish. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Non -Rated Exposed and Enclosed Grid Systems: 1. Buildings in Seismic Zone 1 or 2: ASTM C635, intermediate duty, non -fire rated; No. 200 System manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corp.; No. 211 mains, No. 214 cross tees, and No. 1420 edge moldings. 2. Buildings in Seismic Zone 3 or higher: ASTM C635, heavy duty, non -fire rated; No. 200 system manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corp; No. 200 -01 mains, No. 214 cross tees, and No. 1420 edge moldings. B. Access: Where access is indicated, provide manufacturer's standard special cross runners or split splines to accommodate removal of acoustical units. Identify access tile with manufacturer's standard unobtrusive markers for each access unit. C. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices, edge moldings, hold down clips and other accessories recommended and required for suspended grid system. 1. For lay -in panels with reveal edge, provide stepped edge molding which forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. 2. For circular penetrations, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. 3. Impact Clips: Manufacturer's standard impact clip system designed to absorb impact forces against lay -in panels. E. Grid Finish: Manufacturer's standard lo-gloss white. Field painting of grid will not be accepted. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington SEM Architects Inc 0 09511 -3 F. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size for 5 times design load indicated in ASTM C635, Table 1, direct hung; type to suit application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. 1. Concrete Inserts: Designed for attachment to concrete forms and for embedment in concrete, with holes or loops for attachment of hanger wires. 2. Hanger Wires: ASTM A641, Class 1 coating, soft temper, prestretched, yield stress load at least 3 times design load, not less than 12 gage. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - ACOUSTICAL TILE A. As indicated on drawings. B. Substitutions - under provisions of Section 01600. 2.04 ACOUSTICAL TILE MATERIALS A. Size: 24 " 48 "x 5/8" or 24" x 24" x 5/8" as indicated on drawings. B. Construction: Mineral fiber C. Color: White D. Texture: Fissured E. Edge: Square 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Batt Insulation: ASTM C665, friction fit type, unfaced; 3 -1/2 inch thick; Sonobatts manufactured by Owens - Corning, or Suspend -R manufactured by Manville, where indicated. B. Acoustical Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington SEM Architects Inc 09511 -4 C. Supply hangers or inserts for installation to Section 05300 with instructions for their correct placement. If metal deck is not supplied with hanger tabs, coordinate the installation of hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. Paint all hanger wires to match color of painted structure in areas where structure is exposed. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, UBC Standard 47 -18, manufacturer's instructions, and as supplemented in this Section. B. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1/360 maximum. C. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D. Hang system only from building structural members, independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. E. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. F. Center system on room axis leaving equal border units. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. H. Support all fixtures weighing less than 561b by at least 2 supplementary No. 12 gage hangers as required by UBC Standard 47 -18; hangers may be slack. I. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. J. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions and at exposed edges of suspended grid in sales area. Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant, concealed on back of vertical leg before installing moldings. K. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not to exceed 16 inches on center, and not more than 3 inches from ends. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09511 -5 SEM Architects Inc L. Field rabbet panel edge to fit accurately at borders and penetrations. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closers to match edge molding. M. Cut off excess hanger wire to a maximum of 3/4" loose after the twist. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: Maximum 1/8 inch in 10 ft. B. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Maximum two degrees. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 09511 -6 SEM Architects Inc m SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of substrate surfaces. B. Application of resilient flooring tile and sheet vinyl flooring. C. Application of wall base. D. Application of entry flooring. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 - Concrete Floor Finishing: Finish troweling of floor slab. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessory as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and samples under provisions of Section 01300. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01700. C. Submit cleaning and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01700. D. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re- waxing. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09650 -1 SEM Architects Inc a 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver and store materials in manufacturer's original unopened containers, with brand names and production lot numbers clearly marked. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. 1.07 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS A. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting have been completed. B. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have been fully cured, and are sufficiently dry to achieve proper bond with adhesive as determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver 25 sq ft of each color and pattern of floor tile material and 60 square feet of sheet vinyl products required for project, for maintenance use under provisions of Section 01700. B. Clearly identify each box or roll. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE AND SHEET VINYL FLOORING MATERIALS A. As scheduled on drawings. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL BASE A. Afco Rubber Corp. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports 11555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09650 -2 SEM Architects Inc O B. Azrock Floor Products. C. Burke Flooring Products, Div. of Burke Products, Inc. D. Flexco Div., Textile Rubber Co., Inc. E. Johnson Rubber Co. F. R. C. Musson Rubber Co. G. Roppe Rubber Corp. H. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. Acceptability of substituted items may be determined solely on the basis of design, appearance or finish. 2.03 BASE MATERIALS A. Base: FS SS -W -40, Type 2 vinyl; 6 inches high at casework or as indicated; 1/8 inch thick; top and set coved; color as scheduled 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex, or type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; stabilized type, clear color; recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Edge Strips: Homogeneous vinyl or rubber type; tapered or bullnose edge; 1 inch wide; color to be selected. D: Stripper: Butcher's - Time Buster, no rinse stripper or as recommended by Butcher's. E. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. 1. Butcher's - Iron Stone Sealer. 2. Butcher's - Highnoon Wax Floor Finish. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09650 -3 SEM Architects Inc ° PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 ft, and are ready to receive Work. B. Verify concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content of 7 percent, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Ascertain the presence of curing compounds on concrete floors, and remove as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with non - shrinking, water resistant, latex sub -floor filler. B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave a smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. D. Vacuum clean substrate. E. Apply primer to substrate surfaces where recommended by manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION - FLOORING MATERIAL A: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. Use full spread adhesive method. D. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. E. Install tile to square grid pattern with all joints aligned. With pattern grain parallel for all units and parallel to width of room. Allow minimum %2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09650 -4 SEM Architects Inc ° F. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. G. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. H. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.04 INSTALLATION - BASE MATERIAL A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. B. Miter internal corners. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. E. Install 6" material at casework, 4" material at walls. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Remove existing finish from V.C.T. using Butcher's - Time Buster No Rinse Stripper, or as required by Butcher's. Apply two seal coats of Butcher's Iron Stone, follow with three wax coats of Butcher's Highnoon. C. Clean, seal, and wax floor and base surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Polish per manufacturer's instructions. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 09650 -5 SEM Architects Inc m SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1- Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare surfaces to receive carpeting. B. Apply carpeting on floor surfaces where indicated, complete with underlay and required accessories. C. Apply glue down carpeting on floor surfaces where indicated, complete with required accessories. D. Butt joint carpet where it terminates at other floor finishes. Provide edge strip where carpeting transitions to concrete or vinyl flooring at backstock and toilet core areas. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete: Finish troweling of concrete floor slabs. 1.03 REFERENCES A. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company specializing in carpet installation with not less than 3 years of documented experience. B. Terminology: Refer to current edition of "Carpet Specifier's Handbook" by CRI for definitions of terminology not otherwise defined in this Section, and for general recommendations and information. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09680 -1 SEM Architects Inc ° 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver carpeting materials in original mill protective wrapping, with mill register numbers and tags attached. B. Store inside, in well ventilated area, protected from weather, moisture, and soiling. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not commence with carpet installation until painting and finishing work is complete and ceilings and overhead work has been tested, approved, and completed B. Maintain room temperature at minimum 60 degrees F for at least 24 hours prior to installation, and relative humidity at approximately that at which the area is to be maintained. C. Provide sufficient lighting. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair defective workmanship of carpet work during 10 year period following date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.02 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers scheduled on Drawings. B. Substitutions: None allowed. C. Lee's Wet Set Adhesive for all Unibond Backed Carpets. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances which would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. Allow floors to thoroughly dry. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09680 -2 SEM Architects Inc B. Ensure floors are level with maximum surface variation of 1/4 inch in 10 feet, noncumulative. C. Fill all control joints, cold joints and floor cracks. D. Ensure concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit neutrality relative to acidity and alkalinity. E. Use an approved cementitious filler to patch cracks, small holes, and for leveling. F. Floors shall be prepared according to manufacturers recommendations for all materials specified. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CARPET (GLUE DOWN) A. Lay carpet or carpet tile floors with the run of the pile in same direction of anticipated traffic. B. Do not change run of pile in any one room or from one room to next where continuous through a wall opening. C. Cut and fit carpet or carpet tile neatly around projections through floor and to walls and other vertical surfaces. I. Fit carpet or carpet tiles snugly to walls or other vertical surfaces where no base is scheduled, leaving no gaps. J. Do not place heavy objects such as furniture on carpeted surfaces for minimum of 24 hours or until adhesive is set. K. Entire carpet installation is to be laid tight and flat to subfloor, well fastened at edges, and present a uniform pleasing appearance. Ensure monolithic color, pattern, and texture match within any one area. L. Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. M. Lee's Wet Set Adhesive shall be used for all Unibond backed carpets. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 09680 -3 SEM Architects Inc m SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND SEALING PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specification Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Surface finish schedule. I.. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 5 Sections - Shop primed items. B. Division 6 Sections - Shop finished woodwork. C. Division 15 - Mechanical Identification. D. Division 16 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. I_ C. PDCA - Painting & Decorating Contractors of America. 1 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ANSI /ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. I1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products with minimum five years experience. I Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -1 B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with minimum three years experience. C. Comply with the recommendations of PDCA - Painting Specifications, Type 1, Recommended Jobs. D. Provide primers and undercoat materials produced by the same manufacturer as finish coats, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. E. Coordinate the work of this Section with related Sections to ensure compatibility of coating systems with various substrates. Provide information to other trades as required to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Uniform Building code for flame /fuel /smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide product data on all finishing products, including manufacturer's technical information, paint label analysis, and application instructions for each specified material. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300. D. Submit two samples 8 x 10 inch in size illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled, for selection. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. C. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -2 D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. F. Dispose of all materials as required by applicable regulations. Completely remove all materials from site, other than those in 09900, Part 1, 1.10 -Extra Stock, upon completion of work. 1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and other wood Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Maximum Application Temperature: 90 degrees F for all finishes; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. F. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid- height at substrate surface during finish application, and during inspections. 1.10 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide a one - gallon container of each color and surface texture to Tenant. Provide only unopened, sealed containers. No partial containers shall be left on site. B. Label each container with color, texture, room locations and name of project in addition to the manufacturer's label. C. Provide instructions regarding proper storage and disposal of materials for owner's use. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sherwin Williams. No substitutions unless noted otherwise. B. For epoxy and high performance coatings, provide materials manufactured by Tnemec. Proprietary names are specified to establish materials and quality required. Refer to schedule at end of Section. 1. Contractor's Option: Equivalent materials by Porter, Keeler & Long, Ameron, or Koppers may be used. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Provide best quality and grade of the various types of coatings regularly manufactured by the acceptable paint manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. B. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. C. Coatings: Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. D. Pigments: Pure, non - fading, applicable types to suit the substrates and service indicated. Limit lead content as required by law. E. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. 2.03 FINISHES A. Refer to schedule at end of Section for surface finish schedule. B. Provide finish coats with gloss rating on 60 degree gloss meter as specified in schedule as follows: Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -4 ;!Y 1. Flat: 0 to 15. 2. Eggshell: 5 to 20. 3. Satin: 15 to 35. 4. Semi - gloss: 30 to 65. 5. High: 65 and over. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. 4. Exterior Located Wood: 19 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. C. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri- sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -5 E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high- pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. F. Asphalt, Creosote, or Bituminous Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove foreign particles to permit adhesion of finishing materials. Apply compatible sealer or primer. G. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. H. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Apply vinyl etch primer immediately following cleaning. I. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. J. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer unless mill phosphatized for paint finish. K. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Ph must be less than ten before applying. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. L. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. M. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. N. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. 0. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. Project Number 98074.00 Gan Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -6 P. Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. Q. Existing Surfaces: Clean, fill, patch, and sand as required to meet manufacturer's requirements. Roughen glossy surfaces and prepare as recommended by manufacturer for surface and finish to be applied. Prime and seal patched areas, and apply specified finish coats as scheduled for the same or similar surface. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SHOT BLAST (BEAD BLAST) CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB FINISH A. Pre - installation meeting shall be scheduled with tenant, General Contractor, and Shot Blast floor finish subcontractor. B. 48" x 48" minimum test/sample area shall be completed for tenant in a location and for a date to be coordinated with tenant. C. New concrete slabs should be cured to a minimum of 28 days at 75 °F. D. All concrete slabs shall be clean, dry, and sound with a surface profile of 6.0 to 8.0 mils. E. Calcium chloride tests results of all slabs shall be below 3 lbs. F. PH test results of all slabs shall be between 6.0 and 10.0 G. All form release agents, curing compounds, salts, efflorescence, laitance, and other foreign matter shall be removed using shotblasting equipment. H. A 12" shotblasting machine that overlaps runs by 1" shall be used. I I.. The first run of the shotblasting machine shall run parallel to a wall selected by the I tenant. 1 1 1 3. All shotblasting runs shall be parallel with the first run. K. Completed floor slab shall have uniform 1" overlap stripes that run parallel throughout the floor. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -7 C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.05 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply each coat to uniform finish. D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. F. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. G. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. H. Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. I. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.06 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 for schedule of color- coding and identification banding of equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. All piping and mechanical equipment exposed to sales area only shall be painted to match deck; refer to Drawings. B. Paint shop primed equipment. C. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. D. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports except where items are prefinished. E. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidentally. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -8 1 3.07 F. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. G. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. H. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. I. Color -code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated in all areas of building other than sales area. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names and numbering. J. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing. CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.08 SCHEDULE - SHOP PRIMED ITEMS FOR SITE FINISHING A. Metal Fabrications (Section 05500): Exposed surfaces of lintels, rails, and posts. 3.09 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Concrete - Painted & CMU- Painted (Textured Acrylic Latex) 1. Wash and neutralize surfaces. 2. One coat: B25W25 Promar Block Filler. 3. Two Coats A6, A100. 4. Gloss: Flat. 5. Dry Film (mils): 5.0, Total System. B. Steel 1. 2. 3. 4. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington - Shop Primed (Acrylic) One coat B65S12, Corothane I; spray applied. One coat B65- 200/B60V2, Corothane II; spray applied. Gloss: Semi. Dry Film (mils): 6.5, Total System. 09900 -9 C. Metal - Galvanized (epoxy urethane) 1. One coat B62Z-100/B60V270 Tile Clad H.S.; spray applied. 2. One coat B65- 200 /B60V2 Corothane II. 3. Gloss: Semi. 4. Dry Film (mils): 6.5, Total System. D. Aluminum - Painted (epoxy urethane) 1 One coat B62Z- 100B60V2200 Tile Clad H.S.; spray applied. 2. One coat B65- 200/B60V2 Corothane II; spray applied. 3. Gloss: Semi. 4. Dry Film (mils): 6.5, Total System. E. Exterior Concrete Columns 1. "Mr. Macs Concrete Fix" one (1) application. 2. One coat Loxon. 3. Two Coats Metalex - Gloss: Semi. 4. One coat: Armaglaze WB "6000" Semigloss (SEM VOC line, clear waterborne, no lift chipguard). 5. Dry Film (mils): 6.2, Total System. F. CMU - Bare 1. Wash and neutralize surfaces. 2. One coat: Heavy Duty Block Filler B42W46. 3. Two Coats A6, A100. 4. Gloss: Flat. 5. Dry Film (mils): 5.0, Total System. 3.10 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES A. Concrete - Painted (Textured Acrylic Latex) 1. Wash and neutralize surfaces. 2. One Coat: B25W25 Promar Block Filler 3. Two Coats A6, A100 4. Gloss: Flat 5. Dry Film (Mils): 5.0, Total System. B. Steel - Primed (Latex Enamel) 1. Remove rust, touch -up shop coat, B66W1, DTM Primer Finish 2. Two Coats B31 W200, Promar 200 3. Gloss: Semi 4. Dry Film (Mils): 3.5, Total System. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 09900 -10 C. Metal - Galvanized (Acrylic) 1. One Coat B71Y1, DTM Wash Primer. 2. Two Coats B66 Series, DTM Acrylic. 3. Gloss: Semi. 4. Dry Film (Mils): 4.0, Total System. D. Gypsum Board - Painted (Vinyl Acrylic Latex) 1. One Coat B28W200, Prep Rite 200. 2. Two Coats Promar 200 3. Gloss: Eggshell 4. Dry Film (Mils): 3.2, Total System. E Exposed Overhead Const. - Painted (Waterborne) 1. One coat B42 Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall. 2. Gloss: Flat. 3. Dry Film (Mils): 3.5, Total System. 4. Note: Protect all finished floors, walls, and equipment. F. Bare Concrete Slab Floor (Epoxy Sealant) 1. One coat Armor Seal Water Based Epoxy Primer Clear. Dry Film (Mils): 2.0 -3.0 2. One coat Armor Seal 700HS Water Based Epoxy floor coating. Dry Film (Mils): 6.5 -7.5 Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 09900 -11 SECTION 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - Specifications Sections, apply to the provisions of this Section. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguisher brackets B. Fire extinguishers 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Larsens' Manufacturing Company B. J.L. Industries C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify field conditions to ensure correct sizes, locations, details, and proper locations for backing, supports, and backing. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 10522 -1 SEM Architects Inc 0 B. Verify quantities with Fire Department. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Set items accurately in position, level, plumb, square, and aligned with other adjacent building elements. C. Include accessories and trim required for complete, and functional installation. D. Provide backer plates, screws, anchors, and other attachment devices required for secure, permanent installation. E. Install in locations required by Fire Department. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF DOCUMENT 10522 -2 SEM Architects Inc o SECTION 11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prefabricated steel framed at edge of dock device. 1. Operating handle and hardware. B. Compressible dock seals. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI MH14.1 - Industrial Loading Dock Boards (Ramps). B. CS 202 - Industrial Lifts and Hinged Loading Ramps. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate unit dimensions, method of anchorage, and details of construction. C. .Indicate framed wall opening, dimensions and tolerances, adjacent construction and fittings required for anchorages, and anchor points. Indicate special requirements of adjacent work to accept work of this Section. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Submit manufacturer's maintenance data for dock levelers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Specifications are based on types and model numbers by the specified manufacturer. Equipment types manufactured by other acceptable manufacturers are permitted, subject to compliance with all specified requirements, and provided that deviations in dimensions and performance are minor, and do not detract substantially from the indicated design intent. B. Comply with ANSI MH14.1 for construction and operation of dock levelers. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 11160 - 1 SEM Architects Inc© C. Comply with CS 202 for construction and operation of dock lifts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DOCK LEVELERS A. Rite -Hite Corporation. B. Kelley Company, Inc. C. No Substitutions. 2.02 EDGE OF DOCK DEVICE A. Edge of Dock Device: Minimum 1/4 inch steel checker plate deck, reinforced on underside and welded to fabricated steel frame; steel spring actuated, counterbalanced; push -button operated 5/8 inch steel checker plate lip to lock in vertical position when leveler is at rest at dock level; 25,000 lb capacity, live load, with ultimate capacity of 150 percent rated capacity; vertical travel up 12 inches, down 12 inches; lateral compensation one inch for every 18 inches of width for out -of -level conditions; automatic vertical compensation between lip and truck bed not less than 8 inches; manufactured by Kelley Company, Inc., with lifting hook and 66" board. C. Night Lock: Manufacturer's standard means to prevent the extension of the lip and lowering of the ramp when overhead doors are locked. 2.04 SEALS A. Frommelt Wedge .. Seal 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Provide attachment devices and mounting hardware necessary for complete and secure installation, provided by manufacturer of each type of equipment specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION - EDGE OF DOCK DEVICES A. Provide pit frame and anchors, rough -in sizes, and templates for building into Work. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington 11160 - 2 SEM Architects Ince 3.02 INSTALLATION - EDGE OF DOCK DEVICES A. Install in prepared pit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Set square and level; anchor securely flush to dock; weld back of leveling dock to pit frame. Touch -up weld with primer. C. Adjust installed unit for smooth and balanced operation. 3.03 PREPARATION - SEALS A. Verify wall openings are sized and aligned to tolerances. B. Verify required anchors will fit and are compatible with sized openings. 3.04 ERECTION - SEALS A. Erect door seal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and shop drawings. B. Attach anchors and fittings to prepared wall construction and opening frame. C. Use galvanized fasteners permitting site adjustment and alignment. Project Number 98074.00 Gart Sports #555- Parkway Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 11160 - 3 SEM Architects Inc© SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDES A. Basic requirements common to the work in general of Division 15 and other Divisions and Sections of the Specification where referenced. B. Provide, unless specified otherwise, all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completely finished and operational mechanical systems described and specified under other Sections of this Division 15. C. Provide all minor incidental items such as offsets, fittings, and accessories required as part of the work even though not specified or indicated. D. Inspection: Inspect work preceding or interfacing with work of Division 15 and report any known or observed defects that affect the Work to the General Contractor. Do not proceed with the work until defects are corrected. E. Existing Utilities: Are indicated as accurately as possible on the Drawings. Close openings and repair damage in acceptable manner to utilities encountered. This Contractor shall be responsible for field surveying all aspects of existing conditions prior to bid date. Change orders will not be issued for a failure to review existing conditions which affect Division 15 work. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. 1.3 REFERENCES A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. • The date of the standard is that in effect as the date of the Contract Documents, except when a specific date is specified. C. When required by individual Specifications section, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy at job site during work until substantial completion. D. Schedule of Referenced Organizations: The following is a list of the acronyms of organizations referenced in these Specifications: AGA American Gas Association AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington ASA American Standards Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CDA Copper Development Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute ETL Environmental Testing Laboratory FM Factory Mutual System IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials IRI Industrial Risk Insurers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NBS National Bureau of Standards NCPWB National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electric Code (of NFPA) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration (U.S. Dept. of Labor) PDI Plumbing Drainage Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Specification Language Explanation: These Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singular where applicable and where full context of the Contract Documents so indicates. B. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, term "furnish" is used to mean supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc., as applicable in each instance. C. Install: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, term "install" is used to describe operations at Project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations. as applicable in each instance. D. Provide: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, term "provide" means furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use, as applicable in each instance. E. Indicated: The term "Indicated" is a cross - reference to graphics, notes or schedules on Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and to similar means of recording requirements in contract documents. Where terms such as "shown ", "noted ", "scheduled ", and Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated ", it is for purpose of helping reader locate the cross- reference, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted. F. General Contractor: The term "General Contractor" used in Division 15 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents means the party with whom the Owner has executed the Owner - Contractor Agreement. G. Acceptable Equal: 1. Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, term "acceptable equal" means that any materials, equipment, work procedures and techniques shall be either addressed on the drawing, specifications or addendum by manufacturer or by detailed material description. When brand names are referenced it implies that only the manufacturers listed are acceptable. All acceptable material, equipment, work procedures, and techniques will be noted in the specifications, drawings, or by addendum prior to bid date. Items not acceptable in this manner will not be considered. 2. When providing a product and /or service under the qualification of an "acceptable equal ", the Division 15 Contractor shall be entirely responsible for additional costs incurred due to modifications of the civil, architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and landscape design that may be required to accommodate the "acceptable equal ". 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and apparatus required for the work to be new and of first -class quality; to be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail; and to be so selected and arranged so as to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is given, a first -class standard article shall be furnished. B. Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who will be constantly in charge of the installation of the work, together with all skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers, certified welders, plumbers, millwrights, sprinkler fitters, drain layers, helpers, and labor required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test for each system. C. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, equipment and materials to be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of tests as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Execute Work per Underwriters, Public Utility, Local and State Codes, Ordinances and applicable regulations. Obtain and pay for required permits, inspections, and certificates. Notify Architect of items not meeting said requirements. B. Comply with latest editions of all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations in effect at the time of bid opening including but not necessarily limited to the following: Uniform Building Code Uniform Mechanical Code Uniform Plumbing Code Uniform Fire Code Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington Model Energy Code National Electrical Code NFPA -70 State Department of Health Requirements State Energy Conservation Standards National Fire Protection Association Standards Jurisdictional Board of Health or Department Jurisdictional Waste Water Management Division or District Jurisdictional Board of Water Commissioners or Department Jurisdictional Water Conservation Standards C. If discrepancies occur between the Contract Documents and any applicable codes, ordinances, acts, or standards, the most stringent requirements shall apply. D. Where hourly fire ratings are indicated or required, provide components and assemblies meeting requirements of the American Insurance Association, Industrial Risk Insurers, Factory Mutual Insurance Association and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as required by Owner's insurance company or underwriter. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with the provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract. B. Submit Samples, Shop Drawings and Product Data as required by various Sections of Division 15. The Contractor agrees that these Submittals processed by the Engineer are not Change Orders; that the purpose of these Submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods be intends to use. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between these Submittals and the Contract Documents in the form of design drawings and specifications are discovered either prior to or after these Submittals are processed by the Engineer, the Design Drawings and Specifications shall control and shall be followed. C. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports as required by various Sections of Division 15 showing compliance in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract. D. Operating Instructions and Maintenance Data: Prepare and submit printed operating instructions and maintenance data in accordance with Operating and Maintenance Data paragraph in this Section. 1.8 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with the provisions of and the General Conditions of the Contract. B. Substitutions and Prior Approvals: Substitutions and prior approvals will be acceptable only when the proposed substitute has been submitted to the Architect /Engineer and approved through an addendum or change order. C. Manufacturers not listed must submit three copies of requests in writing to the Engineer for approval to bid not less than in calendar days prior to bid. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Some materials and equipment are specified by manufacturer and catalog numbers. The manufacturer and catalog numbers are used to establish a degree of quality and style for such equipment and material. Requests submitted without sufficient information will not be considered. E. Approval of substitutions signifies only general acceptance of equipment, does not relieve responsibility for intended operation, compliance with specifications, necessary changes due to dimensional differences, space requirements, or wiring requirements. F. When alternate or substitute materials and equipment are used Division 15 Contractor shall, be responsible for space requirements, configurations, performance, changes in bases, supports, structural members and openings in structure, electrical changes and other apparatus and trades that may be affected by their use. Notification of General Contractor and other affected subcontractors shall be the responsibility of the Division 15 Contractor. 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Comply with the provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract. B. Division 15 Contractor shall submit three typed and bound copies of the maintenance manual, 8 -1/2" x 11" in size, to the Engineer, Architect, and General Contractor for their approval. These approved copies shall then be transmitted to the Owner. Manuals shall be in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. Cover shall be printed with the title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS' and project name. C. The manual shall be enclosed in a stiff -back, three -ring binder and shall have: 1. Alphabetical list of all system components including the name, address, and 24 -hour phone number of the company responsible for servicing each item during the first year's operation. 2. Identified copies of all test reports required by this Division. 3. Operating instructions for complete system, including emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment and procedures for normal starting /operating /shutdown and long -term shutdown. 4. Maintenance instructions, including valves, valve tag and other identified equipment lists, proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment and necessary cleaning /replacing /adjusting schedules. 5. Manufacturer's data on each piece of equipment, including: a. Installation instructions. b. Drawings and specifications (final shop drawings). c. Parts lists. d. Complete "as- built" wiring a temperature control diagrams. Shop drawings are II acceptable. D. In addition to the maintenance manual, and keyed to it, the equipment shall be identified and tagged as specified on drawings. Insert a copy of this Equipment List in manual. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Identify all starters, disconnect switches, and manually operated controls, except integral equipment switches with permanently applied, legible markers corresponding to operating instructions in the "Maintenance Manual ". 2. Tag all manual operating valves with 1 -1/2" diameter brass tags attached with chains. Tags are to be sequence numbered with legible metal stamps. 3. Provide a typed tag list or schedule mounted under glass in the equipment room stating number, location, and function of each tagged item. Insert a copy of tag list in each "Maintenance Manual ". E. Division 15 Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling instructional meetings for maintenance personnel on the proper operation and maintenance of all mechanical systems, using the maintenance manual as a guide. These meetings must be scheduled through the General Contractor and far enough in advance so that all personnel can be notified. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver and store materials and equipment in manufacturer's unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size and color. B. Protection: Store materials and equipment off the ground and under cover, protected from damage. Maintain caution labels on hazardous materials. C. Large Items: Make arrangements with other contractors on the job for introduction into the building of equipment too large to pass through finished openings. D. Handling of Materials: Materials shall be handled, sorted and distributed using appropriate handling methods to protect all materials from damage Damaged, rusted, corroded or otherwise damaged materials shall be removed from the project site. Determination of materials deemed unusable or inappropriate for installation shall be made by the Engineer. 1 11 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Accessibility: 1. Division 15 Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases and the adequate clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for proper installation of his work. He shall cooperate with Contractors of other Divisions of the Work whose work is in the same space and shall advise the General Contractor of his requirements. Such spaces and clearances shall, however, be kept to the minimum size required. 2. Division 15 Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions. Equipment shall include (but not be limited to) valves, shock absorbers, traps, cleanouts, motors, controllers, switchgear, and drain points. If required for better accessibility, furnish access doors for this purpose. Minor deviations from Drawings may be allowed to provide for better accessibility. Any changes shall be approved by the General Contractor prior to making the change. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Division 15 Contractor shall provide the General Contractor with the exact locations of access doors for each concealed valve, shock absorber control, damper, or other device requiring service. Locations of these doors shall be submitted in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. B. Fabrication: Before any ductwork is fabricated and before running and/or fabricating any lines of piping or ductwork, the Contractor shall assure himself that they can be run as contemplated in cooperation with Contractors of other Divisions of the Work and the physical constraints of the Structural and Architectural Work. C. Freeze Protection: Do not run lines in outside walls, or locations where freezing may occur. Piping next to outside walls shall be in furred spaces with insulation between the piping and the outside wall. Insulation of piping shall not be considered freeze protection. D. Scaffolding, Rigging and Hoisting: Provide all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for erection and delivery into the premises of any equipment and apparatus furnished; remove same from premises when no longer required. 1.12 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Comply with Division 1. B. Job Site Documents: Maintain at the job site, one record copy of the following: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings 5. Field Test Records Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Maintain documents in clean, dry legible condition, apart from documents used for construction. C. Record Information: Label each document "Record Document ". Mark information with contrasting color using ink. Keep each record current. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information is recorded. 1 D.. Record following information on Drawings: 1. Dimensioned horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities. 2. Dimensioned location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Changes by change order or field order. 5. Details not on original contract drawings. E. Record the following information on Specifications. 1 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes by change order or field order. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 3. Other matters not originally specified. F. Shop Drawings: Maintain shop drawings as record documents recording changes made after review as specified for drawings above. G. Submittal: At completion of project, deliver record documents to General Contractor. 1.13 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate and order the progress of mechanical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other trades. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. B. Coordination with Electrical Work: Section 15050 C. Utility Interruptions: Coordinate mechanical utility interruptions with the Owner and the Utility Company. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum. D. Cutting and Patching: Section 15050 E. Drawings and Specifications: The Mechanical Drawings indicate the general design and arrangement of lines, equipment, systems, etc. Information shown is diagrammatic in character and does not necessarily indicate every required offset, fitting, etc. Do not scale the Drawings for dimensions. Take dimensions, measurements, locations, levels, etc., from the Architectural Drawings and equipment to be furnished. F. Each Division 15 subcontractor shall coordinate with other contractors to make certain that any of his equipment, piping or ductwork which is mounted on isolators or flexibly connected does not become "grounded" by another contractors work (e.g. walls, ceiling, etc.). G. Discrepancies: Examine Drawings and Specifications for other parts of the work, and if any discrepancies occur between the plans for the work of this Division and the plans for the work of others, report such discrepancies to the General Contractor and obtain written instructions for any changes necessary. H. Order of Precedence: The precedence of mechanical construction documents are as follows: 1. Addenda and modifications to the Drawings and Specifications take precedence over the original Drawings and Specifications. 2. Should there be a conflict within the Specifications or within Drawings of the same scale, the more stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. 3. In the Drawings, the precedence shall be Drawings of larger scale over those of smaller scale, figured dimensions over scaled dimensions and noted materials over graphic indications. 4. Should a conflict arise between the Drawings and the Specifications, the Specifications shall have precedence. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 5. Should there be a conflict in dimensions or locations between Mechanical Drawings and Architectural Drawings, the Architectural Drawings shall have precedence. 1.14 START -UP PROCEDURES A. Before start -up, each piece of equipment comprising a part of the system shall be checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, proper control sequence, and any other condition which may cause damage to equipment or endanger personnel. B. Insure that all control systems are fully operational in automatic mode. Individually test each control loop to make certain it is operating as intended and is communicating properly with other devices. C. If systems are not to continue in use following the start -up procedures, steps should be taken to insure against accidental operation or operation by unauthorized personnel. Provide padlocks on disconnect switches where applicable. D. Factory personnel shall be notified as appropriate to start systems requiring their services. E. Notify Architect /Engineer at least wo weeks prior to the scheduled start -up date of all major mechanical equipment and systems. 1.15 SCHEDULE OF TESTING A. Provide testing in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. B. A schedule of testing shall be drawn up by the Division 15 Contractor in such a manner that it will show areas tested, test pressure, length of test, date, time and signature of testing personnel. C. All testing must be performed in the presence of the General Contractor's representative; signature for verification of the test must appear on the schedule. D. All testing must be performed in accord with the procedures set forth in Division 15 and other Sections of the Specifications where referenced. At completion of testing, the schedule shall then be submitted in triplicate to the Architect. E. Make all specified tests on piping, ductwork and related systems as necessary. F. Make sure operational and performance tests are made on seasonal equipment. G. Complete all tests required by Code Authorities, such as smoke detection, life safety, fire protection and health codes. H. After test runs have been completed and systems have been demonstrated to be satisfactory and ready for permanent operation, all permanent pipeline strainers and filters shall be cleaned, air filters cleaned or replaced, valve and pump packings properly adjusted, belt tensions adjusted, drive guards secured in place, lubrication checked and replenished if required. 1.16 CLEANING AND FINISHING A. Provide cleaning in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1. Basic Mechanical Requirements 15010 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington B. Cleaning shall include but not be limited to removing grease, dirt, dust, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from sight - exposed piping, ductwork, equipment, fixtures and other such items installed under Division 15 of the work. If finishes have been damaged, refinish to original condition and leave everything in proper working order and of intended appearance. C. Clean Domestic Water Systems in accordance with Section 154.00 - Plumbing Systems. 1.17 CERTIFICATES AND KEYS A. Certificates: Upon completion of the work, deliver to the General Contractor one copy of Certificate of Final Inspection. B. Keys: Upon completion of work, submit keys for mechanical equipment, panels, etc. to the General Contractor. 1.18 WARRANTIES A. Warranty: Provide a written warranty to the Owner covering the entire mechanical work to be free from defective materials, equipment and workmanship for a period of one year after Date of Acceptance. During this period provide labor and materials as required to repair or replace defects. Provide certificates for such items of equipment which have warranties in excess of one year. Submit to the Construction Manager /General Contractor for delivery to the Architect. B. This warranty will be superseded by the terms of any specific equipment warranties or warranty modifications resulting from use of equipment for construction heat or ventilation. Basic Mechanical Requirements END OF SECTION 15010 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the following materials and methods common to the work, in general, of Division 15 and other Divisions and Sections of the Specifications where referenced: 1. Motors 2. Starters 3. Valves 4. Pipe Hangers 5. Piping Accessories 6. Mechanical Identification 7. Prohibited Piping Installations 8. Welding 9. Pads, Curbs and Supports 10. Cutting and Patching 11. Excavation and Backfill 12. Painting 13. Altitude Correction 14. Existing Piping and Equipment to be Removed 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1. For electrical equipment and products, comply with applicable National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards, and refer to NEMA Standards for definitions of terminology herein. 2. Comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA -70 for electrical installation requirements. 3. Certified Pipe Welding Bureau (NCPWB) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Code Numbers B31 as applicable for welding requirements. 4. Comply with American National Standards Institute (ANSI A13) for identification of 5. Comply with American National Standards Institute (ANSI B31.1) Piping Code. piping systems. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welder Qualifications: Welding shall be performed by an ASME Certified welder with current certificate in accordance with ANSI B31.1 for shop and project site welding of piping work. B. Certificates: Before proceeding with the Work, submit to the Architect /General Contractor, two copies of Certification that the welding work will be done according to ANSI B31 by welders who have been tested and whose qualification test sheets are available, attesting to their ability to weld in accordance with the Standard Procedure Specifications as established by the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau. C. ANSI /ASME B31 Piping Codes 1. B31.9Building Services Piping 2. B31.1Code for Pressure Piping 3. B31.8Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems 4. B31.5Refrigeration Piping 5. B31.4Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Subnut shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract: 1. Motors 2. Starters 3. Valves 4. Pipe Hangers /Supports 5. Dielectric Fittings 6. Thermometers 7. Mechanical Identification 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit printed data for the following items in accordance with Operation and Maintenance Data Paragraph in Section 15010. 1. Motors 2. Starters 3. Valves 4. Thermometers PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A. General 1. This specification covers all single or three - phase, 60Hz, squirrel -cage induction motors in fractional and integral horsepower NEMA frames. . Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. Motors shall be of the same manufacturer, except those that are an integral part of a factory- assembled packaged unit. These motors shall likewise meet the conditions of the specification in this section except motors which are part of a motor /compressor assembly are exempted from this requirement. 3. Cycle and Phase: Except as otherwise specified, motor shall be of the voltage listed with cycle and phase listed below: 1/2 hp and less 115/60/1 3/4 hp and greater 460 /60/3 4. Motors shall be capable of carrying the required current necessary for starting load and continuous full load. Motors shall be designed for quiet, continuous or intermittent operation. 5. Motor torque characteristics shall be selected to insure acceleration of the driven equipment within a time limit acceptable to the motor manufacturer. Motors shall be capable of starting the driven equipment while operating at 90% rated terminal voltage. 6. Motors shall be built in accordance with current NEMA Standard MG -1, except as noted in these specifications. 7. Motors shall be NEMA Design B for general purpose continuous duty and NEMA Design C for high starting torque requirements such as low speed starts on fans with two -motor drive arrangements. 8. Motors shall be open drip -proof types, unless specified otherwise. 9. The Division 15 Contractor shall be responsible for all additional electrical and other costs involved to accommodate any motors which exceed the scheduled horsepower sizes as called for in the mechanical or electrical plans and specifications. 10. Altitude and Temperature Deration: Motors shall be derated for the effects of altitude and /or high ambient temperature to maintain the specified service factor. B. Power Factor and Energy Efficiency 1. Motors shall have a labeled power factor, at nameplate rating and rated voltage, of not less than 85 %. If a motors draws less than a 1000 watts label rating, it is excluded from the 85 % power factor requirement. If through motor design, an 85 % power factor is not available, the supplier of that motor shall furnish power factor correction components capable of correcting the non - conforming motor to a power factor of 90% or better. 2. Motors 1 -1 /2hp and larger shall be of the high efficiency type. Motors shall have a nominal efficiency of not less than the following values when motors are tested in accordance with the IEEE Test Procedure 112: 3600 rpm 1800 rpm 1200 rpm Minimum % Horsepowe rEfficiency Efficiency Efficiency power Factor Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 82 81 85 1 -1/2 82 84 83 85 2 82 84 85 85 3 84 86 86 85 5 85 87 87 85 7 -1/2 86 88 89 85 C. Service Factor: Motors shall have a standard NEMA service factor at rated voltage, frequency and ambient temperature per the following schedule. Motors shall be suitable for continuous operation through this service factor. Horsepower MO. jam 18�pm 12 1/6 -1/3 1.35 1.35 1.35 1/2 1.25 1.25 1.25 3/4 1.25 1.25 1.15 1 1.25 1.15 1.15 1- 1/2 -7 -1/2 1.15 1.15 1.15 D. Motor Construction 1. General: All motor wiring and windings shall be copper and designed for continuous operation at 40 °C environment. Insulation for motors 1 -1 /2 horsepower and larger shall be NEMA Class B or F. Insulation on smaller motors and single phase motors shall be NEMA Class A or B. Temperature rise for motors shall not exceed that specified in NEMA MG -1 for the class of insulation, service factor and enclosure type. Where reduced voltage starting is required, the starting method shall be of the part - winding type. Motors shall be constructed accordingly. Other methods of reduced voltage starting shall not be used unless approved by the Architect and Engineer in writing. 2. Bearings: Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals, re- greasable -- except permanently sealed where motor is inaccessible for regular maintenance. Bearings shall be rated for a minimum L -10 life of 40,000 hours. Where belt drives and other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in the motor, provide bearings designed to resist the thrust loading. Refer to individual Sections of Division 15 for fractional horsepower light -duty motorized equipment where sleeve -type bearings are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type: Except as otherwise indicated, provide open drip -proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed during operation, and provide guarded drip -proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or buildings occupants. Provide weather - protected Type I for outdoor use, Type II where not housed. Refer to individual Sections of Division 15 for other enclosure requirements. 4. Overload Protection: Provide built -in thermal overload protection for each leg of each phase and, where indicated, provide internal sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping the motor at the starter. Thermal overload protectors shall be sized to accommodate the altitude of the installation. 5. Visible Nameplate: Provide a metal nameplate on each motor, indicating full identification of manufacturer, model number, horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, service factor, power factor and efficiency. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 6. Motor Connections: Conduit connections boxes, threaded for conduit. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide screwed conduit connection in end frame. 2.2 STARTERS A. General: Furnish starters necessary to operate mechanical equipment motors. Starter manufacturer shall be the same brand for ALL motors furnished under Division 15. Approved manufacturers shall be those listed in Division 16 of this specification. B. Additional submittal requirements shall include a typewritten listing of each starter, its horsepower, the equipment plan code it serves and the features included in the starter panel. C. Characteristics: Comply with NEMA and /or IEC standards and NEC. Furnish Type I general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, and with frames and supports for mounting on wall, floor or panel as required. Fumish the type and size of starter recommended by the motor manufacturer and equipment manufacturer for the applicable protection and start -up condition; refer to individual equipment sections for basic load requirements. All starters shall be by the same manufacturer. Only manufacturers approved by Division 16 will be accepted. All starters shall comply with Division 16 requirements in addition to those listed in this section. D. Manual Control: 1. Furnish maintained- contact push buttons and pilot lights, properly arranged for single -speed or multi -speed operation as indicated. 2. Furnish manual switch and pilot light for motors 1/3 horsepower and smaller, except where interlock or automatic operation is indicated. 2.3 VALVES A. General 1. Provide valves as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings complete with accessories and attachments as required and appropriate. 2. Supply valves for proper pressure ratings determined by the system working pressures at point of use and of proper types for systems and functions indicated. 3. Provide like type valves of one manufacturer only unless specified otherwise. 4. Plainly and permanently mark valves with manufacturer's name or trademark, pressure rating, both Water /Oil /Gas (WOG) and Steam Working Pressure (SWP), as applicable and flow direction when required to prevent improper installation. 5. Mark valves requiring approval by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual Engineering Division (FM) with appropriate markings cast into the valve body. 6. Provide extended necks as appropriate for insulation. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 7. Pressure Ratings: Unless otherwise indicated, valves shall be suitable for 200 lb WOG and 250 °F. 8. Fire Protection valve shall be in accordance with Section 15300 - Fire Protection B. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Ball Valves: Jamesbury, Apollo, Dynaquip, Hammond, Crane, Nibco. 2. Gas Valves: Peter Healy, Crane 3. Lubricated Plug Valves: Homestead, Nordstrom, Powell, Walworth 4. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: Watts, Cash -Acme, Kunkle C. , Ball Valves (Piping Sizes 1/2" through 2 "): Two -piece bronze construction with Teflon seats, standard port, blowout proof stem and positive shut -off, suitable for 125 lbs saturated steam or 400 lb non -shock water pressure. D. Gas Valve: Iron body tee handle gas stop conforming to ASTM A -126 (body) and ASTM S84, Alloy No. 844 (plug). Valve shall be rated to 125 psig. E. Lubricated Plug Valves: Semi - steel, single gland type, wrench operated, threaded or flanged ends, resilient packing. F. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME /AGA rated, ANSI Z21.22 certified, bronze construction, labeled for AGA temperature steam rating, labeled for ASME pressure steam rating and temperature water rating, protective dielectric coating on thermostat tube, test lever. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS & PROTECTION ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: B -Line or equivalent. B. General: 1. Provide hangers, rods, clamps, brackets, attachments, inserts, bracing, nuts, coach screws, eye bolts, clips, plates, and washers as required for appropriate installation for building structure provided. 2. All hangers and accessories shall be manufactured by one manufacturer for compatibility of all components. 3. All hangers, attachments and accessories shall comply with the following: a. Safety factor of five (actual load vs. ultimate load). b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) (except as amended by provisions of this Specification for minimums) and as applicable. c. Factory Mutual Engineering Division (FM) as applicable. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington d. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS). i 4. Provide swivel ring hangers similar and equivalent to B -Line B -3170, 3170CT, and 3170C for pipe sizes 1/2" thru 8 ". 5. Clevis type hangers may, at the Contractors option, be provided when similar and equivalent to B -Line B -3100, and 3100C. 6. Beam and bar joist clamps shall be appropriate for attachment locations, top beam, bottom beam, etc., and provided with retainer rods, clips or straps as required. C. Materials I1. Hangers in contact with steel, iron, cast or ductile iron shall be hot dipped galvanized or cold galvanized with "ZRC" cold galvanized compound only to a thickness of not less than 3.0 mil (0.003 inches). "ZRC" cold galvanizing compound is manufactured by ZRC IChemical Products Co., Quincy Mass. 2. Hangers in contact with copper piping shall be copper clad and provided with heavy density felt (20 oz.) pad permanently attached to the hanger and placed so as to prevent direct contact between pipe and hanger. Felt shall be mildew and moisture rot proof, heavy polyvinyl chloride coating on hanger, 5 mil thickness minimum will be acceptable when so certified in lieu of felt. 3. Hangers in contact with "plastic" or "glass" piping shall be galvanized in accordance with Sub - paragraph C -1, above and padded in accordance with Sub - paragraph C -2, above. 1 2.5 PIPING ACCESSORIES fA. Dielectric Fittings 1. Acceptable manufacturer: Epco Sales Inc. 2. Schedule: (complete unions) Model: FX GX Sizes: 1/2" - 2" 2 -1/2" - 12" Max Press: 250 psi 175 psi Max Temp: 210 °F 210 °F Epconite Gasket: #2 #2 Ends: FPT x Solder FPT x Solder Type: Union Flanged Union 3. Schedule: (companion flanges) Model: X W H Sizes: 1 -1/2" - 10" 1 -1/2" - 12" 1 -1/2" - 12" Max Press: 175 psi 175 psi 175 psi Max Temp: 210 °F 210 °F 210 °F Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington Epconite Isolators: #2 #2 #2 End Style: Solder(brass) Weld neck Iron Pipe Thread Type: Companion Companion Companion Face Gasket: Same as isolators 4. Dielectric fittings shall conform to ASA B16.8, and shall be plated as applicable a minimum of 0.0005" and have no flow restriction when assembled. B. Thermometers: Mercury in glass, red appearing, 9" scale, aluminum frame front, cast aluminum case, brass separable socket, plexiglass window and adjustable joint. Provide socket extensions to clear jacket on insulated piping. Normal operating temperature shall fall approximately in the middle of the scale. Thermometer for measuring air temperatures will be the same as above, except perforated guarded in stem place of separable socket. 2.6 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Materials for identification shall be as follows: 1. Metal Tags: Round brass discs, minimum 1 -1/2" diameter with edges ground smooth. Each tag shall be punched and provided with brass chains for installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. General: Unless otherwise specifically indicated on Drawings or in Specifications, install equipment and materials in accordance with recommendations of manufacturer, including performance of tests as manufacturer recommends. B. Protection: Close ends of pipe and ductwork during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage before, during and after installation. Protect fixtures and equipment against damage during mechanical work. C. Quiet Operation and Vibration: All work shall operate in accordance with Section 15240 - Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control under all conditions of load. Sound or vibration conditions not in accordance with Section 15240 and considered objectionable shall be corrected in a manner approved by the Architect under the Work of Division 15. 3.2 VALVES A. Provide valves as shown on Contract Documents and as required for balancing and /or control of flow. B. Provide isolation valves for maintenance and service on each piece of equipment regardless of whether or not shown on Contract Drawings. C. Provide isolation valves for all branch line take -offs that serve more than two items of fixtures or equipment. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Provide balancing valves for each leg of domestic hot water return piping of two branches or more, all heating /cooling water returns and /or supplies to equipment as indicated on drawings. E. Provide access means for each valve or group of valves either by access panels or utilization of inherent access provided by building methods i.e., lift out ceiling construction or exposed valve installations in non critical areas such as janitors closets, storage rooms, etc. F. Install all valves with valve bonnets or operating stems in vertical (upright) position when possible, valves may be installed with bonnets or stems not less than 35 degrees downward from vertical plane except valves on vertical piping may be 90 degrees from vertical plane. Swing type check valves shall be installed on horizontal piping no more than 45 degrees upward slope from horizontal plane, using lift checks on vertical piping. Lift check valves shall not be used on sewage or sump pump discharge piping. G. Inspect and tighten all bonnet nuts, bolts, packing glands, lubricate all valves requiring lubrication, secure all hand wheels and identification plates, be responsible for all valves having manufacturers name, trade name, working pressure and size stamped or cast into the body of the valve. Perform all maintenance, repacking and inspection prior to installation of valve. H. Removal and Repair Provisions: Provide all valves which are not accessible for repair without removal from piping with union connection immediately adjacent to valve outlet. 3.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Use inserts, anchors, expansion bolts or other approved and acceptable means of attachment to concrete construction. Set inserts in advance of concrete installation, provide required reinforcement rod for all inserts carrying loading equivalent of one 4" pipe or more. All inserts shall be flush with face of slab or wall containing insert. B. Provide flat square washers for rods thru metal decking with nut above washer, when acceptable and approved. C. Cinch hangers to carry appropriate share of loading and slope piping without sags or "pocketing" as appropriate and required. D. Rod offsets, or angle installation, plumber tape or wire will not be accepted. Hanger rods shall be true and plumb. E. Piping shall not be hung from other piping or equipment items. Provide attachments to building structure only. Use trapeze, wall brackets, knee brackets, etc., where hanger rods cannot be attached within spacing plumb to structures. F. Hangers for piping shall be isolated per Section 15050 when hanger and piping materials are dissimilar and subject to production of electrolysis or galvanic action. G. Prohibited Pipe Installations 1. Piping shall not be routed through telephone rooms, electrical rooms, elevator equipment rooms and elevator shafts. The only exception allowed is fire sprinkler piping terminating in these rooms. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. Piping installations not complying with this requirement shall be corrected by the Contractor without cost to the Owner or delay in the project construction schedule. 3.4 PIPING ACCESSORIES A. Dielectric Fittings 1. Provide dielectric pipe fittings and isolators at all connections between dissimilar metals in all piping systems to control corrosion potential caused by galvanic or electrolytic action. 2. Typical locations for dielectric isolation are: water heaters, storage and pressure tanks, water conditioning equipment, pumps, changes in service piping materials, make -up connections to boilers and chilled water systems, valves, deaerators, flexible connectors and the like where materials of different electrode potential are joined. 3. Storage tanks shall be isolated from piping and tank stands by use of anti - electrolytic and galvanic isolators. B. Thermometers: Provide thermometers with wells on each inlet and outlet pipe of each piece of heat generating water equipment such as water heaters, boilers, hydronic and plumbing heater exchangers, chillers, hydronic heat recovery coils, etc. Install and adjust scale relatively upright, tilted to permit legible readings from a standing position. C. Sleeves and Inserts 1. Division 15 Contractor shall provide and locate pipe sleeves, and inserts required before new floors and walls are built or shall be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required where sleeves and inserts were not installed or where incorrectly located. 2. Provide sleeves for mechanical piping passing through concrete floor slabs and through concrete, masonry, tile, and gypsum wall construction. 3. Where sleeves are placed in exterior walls below grade, pack spaces between the pipe or conduit and the sleeves with oakum and lead and make water - tight. Where fire rated separations are penetrated by pipes or ductwork, annular space around the pipe or ductwork shall be caulked with fire rated material. Refer to Architectural Division for material. D. Flashing: Coordinate with Division 7 Contractor to accommodate proper waterproof flashing of exterior wall, floor and roof penetrations. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.5 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide pipe identification, valve tags, stencils, or engraved name plates to clearly identify the mechanical equipment, piping and controls of the various mechanical systems and direction of flow in piping. B. Methods for identification shall be as follows: 1. Metal Tags: Stamp tags with letter prefixes to indicate service, followed by a number for location in system. C. Piping Legend and Color Contractor shall obtain written approval of colors from Owner's representative prior to starting work and forward copies to Architect and Engineer. Legend Color Domestic CW Light Green Domestic HW Yellow Natural Gas Orange Fire Sprinkler Red D. Identification of Piping: Identify all piping accessible for maintenance, in crawl spaces, tunnels, above ceilings, and access spaces as well as exposed to view utilizing either pressure sensitive markers, or stenciled markings according to the following procedures: 1. Use an arrow marker for each pipe- content legend. The arrow shall always point away from the pipe legend and in the direction of flow: color and height of arrow to be same as content legend lettering. 2. If flow can be in both directions, use a double- headed arrow indication. 3. Apply pipe legend and arrow indication at every point of pipe entry or exit where line goes thru wall or ceiling cut. 4. Apply pipe legend and arrow indication within 3" of each valve to show proper identification of pipe contents and direction of flow. 5. The legend shall be applied to the pipe so that lettering is in the most legible position. For overhead piping, apply legend on the lower half of the pipe where view is unobstructed, so that legend can be read at a glance from floor level. 6. For pipes under 3/4" OD, fasten brass tags securely at specified legend locations. E. Valves: All system service valves. including fire protection gas. medical gas, vacuum and special service valves located inside the building, shall be tagged and identified as to type of service. All valves or cocks controlling branch mains or risers to various portions of the building shall be tagged and identified as to service and location number. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -11 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.6 MECHANICAL/ELECTRIC COORDINATION A. Furnish equipment requiring electrical connections to operate properly and to deliver full capacity at electrical service available. B. All control wiring to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; all wiring shall be color coded to facilitate checking. C. Unless otherwise indicated, all mechanical equipment motors and controls shall be furnished, set in place, and wired in accordance with the schedule contained herein. Contractor should note that the intent of this electric wiring schedule is to have the Division 15 Contractor responsible for coordinating all control wiring as outlined, whether or not specifically called for by the mechanical or electrical drawings and specifications. Comply with the applicable requirements of Division 16 for electrical work of this Division 15 which is not otherwise specified. No extras will be allowed for Contractor's failure to provide for these required items. The Division 15 Contractor shall refer to the Division 16 specifications and plans for all power and control wiring and shall advise the Architect /Engineer of any discrepancies prior to bidding. D. Notes for the Mechanical /Electrical Coordination Schedule 1. All starters, other than those in Motor Control Centers shall be furnished under Division 15. All starters furnished under Division 15 shall be complete with three overload heaters and shall conform to NEC and NEMA requirements. 2. Control relays and control transformers shall be furnished under Division 15 except where furnishing such items are specifically required under Division 16 specifications and /or drawings. 3. Pushbuttons stations carrying full load current are to be wired under Division 16 of the work. 4. Exhaust Fans: The Electrical Contractor under Division 16 of the work will furnish and install circuits, feeders and disconnect switches, and make all connections to motors and controls unless interlocked with other mechanical equipment or exhaust fans in locations indicated. Where exhaust fans are switched with lights, a two -pole toggle switch will be provided by the Electrical Contractor under Division 16. Where exhaust fans are interlocked with other mechanical equipment, the interlock wiring will be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor under Division 15. 5. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for providing a schedule to the Electrical Contractor of the control transformer size for each motor controller and any other related controllers on the project provided under Division 15. Power Control I1 m Furnished By Sgt By Wiring Wiring Equipment Motors MC MC EC Motor Starters & Overload Heaters (Note 1) MC EC EC MC" Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -12 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington t Fused & Unfused Disconnect Switches, Thermal Overload Heaters EC EC EC Manual Operating & Speed Switches (carrying load currents) (Notes 3 & 4) MC EC EC MC Control Relays & Transformer ( Note 2) MC MC EC MC Thermostats (Line Voltage) MC EC EC EC Temperature Control Panels MC MC EC MC Building Fire Alarm System Fire & Smoke Detectors, including Relays for Fan Shutdown EC EC EC EC Motor & Solenoid Valves, Damper Motors, P/E & E/P Switches, Control Valves, Fan Interlocking Wiring, Low Voltage Thermostats MC MC MC Fire sprinkler system alarms, tamper switches, flow switches and fire alarm systems tie -ins to provide a complete fire protection system FPC FPC FPC FPC Temporary Heating Connections MC MC EC MC MC: Mechanical Contractor Under Division 15 of the Work EC: Electrical Contractor Under Division 16 of the Work FPC: Fire Protection Contractor 3.7 WELDING A. Joints between sections of pipe, between pipe and fittings, shall be fusion welded. Use only certified welders. Strength of finished welded joints to be equal to strength of pipe. Width of finished weld to be at least 2 -1/2 times the thickness of the part joined. Thickness of weld to be at least 25% greater than the thickness of pipe or fittings. Finished welded joints to present neat and workmanlike appearance. B. Make no direct welded connections to valves, strainers, apparatus, and related equipment. Make connections to flanged valves, and flanged equipment with welded pipe connection flanges. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods i 15050 -13 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington C. Radii of weld ells to be 1 -1/2 times nominal diameter of fittings. Fittings used for all branch connections, whether full -size or reducing, to have interior surfaces smoothly contoured. Wall thickness of welded fittings equal to adjacent piping. 3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Existing Construction 1. [Conform to Section 01045]. The Construction Manager shall make arrangements for required openings in the existing building to facilitate the passage of ductwork, piping, etc. thru existing floors, walls, and beams. Division 15 Contractor to coordinate all requirements. 2. The general contractor shall provide for patching all existing walls and floors to match existing. 3.9 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Excavate for all mechanical equipment such as fuel tanks, duct work, sump pumps, manholes and trenches for underground pipelines to required depths. Compact bottoms of excavations. Slope to obtain required grade. Remove rocks, trash and debris before installation of equipment and backfilling. Backfill by hand tamping earth under the haunch of the pipe to specified compaction. Backfill and compact in thin layers until top of pipe is covered. Complete backfill by methods required or directed for soil characteristics to comply with the Architectural section of these specifications. B. Excavations near footings shall be such that, when nearing building footings, or bearing foundation walls, the excavation bottom shall not be nearer the footing than a normal 45 degree bearing line from edge of footing bottom to bottom of excavation. When it is necessary to perpendicularly cross under a continuous foundation wall, care shall be taken to insure that crossing is clear of the structural foundation and of minimal width. C. Do not place backfill over pipe lines until lines are properly tested. D. When trenching through specially tested areas, such as paving, asphalt, etc., Contractor shall to be responsible for restoring the surface to its original condition, and in a manner approved by the Architect. Repair trenches where settlement occurs, and restore the surface for the period of one year after final acceptance of the project. All cutting of paving, asphalt, etc. shall be by saw cutting. 3.10 PAINTING A. Surfaces of equipment and materials to be thoroughly cleaned and left ready for painting in accordance with Architectural Painting Specifications. B. Duct interiors visible through registers, grilles and diffusers shall be painted flat black. C. All other painting of mechanical equipment and piping, unless otherwise noted, shall be performed under other divisions of the work with the exception of identification of piping and equipment which will be the responsibility of the Division 15 Contractor. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods 15050 -14 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.11 ALTITUDE CORRECTION A. All air - moving equipment is to be rated, selected and adjusted to deliver air quantities shown at the installed elevation. Fan speeds to be changed as required to deliver CFM quantities shown with new sheaves furnished and installed as required by the Section 15990 Contractor. Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods END OF SECTION 15050 -15 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, . Washington SECTION 15240 MECHANICAL SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes mechanical sound and vibration control of the following equipment and systems: 1. Fans 2. Packaged Rooftop Air Conditioning Units 3. Ductwork 4. Piping 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15240 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. 1.3 WORK SPECIFIED BUT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. External Sound Insulation, Section 15250 - Mechanical Insulation 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE - Guide to Average Noise Criteria Curves. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Division 15 Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that all the following sound pressure level criteria are met. Sound pressure level tests shall be performed by Section 15990 Contractor as required by Section 15990. B. • Acoustical Criteria: Noise levels due to equipment and ductwork to permit attaining sound pressure levels in all 8 octave bands in occupied spaces conforming to NC curves: All spaces Exceptions: Lobbies, Toilets, Commercial Areas C. Mechanical Acoustical Performance: NC -35 NC -40 1. Air Distribution system equipment terminal device noise: Maximum permissible sound -power levels in octave bands of airborne transmission through the combination of Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington grille, registers, diffusers, and terminal units or related pressure reducing devices, when operated in installed condition per Construction Documents shall be as per the following table: Octave BandMaximum PWL (dB re 10-12 Watt) No.Hz NC -35 NC-40 162 62 66 2125 56 60 3250 49 54 4500 46 51 51000 43 48 62000 42 47 74000 41 46 88000 42 47 2. Pressure reducing variable air volume boxes radiated noise. Maximum permissible radiated sound -power levels in octave bands when operated in and installed condition over occupied spaces, shall be as per the following table: Octave BandMaximum PWL (dB re 10.12 Watt) No.Hz NC -35 NC-40 162 62 68 2125 58 52 3250 51 56 4500 48 53 51000 45 50 62000 45 50 74000 45 49 88000 45 50 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings and Product Data for the following items in accordance with [Section 01700 and] the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Bases 2. Vibration Isolators 3. Spherical Pipe Connectors 4. Flexible Metallic Connectors 5. Acoustical Pipe Anchors 6. Non- hardening Caulk 7. Dampering Compound 8. Floor and Pipe Seals 1.7 CERTIFICATES Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington A. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract that isolators are properly installed and properly adjusted to meet or exceed specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS. 2.1 BASES A. General: 1. Approved manufacturers: Mason Industries, Amber- Booth, Vibration Mountings & Control, Peabody. 2. Base Type A: No base, isolators attached directly to equipment. B. Curb - Mounted Base (Base Type D): Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on vibration isolation bases that fit over the roof curb and under the isolated equipment. The extruded aluminum top member shall overlap the bottom member to provide water runoff independent of the seal. The aluminum members shall house cadmium- plated springs having a 1" minimum deflection with 50% additional travel to solid. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the spring height at rated load. Wind resistance shall be provided by means of resilient snubbers in the corners with a minimum clearance of 1/4" so as not to interfere with the spring action except in high winds. The weather seal shall consist of continuous closed cell sponge materials both above and below the base and a waterproof flexible duct -like EPDM connection joining the outside perimeter of the aluminum members. Foam or other contact seals are unacceptable at the spring cavity closure. Caulking shall be kept to a minimum. Submittals shall include spring deflections, spring diameters, compressed spring height and solid spring height as well as seal and wind resistance details. Mason Industries Type CMAB. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Approved manufacturers: Mason Industries, Amber- Booth, Vibration Mountings & Control, Peabody. B. Pads (Isolator Type 1) 1. Fiberglass: Vibration isolators shall be pre - compressed molded fiber glass pads individually coated with a flexible, moisture impervious elastomeric membrane. Natural frequency of fiberglass vibration isolators shall be essentially constant for the operating load range of the supported equipment. Vibration isolators shall be color coded or otherwise identified to indicate the load capacity and shall be selected by the manufacturer for each specific application to comply with deflection requirements as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule of as indicated on the Drawings, Peabody Model HIP. 2. Neoprene: Vibration isolators to be made of bridge bearing neoprene meeting AASHO Specifications. Metallic shim plates of 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal shall be provided between layers of neoprene pads when deflections are greater than that of a single pad. Shims shall be bonded to pads on both sides to prevent horizontal movements and excessive compression of pad layers. Mason Super W or Super WSW. C. Spring Floor Isolators (Isolator Type 2) Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Mason Industries Type SLF or equivalent. 2. Free- standing, laterally stable without housing, complete with 1/4 inch neoprene acoustical friction pads between base plate and support and with leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to equipment. 3. Spring diameters no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Springs with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent rated deflection. D. Spring Hangers (Isolator Type 3): 1. Equipment [and Piping]: Spring and double deflection neoprene element in series. Neoprene element minimum deflection 0.3 inch. Spring diameter and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30° arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load. Springs with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent rated deflection. Springs shall be pre- compressed to rated deflection to keep piping and equipment at a fixed elevation during installation, and shall have a release mechanism to free the spring once installation is complete and hanger is subjected to full load. Mason Industries Type PC30N. 2. Ductwork: Vibration hangers shall contain a steel spring located in a neoprene cup manufactured with a grommet to prevent short circuiting of the hanger rod. The cup shall contain a steel washer designed to properly distribute the load on the neoprene and prevent its extrusion. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30° arc before contacting the hole and short circuiting the spring. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Hangers shall be provided with an eye bolt on the spring end and provision to attach the housing to the flat iron duct straps, Mason Industries W30.] 2.3 MULTI -ARCH PIPE CONNECTORS A. Approved manufacturers: Mason Industries, Mercer, Amber- Booth, Vibration Mountings & Control, Peabody. 1. Neoprene twin- sphere, galvanized female unions on 3/4 "- 1 -1/4" and 150 lb. ASA steel floating flanges on 1- 1/2 " -12" sizes. Duty up to 150 psi and 220 °F. 2. 3/4" - 1 -1/4 ": Mason Industries MFTFU 1 -1/2" - 12 ": Mason Industries MFTNC Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Allowable movement Size & • Axial Axial Traverse Angular Length Compress. Elong Movement Movement (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) Bnchesl 3/4x 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45 1 x 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45 1 -1/4 x 8 7/8 1/4 7/8 45 1 -1/2 x 6 3/4 5/8 3/4 30 2 x 6 3/4 5/8 3/4 30 2 -1/2 x 6 1 -1 /8 5/8 1 30 3 x 9 1 -1/8 7/8 1 30 4 x 9 . 1 -1/8 7/8 1 30 5 x 9 1 -1/8 7/8 1 30 6 x 9 1 -1/8 7/8 1 30 8 x 9 1 -1 /8 7/8 1 30 10 x 12 1 -1/2 1 1 -1/2 30 12 x 12 1 -1/2 1 1 -1/2 30 4. Control rods shall be installed on connector sizes 1- 1/2 " -10" when pressure exceeds 150 psig and on 12" size when pressure exceeds 100 psig. B. Sizes 14" - 24" 1. Unfilled double -arch hypalon tube with neoprene cover, 225 °F maximum operating temperature, 150 lb ASA drilling ductile iron flanges. 2. 14" - 24 ": Mercer 452. 3. Allowable movements: Pipe Length Axial Axial Lateral Ang. Tors. Rated Min. Size (In) Comp Exten Deflect Flex Flex Work Burst (In) (In) (In) (In) (Deg) (Deg) Press Press. (psi) (psi) 14 14 4 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 13 4 130 520 16 14 4 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 13 4 110 440 18 14 4 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 12 3 110 440 20 14 4 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 12 3 110 440 24 16 4 -1/2 2 2 -1/4 12 3 100 400 4. Control rods shall be installed on connectors when pressure exceeds 60 psig on sizes 14 "- 24 ". Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2.4 FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONNECTORS (1/2" through 1 -1/2 ") A. Flame-retardant non -toxic synthetic polymer inner tube with braided stainless steel outer covering, swivel -end connectors. Provide insulated covering over outer cover where pipe system is insulated, insulation shall be rated for plenum installations per NFPA 90A and be labeled as such. B. Pressure Temperature Ratings Burst PSI a Press(PSI) 1/2" 375 230 1500 3/4" 300 230 1200 1" 225 230 900 1 -1/4" 200 230 800 1 -1/2" 175 230 700 2.5 ACOUSTICAL PIPE ANCHORS A. Approved manufacturers: Mason Industries, Korfund, Amber- Booth, Vibration Mountings & Control, Peabody. B. All directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum half inch thickness of heavy duty neoprene and duck or neoprene isolation material. Vertical restraints shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material shall not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. Mason Industries ADA. 2.6 NON- HARDENING CAULKING A. Acceptable Products: Tremco, Manville or accepted equal. B. Guaranteed to be permanently elastic. 2.7 VIBRATION DAMPERING COMPOUND A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Peabody KDC -E -162 or equal. B., Viscoelastic latex emulsion, vinyl base, non - asphaltic, flame and smoke rating per NFPA 90A. C. Compound shall effectively damp vibrations for a broad frequency range between 10 Hz to 20 kHz. D. Decay rate geiger plate 48 dB /sec. at 60° F. 2.8 FLOOR AND WALL PIPE SEALS A. Approved manufacturers: Mason Industries, Korfund, Amber - Booth, Vibration Mountings & Control, Peabody. B. Provide a split seal consisting of two bolted pipe halves with 3/4" or thicker neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal if not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1" past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240 °F, 10# density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. Mason Industries SWS. 2.9 EXTERNAL SOUND INSULATION A. Acceptable manufacturers: Manville, Owens - Corning, Knauf, Certainteed. B. External sound insulation shall consist of a three -layer field assembly of unfaced rigid insulation, loaded vinyl limp mass barrier and covering of flexible fiberglass duct blanket insulation. C. Unfaced Rigid Insulation: Owens-Corning Type 701, 2" thick, 1.50 PCF, maximum flame /smoke rating of 25/50 per NFPA 90A; minimum Sound Absorption Coefficient per the following table: Octave Band Center Frequencies (Hz) .125 0M0 25 251 500 1000 2 4000 H&C SAC 0.44 0.66 1.07 1.06 0.99 1.06 0.95 I D. Loaded Vinyl Limp Mass Barrier: Peabody KNM -100B 1.0 lb /sf, loaded with barium sulphate, un- reinforced, minimum Sound Transmission Loss values per following table: Octave Band Center Frequencies (Hz) 121 250 500 1000 2000 4000 5IL STL(dB) 15 19 21 28 33 37 27 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 4 A. Unless otherwise noted on the Vibration Isolation Schedule, provide mechanical equipment mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators to be selected in accordance with the weight i distribution so as to produce reasonable uniform deflection. Deflections to be as noted on the Equipment Mounting Schedule included at the end of this section. B.. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. Inform other trades following the isolation work, to avoid any contact which would reduce the vibration isolation. C. The installation or use of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment or piping which would result in stresses in piping connections or misalignment of shafts or bearings. In order to meet this objective, maintain equipment and piping in a rigid position during installation. Do not transfer the load to the isolator until the installation is complete and under full operational load. D. Support the machine to be isolated with a structural steel frame. E. Provide brackets to accommodate the isolator and provide a mechanical stop. The vertical position and size of the bracket to be recommended by the isolator manufacturer. Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 F. For restrained spring isolators, use housing as blocking during erection so that installed and operating heights can be the same. Maintain a minimum clearance of 1/2 inch around restraining bolts between housing and spring to avoid interference with spring action. Limit stops to be out of contact during normal operation. BASES A. Provide minimum operating clearance between the equipment frame or rigid steel base frame and the housekeeping pad or floor of 1". Provide minimum operating clearance between concrete inertia base and the housekeeping pad or floor of 1". B. Closely coordinate curb - mounted base with curb supplier to provide an accurately constructed base. SPRING HANGERS A. Install hangers where indicated in Vibration Isolation Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Install the isolators with the isolator hanger box attached to or hung as close as possible to the structure. C. Suspend the isolators from substantial structural members, not from slab diaphragm unless specifically accepted. D. Align hanger rods to clear hanger box. SPHERICAL PIPE AND FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONNECTORS A. Provide flexible connectors for equipment that is supported by or mounted on vibration isolators. B. Flexible metallic connectors shall be installed, where indicated on drawings, on the equipment side of the shut -off valves and horizontally. Provide connectors on 1/2 "- 1 -1/2" piping connections to . equipment having external isolators to accommodate thermal expansion, misalignment and vibration. C. Provide spherical pipe connectors at pump suction and discharge, chillers, cooling towers and elsewhere as required to accommodate thermal expansion, misalignment and vibration. D. Provide 300 psi companion flanges for connector for threaded, welded, soldered, or brazed piping as appropriate. E. Connectors to be aligned, centered, and shall not bear weight of pipe, fittings, or pipeline accessories such as valves. Piping shall be supported both sides of horizontal or vertical connectors. M.chanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.5 NON - HARDENING CAULK A. Clean areas for application of caulk and apply during temperatures suggested by caulk manufacturer. 3.6 DAMPERING COMPOUND A. Apply 1/8" thick duct exterior coating of vibration dampering compound at floor supply and return duct takeoffs. 3.7 FLOOR AND WALL SEALS A. Required for penetrations of ductwork and piping in following construction: 1. Equipment room walls. 2. Floors, except in shafts. 3. Roofs, specifically inside roof curbs for mechanical equipment. IB. Sound proofing: Fill openings with fibrous glass blanket, or board where required for full depth of penetration. Caulk each side of opening with non - hardening, non -aging caulking compound. I. 3.8 EXTERNAL SOUND ISOLATION A. Provide external sound insulation on surfaces as indicated on Construction Documents. IB. Install materials in a five step process. 1. Attach mechanical fasteners (cap -head pins, stick pins or weld pins) on 12" centers to secure materials to surface. 2. Apply unfaced rigid insulation onto fasteners with edges tight, butted to eliminate gaps. I3. Apply loaded vinyl limp mass barriers over rigid insulation with a minimum 3" overlap sealed with adhesive. 4. Apply fiberglass duct blanket insulation over loaded vinyl limp mass barrier with a minimum 3" overlap. Seal joints with 3" wide pressure sensitive tape matching insulation jacket. 5. Seal exposed fiberglass ends of external sound insulation system with a heavy coat of lagging adhesive. 3.9 VIBRATION ISOLATION SCHEDUL A. Base Types: A = No base, isolators attached directly to equipment D = Curb - mounted base B. Isolator Types: 2 = Spring floor isolator 3 = Spring hanger Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -9 Gart Sports Superstore p p rstore #555 Tukwila, Washington EQUIPMENT TYPE SLAB ON GRADE 20 FT FLOOR SPAN Base Isol Min. Base Isol Min. Type Type Da, Type Type pell Centrifugal Fan & Ventilation Sets 9 Up thru 22" dia, Base Mounted A 2 0.25" A 2 0.75" Packaged Rooftop Air Conditioning D 2 0.75" Unit Piping - lst thru 3rd hanger 1/2" - 3" A 3 0.75" 4" - 6" A 3 1.50" 8" - Larger A 3 2.50" All other hangers - -. A 3 0.75" Ductwork -- -- A 3 0.75" END OF SECTION Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control 15240 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington r • w SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes thermal insulation of the following mechanical equipment and systems: 1. Fittings 2. Valves 3. Plumbing System 4. Air Distribution 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to this Section. Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of the documents. B. Section 15250 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. Related work specified in Section 15240 - Mechanical Sound and Vibration Control. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI /ASTM Standards for the insulation products and methods of installation and testings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Section 15250 Contractor: Three years minimum experience in piping and ductwork insulation application. B. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 in accordance with ASTM E84 and complying to NFPA 90A for installation exposure to circulating air systems. C. Insulation thicknesses listed are minimum values regardless of 'k' factor. Submitted 'k' factors shall be relative to the specified mean temperature. Any insulation with a 'k' factor higher than that specified shall have its thickness increased to a point where its heat transfer rate is equal -to or less - than the heat transfer rate resulting from the specified 'k' factor /thickness combination. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract: 1. Insulation materials and accessories. 2. Typewritten summary sheet indicating mechanical systems insulated, insulation type, model number used, 'k' factor at the specified mean temperature, insulation thickness in inches for each pipe size of each system of piping ductwork and equipment. Mechanical Insulation 15250 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION (Type A) A. Acceptable manufacturers: Manville, Owens-Coming, Knauf, Certainteed. B. Rigid glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin, 850° F service temperature, all- purpose jacket of white kraft bonded to aluminum foil and reinforced with fiber glass yarn, integral pressure sensitive tape lap seal, maximum flame /smoke rating of 25/50 per NFPA 90A, jacket shall have a maximum of 0.02 perms water vapor permeance when tested per ASTM E -96 Procedure A. C. Manville Micro -Lok, performance "k" factor of 0.23 at 75 °F mean temperature 2.2 FIBERGLASS DUCT BLANKET INSULATION (Type C) A. Acceptable manufacturers: Manville, Owens-Coming, Knauf, Certainteed. B. Flexible blanket of glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin, aluminum foil facing reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated kraft, 250 °F service temperature, maximum flame /smoke rating of 25/50 per NFPA, UL labeled, facing shall have a maximum of 0.02 perms water vapor permeance when tested per ASTM E -96 Procedure A. C. Manville Micro -lite, 1 PCF, performance "k" factor of 0.28 at 75 °F mean temperature. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Install materials after piping has been tested and approved, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Refer to Paragraph 3.02 Minimum Pipe Insulation Schedule for required insulation thickness. C. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. D. In exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. E. On insulated piping with vapor barrier, insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. F. On insulated piping without vapor barrier and piping conveying fluids 140 °F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but level and seal ends of insulation at such locations. Mechanical Insulation 15250 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington • G. On piping, provide an insert, not less than 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, between support shield and piping, but under the finish jacket, on piping 2 inches diameter and larger, to prevent insulation from sagging at support points. Inserts shall be cork or ` other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be used. H. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. I. Finish exposed edges of insulation with lagging adhesive. 1 3.2 MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Plumbing System Insulation Thickness in Inches for Pipe Sizes Plumbin g Sys Y S s S stem Runouts 1 -1/4" 1 -1/2" 2 -1/2" Temp ( °F) Type Thru 1" & Less Thru 2" & Up 1 100 -130 HW,HWC 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 NOTES: 8 1. Runouts are defined as piping branches not exceeding 12 feet in developed pipe length individual terminal units. i 3.3 SPECIFIC INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Fittings: 1. Insulation depth shall match that of adjacent pipe insulation. Standard PVC fitting covers are permitted throughout piping system except in air plenums. PVC fitting covers are permitted in air plenums only when accepted by the local building code officials and the covers comply with a flame /smoke rating less than or equal to 25/50 per NFPA 90A. Apply minimum 1 -1/2" wide tape to seal edge of fitting covers to pipe insulation jacket. t 2. All other fittings locations shall be provided with either mitered pipe insulation, glass fiber I molded inserts or insulating cement built -up to same thickness as adjacent insulation. Finish with glass cloth and a heavy coating of lagging adhesive. B. Valves 1. Insulation depth shall match that of adjacent pipe insulation. Standard PVC fitting covers are permitted throughout piping system except in air plenums. PVC fitting covers are permitted in air plenums only when accepted by the local building code officials and the covers comply with a flame /smoke rating less than or equal to 25/50. Apply minimum 1 -1/2" wide tape to seal edge of fitting covers to pipe insulation jacket. Mechanical Insulation 15250 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. All other valve locations shall be provided with oversized pipe insulation with thickness matching adjacent insulation. Finish with glass cloth and a heavy coating of lagging adhesive. C. Plumbing System 1. Domestic Cold Water: Insulate horizontal piping above ceilings and where freeze protection is required with 1/2" fiberglass pipe insulation, Type A. Jacket lap shall be stapled 2" O.C.; laps shall be sealed with an approved vapor - retarded adhesive. 2. Domestic Hot Water. Insulate entire piping system per Paragraph 3.02 with fiberglass pipe insulation, Type A, thickness sized for the system water temperature. 3. Domestic Water Heaters, Not Factory Insulated, Hot Water Storage Tanks and Hot Water Accumulators: Insulate vessels per Paragraph 3.02 with semi -rigid fiberglass equipment insulation, Type B, thickness sized for the system water temperature. D. Air Distribution 1. Insulate the exterior surfaces of the following systems with flexible fiberglass duct insulation Type C, 1 -1/2" thick: The insulation shall be cut longer than the perimeter of the duct to provide 2" staple lap and minimum compression at the comers. All joints shall be lapped 2" and stapled with outward clinching staples 2" on center. The insulation shall be mechanically fastened to the underside of all ducts •24" wide or more using cup -head pins, weld -pins, or stick pins with speed clips 18" on center. All joints and penetrations of the vapor - retarded jacket shall be sealed with a minimum 3" wide matching pressure sensitive tape. Mechanical Insulation a. Rigid Round Supply Air Ductwork. END OF SECTION 15250 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION (CONTRACTOR DESIGN) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. System Design Requirements B. Interior above ground pipe, fittings and valves C. Design and modify a wet -pipe sprinkler system D. All alarms, switches and required wiring 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15300 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Verify requirements with Jurisdictional authorities, i.e.: Fire Department or Marshal, or Building Department. Provide system complete, functional and acceptable to Jurisdictions. Division 15300 Contractor shall be completely responsible for all aspects of coordination with other sections of these specifications and drawings. No change will be issued for lack of coordination or lack of verification of requirements of Jurisdictional Authorities. B. A statement from the insurance authority or services office stating "no penalty" or listing "penalties" must be provided by the Contractor prior to final payment. Penalties listed and attributable to the fire protection system shall be corrected without additional cost to the Owner or his agents. C. System shall be hydraulically calculated per NFPA #13, 14, and 15 and all other requirements in NFPA Standard No. 13/231/231C shall be met. D. The minimum acceptable water supply is 1500 gallons per minute at 30 lbs. per square inch residual pressure at the base of the riser. 1. Minimum hose stream demand for all areas is 500 gallons per minute added to first available hydrant or city connection, whichever is closer. E. Developer shall submit to the Tenant certified test results of actual "water flow" capacity in G.P.M. and "static" and "residual" pressures available at base of sprinkler riser. Test results shall be submitted to Tenant prior to submitting sprinkler design shop drawings. Fire Protection 15300 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington F. Contractor shall use 95% of flow test pressure data as the base in performance of the Project Calculations. G. Six copies Hydraulic Calculations and Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect /Engineer for review. Drawings shall show hydraulic reference points, hydraulically most remote areas clearly shown, and proof by example that area shown is in fact the hydraulically most remote. 1. Sprinkler system to be installed as required by Tenants fixture plan. Design system to meet requirements for high rack storage Class IV Commodities to 20'. 2. Area and densities shall conform to Insurance Company. Extended coverage systems are not acceptable as Base Designs. 3. Sprinkler shall be calculated from the flow test elevation to the highest sprinkler head. 4. Standpipes shall be calculated from the flow test elevation to 4' -0" above the highest outlet point. 14. Provide all trim and accessories, inlets, alarms, switches, valves, manifolds, and cabinets required. I. Provide special systems as required, i.e., dry system, anti - freeze, water curtains, deluge, and exposure protection. J. Be responsible for accurate measurements, coordination with other trades, required offsets, scheduling, timely submittals, materials delivery and job manning, and construction schedules. K. Provide backflow preventers of required types, and installed in an approved manner. L. The sprinklering contractor shall make application for obtaining and pay for all fees in connection with permits, services, inspections, etc., including the following: 1. Temporary and permanent certificates of approval. 2. Water service. 3. Final certifications of approval, when job is completed. 4. Provide test certificates to Tenant's or Landlord's Insurance Underwriters at completion of sprinkler installation. M. The entire installation shall be made in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of all the governing authorities having jurisdication of all the governing authorities having jurisdiction in this territory, including Health Department, Developer's /Landlord's Insurance Underwriter's all recommendations of the latest National Fire Protection Association, Standard No. 13/231C and Tenant's Insurance Underwriters. N. All other requirements in NFPA Standard No. 13/231C shall be met as a minimum with the Tenant's Insurance Underwriter requirements dictating final configuration(s). 0. Sprinkler service for Gart Superstore shall be reconnected to existing service after existing service has been split into two services. Fire Protection 15300 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington • P. All sprinkler lines shall be run concealed in all finished areas avoiding interference with lights, ducts, pipes, bins, storage area, etc. Balance to be run exposed. Q. Sprinkler piping shall be installed at maximum height, in joist space, in all locations throughout entire building, unless otherwise shown. R. 1 -1/2" hose racks shall be located to cover all areas of the rack structure. S. Earthquake bracing shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The firm, company, corporation, or partnership producing and providing the materials and labor of this Section shall have at least 10 years experience performing scope of work described and required by these Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings (6 sets) for the following items in accordance with Division 1. 1. Engineered fabrication drawings showing main, and line elevations, sizes, and routing, and certified flow test data, including site plan showing connections to main. 2. Show ductwork, lights, registers, grilles, diffusers, heat detection devices, ceiling grids, beam, joist, truss and other items of possible interference with proper function or routing of the system and component devices such as access panels, clear stories, display structures, skylights, atriums, etc. 3. Hydraulic calculations, with hydraulic points of calculations shall be prepared in a form with appropriate information as required and acceptable to all reviewing and jurisdictional agencies. 4. All drawings and calculations shall be reviewed and accepted by the jurisdictional fire department, building department, fire marshal, as applicable, and the insurance carrier or insurance reviewing authority prior to submitting by all agencies, as appropriate, shall be certified by name of reviewer, agency, and date affixed to the plans or reproducibles submitted to the Engineer. None will be accepted nor reviewed until compliance with these terms has been established. 5. All drawings contained in this submittal including calculation, shall bear the stamp and signature of a registered Professional Engineer employed by this contractor. B. Submit Product Data for the following items in accordance with Division 1. Fire Protection 1. Pipe, fittings, hangers, attachment devices, valves, and specialties including manufacturers catalogue information. Submit performance ratings, roughin details, weights, support requirements and piping connections. 2. Sprinkler heads and escutcheons. 15300 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Specialty valves and devices. 4. Flow and pressure switches. 5. Alarms and connecting devices. 6. Wiring diagrams for all switches and alarms. C. Submit printed Operating Instructions and Maintenance Data for the following items in accordance with Division 1 and Operating and Maintenance Data paragraph in Section 15010. 1. Provide operating and maintenance data for all products and devices requiring service and maintenance including drawings and diagrams. 2. Record Drawings. a. Calculations for system. b. Test reports for system, and flow (residual) pressures. c. Wiring diagrams for system and devices. d. Product replacement part numbers. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall not fabricate or install any piping until he has assured himself that the piping can be run as contemplated in cooperation with Contractors of other divisions of the Work and the physical constraints of the Structural and Architectural Work. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Provide original copies of all warranties and extended warranties for specific equipment where specified and in accordance with Section 15010. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ABOVE- GROUND PIPING A. Pipe and Joints: 1. Black steel and galvanized steel threaded or roll grooved schedule 40 conforming to ANSI /ASTM 153. Light wall conforming to ANSI ASTM A -135 or A -795. All pipe shall conform NFPA #13, Chapter 3 and Factory Mutual. B. Fittings: Fire Protection 1. Threaded cast iron 175 psi minimum and in accordance with developed system pressures, conforming to ANSI B16.4. Threaded malleable iron 175 psi minimum and in accordance with developed system pressures, conforming to ANSI B16.3. 15300 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. Weld type fittings: Buttweld conforming to ANSI B16.9. Flanges conforming to ANSI B16.25. Socket weld conforming to ANSI B16.11. All welds by certified welder in accordance with Section 15050. 3. Grooved fittings and couplings shall conform to ASTM -A47 (malleable), ASTM 536 (ductile), or AS'tM -106 GRB (forged steel), ASTM A -53 type E, F, or S GRB (nipples), ANSI B -16.5 or B16.1 cast iron and carbon steel flanges. Fittings and couplings must be a listed combination of coupling, fitting and groove per NFPA, U.L. and F.M. Listing guides. All fittings and couplings are to be from a single manufacturer. No segmentally welded fittings will be allowed. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers of grooved fittings and couplings: Victaulic, Grinnell, Stockham. C. Valves: 1. All valves are to be indicating type. 2. All valves U.L. listed, F.M. approved. 3. General: Fire Protection a. Provide valves as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings complete with accessories and attachments as required and appropriate. b. Supply valves for proper pressure ratings determined by the system working pressures at point of use and of proper types for systems and functions indicated. c. Provide like type valves of one manufacturer only unless specified otherwise. d. Mark valves requiring approval by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual Engineering Division (FM) with appropriate markings cast into the valve body. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Ball Valves: Nibco, Milwaukee, Victaulic. b. Gate Globe and check valves (flanged): Nibco, Milwaukee, Grinnell, Kennedy, Stockham. c. Check valves (wafer): Nibco, Victaulic, Grinnell. d. Butterfly: Milwaukee, Victaulic, Nibco, Grinnell. e. Post indicator: Nibco, Stockham, Grinnell. f. Swing check valve (grooved): Grinnell, Victaulic, Central. 15300 -5 Gast Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 5. Ball Valves: Two piece bronze construction with teflon seats, standard port, blow out proof stem and positive shutoff, suitable for 125 lbs. saturated steam or 400 lbs non -shock water pressure. Nibco KT -580 or equal. 6. Gate and Globe Valves: • a. Pipe sizes 2" and smaller: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, flanged or soldered ends. b. Pipe sizes 2 -1/2" and larger: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, OS &Y, renewable composition disc, flanged ends, screw in bonnets not permitted. 7. Check Valves: a. Flanged swing disc type - Cast iron body, renewable cast bronze disc and seat ring, flanged ends. Nibco F -908B or equal. b. Wafer - Cast iron body, butterfly style, spring actuated, rubber seat. c. Threaded swing disc type - Bronze body, renewable disc. Nibco KT -403W. d. Grooved swing disc type - Cast iron body, renewable disc, stainless steel seat ring. Must be used with couplings from the same manufacturer, Grinnell F514 or equal. 8. Butterfly Valves: Bronze body, bronze housings, stainless steel disc with teflon seat. Valve to have built -in tamper switch. Switch to be contained in a NEMA 1 housing. GEM BB -SCS01 or equal. 9. Post Indicator Valve: Cast iron body, bronze trim, non -rising stem, OS &Y with vertical or wall post indicator Flanged: Nibco F-609 or equal. Mech Joint: Nibco M -609 or equal. Indicator: Nibco N1P1 (vertical) /Nibco N1P -2 (horizontal) or equal. D. Hangers, Supports, and Accessories: Fire Protection 1. All hangers, attachments and components U.L. listed, F.M. approved. 2. Power driven studs shall not be included in normal installation. Permission to use this type anchoring system must be accepted by the Structural Engineer prior to submitting pricing or bids to any contractor or agent relative to this project. 3. Provide hangers, rods, clamps, brackets, attachments, inserts, bracing, nuts, coach screws, eye bolts, clips, plates, and washers as required for appropriate installation for building structure provided. 4. Beam and bar joist clamps shall be appropriate for attachment locations, top beam, bottom beam, etc., and provided with retainer rods, clips or straps as required. 5. Support piping per the requirements of NFPA. 15300 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 6. Riser clamps shall be provided on all vertical risers at each floor and shall conform to materials and protective coatings or pads as specified in this Article. Clamps shall be similar and equivalent to B -Line B -3131 and B -3148. 2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The following manufacturers are acceptable, providing the product to be considered is equivalent in every respect to the nomenclature, style, material, finish, and color provided by the specified make and model. 1. Sprinkler Heads, Alarm, Detector Check Valves, Sprinkler Emergency Cabinets, and Specialties: Central, Grinnell, Gem, Reliable, Viking, Globe, Potter Electric, Notifier, System Sensor. 2. Escutcheons: Beaton Corbin, Reliable, Central, Viking, GEM. B. Sprinkler Heads: 1. Schedule Type Standard Recessed Sidewall (Recessed) Sidewall (Recessed) (NA = Not Applicable) Pendent Upright Pendent w /cup Std. Extended Coverage Model Frangible glass. GEM F980 GEM F972 CENTRAL GB CENTRAL GB 2. All finished areas with soffit ceiling to have chrome plated semi- recessed frangible glass heads. 3. All finished areas with suspended ceiling to have chrome plated pendent frangible glass heads with matching one piece escutcheon. 4. Exposed areas to have standard upright head with brass finish. C. Escutcheons: 1. Manufacturer: GEM Type One piece 7/16" deep Two piece 3/8" deep Ivtodel A B 2. Two piece escutcheons are prohibited from use on project - except for recessed sprinkler head installation or where flush escutcheon assembly is specified. D. Sprinkler Head Cabinets Fire Protection 15300 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Manufacturer: GEM Model 740 for 6, 12, or 24 heads complete with appropriate heads, wrench and mounting. 2. In addition to heads actually required, furnish a stock of extra sprinkler heads of amounts as recommended by National Fire Protection Association including a minimum of six (6) heads of each type and temperature rating used and two (2) suitable socket wrenches. E. Sprinkler Head Guard: 1. Manufacturer: GEM Model F774 & F776. F. Water Flow and Pressure Switches: 1. Paddle Type Flow Switch, for pipe sizes 2" thru 8 ", retard adjustment from 0 to 70 seconds instantly recycling. Manufacturer: Notifier Model: WFD - 120 VAC - Dual Contacts 2. Paddle Type Flow Switch for pipe sizes 1" and 1 -1/2 ", restart adjustment from 0 to 70 seconds instantly recycling. Manufacturer: Notifier. Model: NFD- 1/1 -1/2 120 VAC - Dual Contacts G. Supervisory Switches: 1. Post indicator valve, and gear operator type: Manufacturer: Notifier Model: NIP 120 VAC 2. Gate, OS &Y, and other exposed rising stem type valves: H. Alarms: Fire Protection Manufacturer: Notifier Model: NGV or SGV 120 VAC 1. Exterior Audible and Visual Alarm: a. Manufacturer: Notifier Model: Surface Unit: 7004 -115 Box: WBB b. Provide with flasher, surface or recessed flush mounting in weather proof enclosure. c. Acceptable manufacturers: Notifier, Simplex, Wheelock. 15300 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Verify all dimensions before proceeding with the work. Obtain field measurements for work required to be accurately fitted to other construction. Be responsible for the accuracy of such measurements and precise fitting and assembly of finished work. Prefabrication of systems is done at this Contractor's own risk. B. Coordination: Coordinate all work and placement of components with other trades, be responsible for complete coordination of design and field installation, including remedial field work required to eliminate conflicts and provide an acceptable finished product. 3.2 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, CUTS AND RESTORATION A. Provide all excavations and backfill in accordance with Section 15050 - Basic Materials and Methods. B. Cuts •- Restoration: 1. All concrete, asphalt, or other hard permanent surface shall be saw cut. Turf areas shall be cut clean with straight edge. 2. Restore all planted, paved, and surfaced areas to original color, texture arid condition, replanting where necessary and left in the same or better condition as was found existing. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide a complete operable system designed and installed in accordance with applicable local, state, federal and jurisdictional codes, enforcement agencies and insurance rating or underwriting agencies. Earthquake bracing shall be in accordance wtih NFPA 13. B. All systems shall be drainable with proper drainage devices, and drain terminations either to exterior of building or to proper receptacles within building. C. All systems shall be supported and braced for conformance to proper and applicable standards. D.. Care shall be taken with chrome plated or other polished finish components so that marring does not occur to the finish, and installation provides for a uniform pattern and true installation. E. Where piping passes thru masonry units or concrete walls or floors or other building construction, sleeves must be used. Where exposed piping passes thru finished work, chrome plated or other finish acceptable to Architect, split wall plates or escutcheons shall be installed to fit snugly around piping. Where rated walls are penetrated, approved safing shall be provided at each hole to assure effectiveness of construction as a fire stop. F. All openings for piping should be anticipated and coordinated with General Contractor. Indicate such openings on the shop drawings. Any additional cutting of openings must have the written approval of the Architect. Fire Protection 15300 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington G. Contractor shall complete the automatic fire sprinlder ready for operation, in all respects, as soon as possible. When system is complete and ready for continuous operation, activate the system for its intended use. After system has been activated for continuous use, water charges, if any will be paid for by the Owner. H. Provide identification signs of the standard design adopted by the Automatic Sprinkler Industry, attaching same to all valves, drains, test connections, etc., with chain around body of valve in such a way that the sign cannot be removed without opening link. I. Provide hydraulic placard indicating the location of calculated system, the discharge density over designed area of discharge, including gallons per minute and residual pressure demand at the base of riser. Place this sign at the system control valve. J. Four (4) copies of approved sprinkler system diagram showing function and location shall be provided by this Contractor to Architect for approval. Mount two (2) copies in painted glazed frames in building; hand where directed. K. Use no face bushings. L. All threaded piping shall have teflon thread sealant with no more than 3 threads showing. M. During construction, make one fire hose outlet available without delay, for the fire department. 3.4 PIPE HANGERS /SUPPORTS A. Use inserts, anchors, expansion bolts or other approved and acceptable means of attachment to concrete construction. Set inserts in advance of concrete installation, provide required reinforcement rod for all inserts carrying loading equivalent of one 4" pipe or more. All inserts shall be flush with face of slab or wall containing insert. B. Provide flat square washers for rods thru metal decking with nut above washer, when acceptable and approved. C. Cinch hangers to carry appropriate share of loading and slope piping without sags or "pocketing" as appropriate and required. D. Rod offsets, or angle installation, plumber tape or wire will not be accepted. Hanger rods shall be true and plumb. E. Piping shall not be hung from other piping or equipment items. Provide attachments to building structure only. Use trapeze, wall brackets, knee brackets, etc., where hanger rods cannot be attached within spacing plumb to structures. Fire Protection 15300 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.5 PERFORMANCE A. General: Systems shall be engineered and designed for proper densities, ease of maintenance and accessibility. Final flow tests shall be made to prove system design and installation. 3.6 TESTING AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION A. The entire system shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psig for not less than 2 hours with 0 psig pressure drop. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect's representative - mandatory. B. Obtain certificate of compliance and completion for jurisdictional agencies, and present to Owner - mandatory. Fire Protection END OF SECTION 15300 -11 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Water Piping B. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping C. Domestic Water Heater and Accessories D. Plumbing Specialties E. Natural Gas Piping 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of the Documents. B. Section 15400 Contractor shall review all sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1. Plumbing Drainage Institute "Standard WH- 201 ". 2. The American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) Standards 1001, 1003, 1003 -1, 1005, 1008, 1009, 1010, 1011, 1012, 1013, 1014, 1015, 1016, 1017, 1018, 1019, 1020, 1021, 1023, 1024, 1025. 3. National Sanitation Foundation (N.S.F.) 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for the following items under provisions of Division 1: 1. Pipe, fittings, couplings, solder, joint materials. 2. Drains 3. Cleanouts 4. Domestic Water Heaters Plumbing Systems 15400 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 5. Fixtures and Trim 6. Faucets, Supplies and Stops 7. Specialties and Special Systems B. Submit printed Operating Instructions and Maintenance Data for the following items in accordance with Division 1 and Operating and Maintenance Data Paragraph in Section 15010. 1. Domestic Water Heater 2. Fixtures and Trim 3. Faucets, Supplies & Stops 4. Specialties and Special Systems C. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports showing compliance with the pressure test and disinfection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FTITINGS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION A. Interior Tube Supported by Hangers and Clamps: 1. Provide type L copper tube for all water distribution piping inside building /structure, with wrought copper fittings and couplers up to 6 ", cast brass or bronze fittings and couplers for sizes 6" and larger. 2.2 JOINT MATERIAL FOR COPPER PIPING A. Perform soldering or brazing within the following standards and with the acceptable products as follows: Plumbing Systems Designation Silver Standard Type Silver 95 -5 Method Brazing Solder ASTM B -260 AWS A5.8 Class BCup -5 SnSb 154.00-2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington Maximum . Minimum Properties (Percent) (Percent) Antimony 0 5 Copper 80 0 Phosphorous 5 0 Silver 15 0 Tin 0 95 • B. Acceptable products: Silver Brazing Materials: 5 -115 (Allstate), "Sil -Fos" (Handy and Harmon), or Phoson 15 (United Wire and Supply). 2.3 JOINT MATERIAL FOR SCREWED PIPING A. Make -up screwed joints with not more than three (3) threads showing using Teflon tape or Teflon joint sealing compound. 2.4 SOIL DRAIN WASTE AND VENT PIPE FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. Interior Buried Pipe and Fittings: 1. Provide cast iron (centrifugally cast) service weight (SV) soil pipe with cast iron drainage fittings to a point 5 -0" beyond building excavation line. Joints materials and system shall be hub and spigot with neoprene gaskets and lubricants conforming to ASA -021 and ASTM C -564 SV pattern. Gaskets and lubricants shall be equal to Tyler Pipe Ty -Seal. B. Interior Soil Waste and Vent Pipe Supported by Hangers and Clamps: 1. Provide S.V. cast iron pipe No Hub System using neoprene gaskets and Series 300 heavy duty bonded stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies similar to Alabama Pipe Co. "No Hub ", in accordance with CISPI #301 -64T. C. Copper Waste, Vent and Soil Pipe and Fittings shall be prohibited on this project. D. Where stack pressures may theoretically exceed 50 psi, use "Clamp All" couplings with restrained joints horizontal and vertical up to 80 psig. For pressures above 80 psi or on sump pump and sewer ejector discharge, use schedule 40 ASTM A -53 galvanized steel pipe with threaded cast iron drainage fittings. Roll grooved schedule 40 pipe with Victaulic Style 77M galvanized couplers may be used on horizontal and vertical stacks and mains. Use teflon tape or compound for all threaded joint make -up. 2.5 CONDENSATE DRAIN A. Provide type DWV copper tubing with drainage fittings for pipe sizes 1 -1/4" and larger. B. Provide type DWV copper tubing with wrought copper fittings for pipe sizes smaller than 1 -1/4 ". Plumbing Systems 15400 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2.6 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM A. Buried Exterior Pipe and Fittings 1. Pipe: Schedule 40 Black Steel ASTM A -53 pipe for butt welding. 2. Fittings: Butt weld steel, ASTM -234. 3. Wrapping: Standard of serving Utility Company. v 4. High Density Polyethylene pipe and fittings: ASTM D -3350: 335434C, PPI:PE 3408/3406, Type III, Grade P34 Category 5 per ASTM D 1248, SDR 11 pipe. Risers shall be prefabricated metallic and wrapped or coated. B. Interior Exposed or Accessible: 1. Size 1/2" thru 1 -1/2" (for pressure at or less than 6" water column): Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM A 53, Grade B Fittings: Threaded malleable iron Joint Seal: Teflon Unions: Black malleable iron ground joint, bronze to iron seat, 150 lbs. class, ANSI B2.1 and ASTM A 197. 2. Size 2" and over (All pressures): Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM A135, Type S Grade A Fittings: Butt weld ASTM A 234 Unions: 150 lb. forged steel weld neck flange, ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A105. C. Interior concealed non accessible, air plenums and gas pressures above 6" water column: 1. Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM A135, Type S Grade A. 2. Fittings: Butt weld ASTM A 234 3. Unions: 150 lb. forged steel weld neck flange, ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A105. 2.7 DRAINS - FLOOR DRAINS A. Provide drains as scheduled on Drawings. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Zurn, Josam, J.R. Smith, Wade, Jonespec. 2.8 CLEANOUTS A. General: Cleanouts shall consist of bronze plug. Floor cleanouts to be furnished with flashing clamp device and set in the center of a 24" x 24" flashing pan except for slab on grade or grade cleanout applications. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Zum, Josam, J.R. Smith, Wade, Jonespec. Plumbing Systems 15400 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 4 1 C. Floor Cleanouts (F.C.O.): All F.C.O. to have satin nickel bronze tops except as specified otherwise. Floor Surface Slab on Grade Upper Floor or over Crawl w /Occupied Spaces Spaces Below 1. Finished concrete 56020 -15 -58540 56020 -15 -41 -58540 Surface 2. Tiled Surface 56020 -12 -15 -58540 56020- 12 -15 -41 -58540 3. Terrazzo Surface 56020 -13 -15 -58540 56020- 13 -15 -41 -58540 4. Resin Matrix Surface 56020 -15 -30 -58540 56020- 15 -30 -41 -58540 5. Carpet 56020 -14 -15 -58540 56020- 14 -15 -41 -58540 6. For warehouse and storage areas where heavy wheel load traffic is possible provide Josam 56040 -5 -15 -58540 floor cleanouts. 7. Use Josam 56030 and 56060 series cleanouts with modifications listed above, for spigot or no hub type connections. D. Wall Cleanouts (WCO) 1. Provide at base of all sanitary and storm stacks. 2. For pipe spaces and walls without access: a. Josam 58890 - 58540 -19 -17 (use tapped C.O. tee) E. Cleanout Plugs (CO) 1. For accessible pipe spaces and exposed sewer piping (end of main, heel, wyes, etc.) a. Josam 58540 plug with tapped spigot no hub or hub type. 2.9 ELECTRIC POWERED STORAGE TYPE WATER HEATERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A.O. Smith 2. Ruud 3. State Industries B. Description and Schedule: 1. Provide energy efficient blanket for foam insulation R =16 minimum, glass -lined tank rated for 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi test ASME Code Construction UL listed and in conformance with ASHRAE 90 Energy Conservation Standards. Plumbing Systems 15400 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. Provide ASME certified pressure and temperature relief valve, built -in heat trap to prevent thermal syphoning, low watt density, "INCOLOY" immersion heating elements. Density shall not exceed 80 watts per square inch at 240 volts. 3. Provide magnesium anode rod, cold water dip tube, enameled steel jacket, pre - wired, accessible control and wiring block, one thermostat for each element, thermostats to be surface mounted and adjustable from 100 to 190 deg. F manual limiting switches]. 4. Schedule: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Provide one year standard warranty. 2.10 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. Shock absorbers (Water Hammer Arrestors) (SA): 1. General: Provide shock absorbers of the sizes shown (coded) on the Drawings and in conformance with recommendations of P.D.I. (Plumbing Drainage Institute) Standard WH -201. 2. Manufacturer: Precision Plumbing Products, (PPP), Watts, Sioux Chief, Jonespec. 3. Schedule: P.D.I. Size Code Size Make ilnlet/Inches) SA -1 A PPP 1/2" SA -2 B PPP 3/4" SA -3 C PPP 1" SA-4 D PPP 1 -1/4" SA -5 E PPP 1 -1/2" SA -6 F PPP 2" B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer: (RPBFP) 1. General: Provide reduced pressure backflow preventers approved by State Health Department and University of Southern California Foundations for Cross Contamination Control Research. Size unit for full line size, extend unit drains to floor drains with funnel below backflow preventer discharge. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Febco, Watts, Wilkens. Plumbing Systems 15400 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 3. Schedule: Pipe Size Code Inches Mae Model BFP -1 3/4 thru 2 C. Sillcocks (SC) Funnel Part No. Febco 825Y -BD AGD -Y 1. Furnish and install where shown on plans the following sillcocks. Sillcock, housing and I vacuum breaker shall be chrome plated bronze finish. Vacuum breaker shall be permanently affixed to the sillcock so that it will become "non- removable" and vandal- proof. 1 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Woodford 3. Schedule: As indicated on Drawings. 1 . D. Trap and Supplies Insulation 1. Provide on all lavatories in public restrooms or where ADA complying lavatory/sink fixtures as required, insulation on p -traps and supplies. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Truebro 2.11 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 1 A. Furnish and install fixtures of the type and quantity as indicated and scheduled on the drawings. All fixtures, flush valves, and fixture trim shall be of the same manufacturer wherever possible. (1 ( B. All exposed metal parts required for the fixture installation shall be chromium plated or provided with chrome plated cover tube, unless otherwise noted. This includes fixture connections, stops, supplies, "P" traps, etc. ! C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Enameled steel, cast iron, and vitreous china: Kohler - Eljer - American Standard - Briggs - Crane. 2. Molded Stone: Fiat - Florestone - Stem Williams - Arco. 1. 3. Electric Water Coolers: Elkay - Halsey Taylor - Haws - Suncroc - Filtrine - Oasis. 4. Flush Valves: Sloan Royal. 5. Toilet Seats: Olsonite - Benek - Sperzel. 6. Traps, Stops, Supplies, Airgaps, Drains: Kohler - Eljer - American Standard - Bridgeport - Brasscraft - Dearborn. 7. Chair Carriers: Josam - J.R. Smith - Zurn - Wade, Jonespec. Plumbing Systems 15400 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 8. Faucets (Standard Two Handle): Sterling - Chicago Faucet - Kohler - American Standard -Eljer - Valley - Delta - Moen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WA'1'BR DISTRIBUTION A. Preparation: 1. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of fixture and equipment locations before proceeding with the Work. Obtain field measurements for work required. Be responsible for the accuracy of such measurements for precise rough -in, and connections of fixtures and equipment. 2. Clean surfaces of piping, leave ready for painting or identification as required. 3. All copper tube and fittings shall be reamed and buffed prior to soldering or brazing. 4. The use of 50 -50 solder of any class, for joint makeup or back -up for finishing is prohibited. 5. Refer and conform to the Copper Development Association instructions for proper preparation and installation practice for all soldered and brazed joints. 6. Support and install water tube in accordance with Section 15050 and local seismic requirements. B. Installation: 1. Service: The domestic water service, water meter, required valves, etc., to be furnished and installed as required by Jurisdictional water company. 2. Run piping as direct as possible to required connections, and sloped to drain valves at low points for complete system drain -down. Locate drain valves at accessible points within the system. 3. Sleeve and caulk wall or floor penetrations of water services with non - hardening adhesive sealant compound. 4. Provide unions at connections to fixtures and equipment including valves when union trim is not furnished as a standard part of the equipment trim or where items cannot be removed from line without unions. 5. Provide adequate allowance for expansion, contraction and vibration in the piping system by isolation, looping and anchoring means. C. Sterilization: Plumbing Systems 15400 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Sterilize potable water piping with a chlorine solution containing not less than 50 parts per million of the pipe volume. Chlorine shall consist of either liquid chlorine or sodium hypochlorite solution. No gas chlorine will be permitted. 2. Maintain chlorine solution in the system for a period of not less than 8 hours, during which . time open and close all valves and faucets at least 3 times. 3. After the sterilization period is completed, flush the entire system with potable water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million. 3.2 SANITARY & VENT A. Preparation: 1. Field Measurements: Verify routing and dimensions, equipment and fixture connection locations before proceeding with the Work. Obtain field measurements for work required. Be responsible for the accuracy of such measurements for precise rough -in, and connections of fixtures, drains and equipment. B. Installation: 1. Service: Make connections to public sanitary sewer as applicable and in accordance with rules and regulations of Jurisdictional utility company. 2. Provide bedding, restraints and hangers as appropriate and in accordance with manufacturers recommendations based upon type of pipe, fittings, joints, and bury depth using final finished grading as the basis. 3. Piping shall be run true, plumb, and straight, with all restraints and hangers adjusted to carry their proportional load and locked to prevent pipe "wag" misalignment, movement or shear. 4. Provide anchors for piping risers on every floor using riser clamps, wall brackets, knee brackets, and foot blocks for all vertical piping over 20 feet straight height. 5. Furnish and install all soil, waste and vent piping for the complete sanitary system in accordance with jurisdictional code requirements. 6. All soil and waste piping shall be run at a slope of not less than 1/4" per foot (2.08 %) All storm piping 4" and over shall be run at a slope of not less than 1/8" (1.04 %) per foot or as noted on drawings. 7. Bushings in soil waste or vent piping shall be rohibited. Tapped spigots or tees shall be P PP used when changing from cast iron pipe to steel waste or vent piping, and for appropriate cleanout plug. 8. The waste connections between fixtures and their respective collection and venting systems shall consist of galvanized steel nipples and cast iron drainage fittings copper nipples are prohibited. Plumbing Systems 15400 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 9. All interior waste, soil, and vent piping up to 1 -1/4" shall consist of galvanized steel with cast iron drainage fittings, all piping 1 -1/2" and over shall consist of S.V. cast iron soil pipe and fittings. 10. All pipe and fittings shall have affixed thereon the CISPI grade mark of identification. 11. All vents shall be installed through the roof of at least the minimum size as required by jurisdictional code and shall be cast iron. Vents shall be secured rigidly to eliminate "wagging ". 12. All vents protruding through the roof shall be not less than 3" size and extended to not less than 12 inches above the finished roof, and flashed per roofing manufacturers recommendation. 13. All vents shall be located in accordance with jurisdictional code and in no case less than two (2) feet from roof edge or parapet, or wall line of an "on the roof structure ". 14. Provide all expansion joints, braces, earthquake restraints as required by the contract documents and jurisdictional authority for local seismic requirements. 3.3 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM A. Preparation: 1. Field Measurements: Verify routing and dimensions, equipment and fixture connection locations before proceeding with the Work. Obtain field measurements for work required. Be responsible for the accuracy of such measurements for precise roughin and connections of equipment. B. Installation: 1. Install "tee" fitting with bottom outlet fitted with a line size 6" long nipple and capped at bottom of pipe risers or drops. 2. Use dielectric unions where dissimilar metals are joined together. 3. Remove cutting and threaded burrs before assembling piping. 4. Plug each gas outlet, including valves, with threaded plug or cap immediately after installation and to remain until continuation of piping or equipment connections are completed. 3.4 DRAINS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate placement with other trades and building structure for elimination of interference. B. Preparation: Plumbing Systems 15400 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Field Measurements: Verify locations of equipment before proceeding with installation. Obtain measurements and be responsible for the accuracy of such measurements and precise fitting, rough -in and placement of finished work. C. Drain, strainer, and grate finishes shall be as specified, cover all fmished surface surfaces during construction to prevent damage. D. Install drains with "P" pattern traps and vents as required. E. All drain bodies shall be plugged during construction to prevent foreign obstacles, dirt concrete etc. from entering the drain and drainage piping. F. Drains shall be set flush and level with finished surfaces, with grate pattern parallel or perpendicular to adjacent walls or floor patterns. G. Flash all drains on roofs, upper floors, and floor over crawl spaces with 24" x 24" minimum flashing pans. Shower pans shall be turned up in walls to a minimum of 6" above the shower receptor threshold. H. Clean and polish all drain bowls, rims, strainers, and grates prior to final inspection. 3.5 CLEANOUTS A. Provide cleanouts at 50 feet on center for all interior sanitary and storm piping, 100 feet on center for all exterior sanitary and storm piping or as required by jurisdictional code. B. Provide appropriate access tops for imposed construction. C. Coordinate interior floor cleanout locations with contractor for Division - Concrete. D. Provide 24" x 24" minimum flashing pans and clamp devices for all cleanouts located on upper floors or floors over crawl spaces. E. Clean and polish all cleanout access covers prior to final inspection. F. Cleanout access covers shall be flush and level with finished building surfaces. G. Install cleanout plugs on exposed or accessible piping. H. Provide wall cleanouts where piping is concealed in walls or non accessible chases, use tapped cleanout tee or tapped extension to within 4" of wall face. Do not use no -hub type blind plugs for wall cleanouts. I. Provide 12" x 12" x 8" thick 3000 lb. concrete pads for all grade cleanouts. Concrete shall be in accordance with Division 3 - Concrete. Tops of pads to be 1" above finish grade and cleanout access flush and level and centered in pad surface. 3.6 ELECTRIC POWERED STORAGE TYPE WATER HEATERS Plumbing Systems 15400 -11 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington A. Coordinate electrical service and control with Division 16 Contractor in accordance with Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. B. Set level and plumb, adjust elements to proper sequence and temperature setting. C. Provide ASME temperature and pressure relief valve with full size discharge piped and air gapped to nearest floor drain or other acceptable receptacle. D. Provide vacuum breaker, hose and drain valve, mixing valve, blending chamber shut off valves and dielectric connections. 3.7 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES A. Shock Absorbers: 1. Each shock absorber shall be installed with a full sized ball valve and access means. B. Hose Bibbs or Sillcocks: 1. Each hose bibb, hose valve or sillcock shall be installed with accessible ball valve or stop and drain valve in branch line ahead of outlet. 2. Anchor all sillcocks with anchor flange provided by the manufacturer. C. Backflow Prevention Devices: 1. Provide 8 inch diameter funnel one inch below backflow preventer discharge. Funnel to be supported from adjacent piping or building structure in an approved manner by means of angle iron, pipe clamps, Unistrut clamps, charge pipe from funnel as required and open site drain to floor drain. 2. Install clean and test assembly in place in accordance with the state of Colorado Cross Connection Control Manual. D. Relief Valves: 1. Each relief valve shall be installed with a drain, full size of relief valve opening, piped to floor drain location. Open site drain to floor drain or service sink. 3.8 FIXTURES AND TRIM A. Examination: Examine the contract documents and provide all necessary attachments, accessories, support equipment and materials as necessary to fit allocated spaces. B. Field Measurements: Verify all dimensions and installation requirements so that work can be accurately fitted to other construction and in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. Be responsible for accuracy of measurements and adequate space requirements for the precise fitting and assembly of finished work. C. Provide fixture supplies and stops on every individual fixture or appliance. Plumbing Systems 15400 -12 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Stops shall be compression by compression types with flexible straight copper tube risers, loose key, screw driver or wheel handle stops. Provide one key per fixture for all loose key (L.K.) stops. E. All components, stops, risers, inlet pipe and escutcheon shall be chrome plated brass, polished stainless steel, or special finish as specified for fixture trim. F. Flush valves, supplies and stops shall be anchored rigidly behind walls, eliminating push or pull movement. G. All wall and floor mounted fixtures shall be caulked with a non - hardening white or fixture color match for colored fixtures adhesive elastomeric sealant compound providing a watertight seal at the joint with the walls or floor. H. Adjustment: Adjust all flush valves, faucets, metering devices, shower heads, gas, air and vacuum cocks, and bubblers for proper flow and action after flushing operations are accomplished. I. Cleaning: Clean all fixtures, trim, accessories and attachments including strainers, traps, aerators, and valves. 3.9 TESTING A. Schedule of Testing Service Minimum Minimum Allowable Test Test Pressure * *Allowable Pressure Period Variance Test Methods (psig) (minutes) (psig) H2O CA 1. Potable Water X X 125 60 -0- Pipe Valves & Fittings 2. Sanitary Vent System X X 5 60 ± 1/2 3. Natural Gas Threaded Pipe X 10 3 Hrs -0- Welded Pipe and X 60 3 Hrs -0- systems carrying gas at pressures greater than 6" water column ** H2O = Water (hydrostatic test) CA = Oil Free Compressed Air B. In the event that tests fail, use a standard soap and brush inspection under line pressure. After source of failure is discovered, correct and retest system. Repeat procedure until system sustains required testing successfully. Plumbing Systems 15400 -13 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington C. Verification of tests shall be made by the General Superintendent or the Construction Manager. The witness shall sign the required test form. D. All joints, valves, fittings and piping necessary items shall be exposed to view during tests whether pipe is above or below ground. "Closed in" or "Buried" piping shall be re- exposed during testing. E. Proper restraining of piping and test plugs shall be accomplished prior to test. F. Test Records: Record pressure and ambient temperature at start and end of test. Submit written results of test to the Architect/Engineer. Plumbing Systems END OF SECTION 15400 -14 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15600 FUEL -FIRED HEATERS PART 1 - GENER L 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The Work includes but is not limited to the following equipment and systems: 1. Indirect Fired Unit Heaters 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15600 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Appropriate standards of AGA, AMCA, ANSI, ARI, ASA, ASHRAE, ASME, ASTM, AWS, ETL, IAPMO, NBS, NCPWB, NEBB, NEC, NEMA, NFPA, MSS, OSHA, and UL apply unless indicated otherwise. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract: 1. Indirect Fired Unit Heaters 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit printed data for the following items in accordance with Operation and Maintenance Data Paragraph in Section 15010. 1. Indirect Fired Unit Heaters 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect all items upon delivery for damage, taking appropriate actions to correct problems in a timely fashion to meet all project scheduling. B. Store items in a secure areas, protected from weather and damage. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Provide one -year warranty. Fuel -Fired Heaters 15600 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington PART Z.- PRODUCTS 2.1 INDIRECT -FIRED UNIT HEATERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Trane, Reznor, Modine, Sterling. B. Units: Self- contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre -wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, heat exchanger, burner or heater, controls. C. Performance Ratings: Seasonal efficiency to ANSI /ASHRAE 103. D. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed and secured access doors, glass fiber insulation and reflective liner. E. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel, welded construction. F. Supply Fan: Propeller type with direct drive motor. G. Gas Burner: Atmospheric type with adjustable combustion air supply, combination gas valve and pressure regulator incorporating manual shut -off, pilot valve, safety device, electronic pilot ignition, automatic vent damper, and draft diverter. H. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Thermo- couple sensor prevents opening of solenoid gas valve until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. I. Burner Operating Controls: 1. Room Thermostat: Cycles burner to maintain room temperature setting. 4 2. High Limit Control: Fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energizes burner on high bonnet temperature and re- energizes when temperature drops to lower value. 3. Fan Control: Bonnet thermostat independent of burner controls, cycles supply fan, with manual switch for continuous fan operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FUEL -FIRED HEATERS A. Verify that floors and ceilings are ready for installation of units and openings are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. C. Verify that proper fuel supply is available for connection. D. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Install to NFPA 90A and ANSI /NFPA 90B. F. Install gas fired furnaces to ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54). Fuel -Fired Heaters 15600 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington G. Provide vent connections to ANSI /NFPA 211. H. Mount counterflow furnaces installed on combustible floors on support base. I. Provide vibration isolation per Section 15240. Fuel -Fired Heaters END OF SECTION 15600 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15780 PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The work includes but is not limited to the following equipment and systems: 1. Rooftop Units 2. Smoke Detectors in Ductwork 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15780 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Appropriate standards of AGA, AMCA, ANSI, ARI, ASA, ASHRAE, ASME, ASTM, AWS, CDA, ETL, NCPWB, NEC, NEMA, NFPA, MSS, OSHA, and UL apply unless indicated otherwise. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract: 1. Rooftop Units 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit printed data for the following items in accordance with Operation and Maintenance Data Paragraph in Section 15010. 1. Rooftop Units 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect all items upon delivery for damage, taking appropriate steps to correct problems in a timely fashion to meet all project scheduling. B. Store items in a secure area, protected from weather and damage. Packaged Air Conditioning Units 15780 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1.7 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide an extra set of disposable filters for each unit for installation at time of acceptance of project by Owner. B. Provide as spare set of fan belts for each belt driven unit, tagged with Plan Code. C. Obtain signed receipt from Owner's representative that spare filters have been installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Carrier, Lennox B. Provide roof - mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. Units shall be self - contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, exhaust fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, condenser coil and condenser fan and shall incorporate the NOVAR DDC Control System. C. Fabrication 1. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, access doors or removable access panels with quick fasteners. Structural members shall be minimum 18 gauge, with access doors or removable panels of minimum 20 gauge. Unit to be water and air tight. 2. Insulation: 1" thick neoprene coated glass fiber on surfaces where conditioned air is handled. Protect edges from erosion. 3. Heat Exchangers: aluminized of welded construction. 4. Supply Fan: Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with direct drive motor. 5. Air Filters: One inch thick glass fiber disposable media. 6. Roof Mounting Curb: Galvanized steel, channel frame with gaskets, nailer strips. Bolt RTU thru curb to roof structure. D. Gas Heating 1. Gas Burner: Atmospheric type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut -off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100 percent shut -off pilot, stages as indicated on Drawings. 2. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve to open. Packaged Air Conditioning Units 15780 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de- energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe valve. 4. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures an independent of burner controls, or adjustable time delay relays with switch for continuous fan operation. E. Evaporator Coil: Provide copper tube aluminum fm coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. Provide thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circulating thermostatic expansion valves. F. Compressor 1. Provide hermetic or semi- hermetic compressor, 3600 rev /min maxi um, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure afety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. 2. Five minutes timed off circuits shall delay compressor start. 3. Outdoor thermostat shall energize compressor above 57 °F ambient. 4. Provide step capacity control by cycling compressors. G. Condenser 1. Provide copper tube aluminum fm coil assembly with subcooling rows. I2. Provide direct drive propeller fans, resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 3. Provide refrigerant pressure switches or outdoor thermostat to cycle condenser fans. H. Outside /Return Air 1. Economizer: Provide outside, return, and relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity up to 100% to reduce cooling load on compressor(s). Provide adjustable minimum setting capability. Outside air dampers shall fail to closed position. 2. Power Exhaust: Forward curved fan with direct drive motor per Section 15050 to exist in relief of excess supply air during economizer operation. 3. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets. 4. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil with spring return on units 7.5 ton cooling capacity and larger. I. Temperature Controls Packaged Air Conditioning Units 15780 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Provide low voltage, adjustable thermostat to control burner operation, compressor and condenser fan, and supply return fan to maintain temperature setting. Include system selector switch (off -heat- auto -cool) and fan control switch (auto -on). 2. Provide electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat, as indicated. a. Room thermostat shall incorporate: 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3. Set -up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of setpoint for continuous or timed period from one hour to 31 days. 5. Short cycle protection. 6. Programming based on weekdays, Saturday and Sunday. 7. Switch selection features including U.S. type display, 12 or 24 hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, fan on -auto. b. Room thermostat display shall include: 1. Time of day. 2. Actual room temperature. 3. Programmed temperature. 4. Programmed time. 5. Duration of timed override. 6. Day of week. 7. System model indication: heating, cooling, auto, off, fan auto, .fan on. 8. Stage (heating or cooling) operation. 2.2 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Section 15780 Contractor shall be responsible for providing duct smoke detectors, UL listed, on all packaged air conditioning units having 2000 cfm or greater air delivery. Detectors shall be provided on supply and return ductwork as required by NFPA 90A and Local Code authorities. B. Provide 24 volt wiring from unit to smoke detectors and back to respective unit for shut down of fan when detector trips. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (All Sizes) A. Verify that roof is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. Verify that proper power supply is available. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Mount units on factory built roof mounting frame, providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting frame level. Provide initial start -up of operation, including routine servicing and check -out. B. Provide condensate drain with p -trap and route as indicated on drawings. Provide heat tape over all water - filled piping and pump up to sump on units with evaporative condensers. Packaged Air Conditioning Units 15780 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington C. Set and wire duct smoke detectors to unit control panel and test to prove unit shut down. END SECTION Packaged Air Conditioning Units 15780 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15850 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes but is not limited to the following equipment and systems: 1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this section and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15850 Contractor shall review all Sections of Divisions 15 and 17 for coordination and extent of work. 13 REFERENCES A. Appropriate standards of ACGIH, AGA, AMCA, ANSI, ARI, ASA, ASHRAE, ASME, ASTM, AWS, CDA, ETL, FM, IAPMO, IRI, NBS, NCPWB, NEBB, NEC, NEMA, NFPA, MSS, OSHA, SMACNA and UL apply unless indicated otherwise. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract: 1. All air handling equipment. 1.5 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit printed data for the following items in accordance with Operating Instructions and Maintenance Data of Section 15010: 1. All air handling equipment. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND AIR HANDLING A. Inspect all items upon delivery for damage, taking appropriate actions to correct problems in a timely fashion to meet all project scheduling. B. Store items in a secure area, protected from weather and damage. Air Handling Equipment 15850 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Provide one -year warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Penn, Greenheck, Cook, Acme, ILG, Jenn Fan. B. Furnish and install roof ventilators of model, size and capacity as shown on drawings. C. Housings shall be of contour type, circular, aluminum, downward deflecting air flow. D. Fan shall be the backwardly inclined type with centrifugal wheel that has been statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. E. Motor shall be installed in a totally enclosed weather -proof housing outside of the air stream and in accordance with Section 15050 motor requirements. F. Drives shall be direct drive or belt driven as indicated on the drawing. Belts shall be oil resistant with an adjustable sheave on the motor to allow changes in the fan speed. G. Ventilators shall be installed on the roof on a pre- fabricated, self - flashing aluminum curb with minimum 1 -1/2" fiberglass liner, furnished with the fan. H. Provide a factory wired non -fused disconnect switch which shall be located under the hood of the unit. I. Backdraft dampers, gravity or motorized, shall be installed on the curb of the unit unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. J. Entire air outlet of the fan shall be protected by a 1/4" mesh screen securely installed in place. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 AIR HANDLING FANS • A. Install fans where indicated in accordance with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that equipment complies with requirements and serves intended purposes. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, floor and ceiling construction, and electrical work as necessary to interface installation of air handling equipment with other work. C. Access: Provide access space around fans for service as indicated, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. D. Do not operate fans for any other purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. Air Handling Equipment 15850 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington E. Install floor - mounted fans on reinforced concrete pad in accordance with Section 15050. F. Mount fans on vibration isolators, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Section 15240. G. Electric Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory- mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division 16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start -up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer with rotation in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. If there is no rotation arrow supplied by manufacturer, install a correct rotation arrow. H. Refer to Section 15880 - Air Distribution & Sheet Metal. Provide ductwork, accessories and flexible connections as indicated. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of air handling equipment, and after motor has been energized with normal power source, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. Air Handling Equipment END OF SECTION 15850 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION AND SHEETMETAL PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This Section includes but is not limited to the following work: 1. Low Pressure Ductwork. 2. Duct Liner. 3. Manual Volume Dampers. 4. Factory-made Flexible Metal Ductwork. 5. Flexible duct fan connections. 6. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements apply to this Section. Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15880 Contractor shall review all Sections of Division 15 for coordination and extent of Work. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE, ANSI, ACGIH, ARI, ASA, AMCA, NEBB, ASTM NFPA SMACNA and UL Standards apply for all air distribution, gas vent, chimneys and sheet metal products and methods of testing and installation. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Duct sizes indicated on Construction Documents are clear inside dimensions. Where lined ductwork is indicated, increase sheetmetal duct size to accommodate required liner thickness, maintaining clear inside duct size dimensions. B.. Pressure Clarifications 1. Low Pressure:0 through 1" WG, positive or negative, air velocity 2000 feet per minute and less. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All materials and methods of ductwork construction and use of plena shall conform to NFPA 90A, 90B and 96. 1.6 SUBMITTALS Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington A. Submit shop drawings and product data for the following items in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. 1. Duct Liner 2. All Dampers 3. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA • A. Submit printed data for the following items in accordance with Operation and Maintenance Data paragraph in Section 15010. 1. All types of dampers. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. SPECIAL NOTE: Contractor shall not fabricate or install any ductwork until he has assured himself that the ductwork can be run as contemplated in cooperation with Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, Kitchen, Landscaping, and all other Divisions of Work. Report conflicts and discrepancies promptly to the Architect. B. Provide any and all offsets and fittings required to coordinate with field conditions. The lack of coordination will not constitute a change in contract price. The contract drawings are of a schematic nature only exact duct routing and field coordination is the responsibility of the Division 15880 Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTING MATERIALS A. General: Non - combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1" air duct materials, or UL 181. B. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheetmetal screws. C. Sealant: Non - hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic. D. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or all- thread. E. Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock - forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 ounce per square foot for each side in conformance with ASTM A90. F. Perforated sheetmetal to match non - perforated and shall be provided with 3/32" diameter holes on 1/4" offset centers. G. Fibrous Glass Ducts: UL 181; 1" thick rigid glass fiber with aluminum foil, glass scrim and kraft or plastic jacket vapor barrier; maximum 0.23 k value at 75 °F. H. Stainless Steel Ducts: ASTM A167, Type 304. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington I. Aluminum Ducts: ANSI /ASTM B209, aluminum sheet, alloy 3003 -H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061 -T5 or of equivalent strength. J. Concrete Ducts: ASTM C14; hub and spigot concrete sewer pipe with ANSI /ASTM C443 joints, rubber gaskets. 2.2 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gauges, reinforcing and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1 -1/2 times width of duct on center line. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. D. Provide easements where low pressure ductowrk conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. E. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inche and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. F. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded supports. 2.3 DUCT LINER A. Acceptable manufacturer: Manville, Owens - Corning, Knauf, Certainteed. B. Flexible duct liner insulation made of glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin. Airstream side of liner to be coated for eriosion prevention and be labeled "NFPA 90" or with UL label. C. Suitable for air velocities through 4000 feet per minute and air temperature up to 250 °F. D. Minimum Sound Absorption Coefficient based on Type "F -25" Mounting per ASTM C 1071. Sound Absorption Coefficient at Hertz Thickness 125 510 Loon 2000 4000 NC 1/2" 0.11 0.51 0.48 0.70 0.88 0.98 0.68 2.4 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and as indicated. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -3 Gart Sports Superstore /1555 Tukwila, Washington B. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 12" x 30 ". C. Fabricate multi -blade dampers of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade sizes of 12" x 48 ". Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware and linkage. D. Splitter dampers will not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer in writing. E. Except in round ductwork 12" and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers. provide oil- impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. F. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. Where damper shafts exceed 30" in length, provide regulator at both ends. G. Dampers larger than 48" x 48" shall be made in multiple section using connecting rods or bars. Jack shafts shall be a minimum 1" diameter with larger sizes as required for damper torque. Jack shaft supports to match damper frame material. H. On insulated duct, mount quadrant regulators on stand -off mounting brackets, bases or adapters. 2.5 FACTORY -MADE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK (Low Pressure) A. Acceptable manufacturers: Thermaflex MK -E or equivalent. B. Duct system shall consist of factory- fabricated assembly using a spring steel wire with an inner liner of continuous non - perforated flexible material. Duct shall be wrapped with fiberglass insulation, 1" thick, having a "k" factor of 0.25 maximum and be covered with a metalized polyester film vapor barrier. C. Operating temperature range -20 °F to 250 °F. 4 " -16" size: Working pressure capability of 6" WG positive. 18 " -20" size: Working pressure capability of 4" WG positive and a maximum 4000 feet per minute. D. Entire assembly to be Class 1 air duct per UL 181. E. Accessories: Spin -in collar with adjustable damper including positive locking regulator damper hardware. 2.6 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Definitions 1. Grille:A covering for an air passage opening which can be located in the sidewall, ceiling, floor or sill. Covering style can be varied and will function. t i 2. Register:A combination grille and damper assembly covering an air opening. , Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Diffuser:An air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes, and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Fixed Vane: Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, J&J Register, EH Price. 2. Adjustable Vane: Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, J&J Register, EH Price. 3. Perforated: Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, J&J Register, EH Price. 4. Linear Bar: Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, J&J Register EH Price. 5. Linear Slot: Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, J&J Register, E1-I Price. Note: When collecting submittal data, submitted style must match style as indicated on Construction Documents. C. Fixed Vane (Supply, Return, Exhaust and Transfer Air) 1. Ceiling Installation: Fixed vane grilles, registers and diffusers shall be constructed of steel frames with removable core made of either steel or aluminum. Frame shall have integral collar. Supply air outlets shall have continously gasketed frame and core shall have integral bracing to prevent rattling of vanes. Surface mounted and dropped frame margin size shall be sufficiently large enough to cover ceiling openings. Lay -in and spline frame margin sizes shall conform to the modular ceiling support grid. Provide air throw pattern and accessories as indicated on Construction Documents. Finish shall be off -white unless indicated otherwise. 2. Sidewall Installation: Fixed vane grilles and registers shall be constructed of steel frames with either steel or aluminum cores. Surface mounted frame margins shall be sufficiently large enough to cover wall openings. Provide accessories as indicated on Construction Documents. Finish shall be off -white unless indicated otherwise. D. Adjustable Vane (Supply Air only) 1. Ceiling Installation: Adjustable vane grilles, registers and diffusers shall be of steel or aluminum construction with adjustable curved blades. Surface mounted frame margin shall be sufficiently large enough to cover ceiling opening and shall be continuously gasketed. Lay -in frame margin shall conform to the modular ceiling support grid. Finish shall be off - white. Provide air flow pattern and accessories as indicated on Construction Docuemnts. 2. Sidewall Installation: Adjustable vane grilles and registers shall be of steel or aluminum construction with adjustable flat blades providing both vertical and horizontal air deflection control. Frame margin shall be continously gasketed and be large enough to cover wall opening. Finish to be off -white unless indicated otherwise. 2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington B. UL listed fire- resistant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 30 ounces per square yard, crimped into metal edging strip. 2.8 SINGLE DUCT CV FAN TERMINALS A. Acceptable manufacturers: Environmental Technologies, Metal -Aire, Titus, Krueger, Trane, Anemostat, EH Price. B. Provide single duct variable- air - volume fan terminals with performance data and capacities as indicated on drawings. Orientation of fan to primary air valve shall be of the in -series flow type for constant fan operation. Entire unit to be listed per UL or ETL. C. Fan terminals shall be constructed using zinc- coated steel having a thickness not less than 22 gauge, mechanically assembled and sealed. Casing interior shall be insulated with minimum 1/2" thick duct liner having a maximum thermal conductivity at a 75 °F mean temperature of 0.25 btu- in/hr -sf- ° F and be suited for air velocities of 4500 feet per minute minimum. Liner shall meet NFPA 90A. Raw edges of liner shall be coated with adhesive meeting NFPA 90A to seal loose fibers. Casing leakage shall not exceed 2% at 1" WG static pressure. A sliding filter rack with a 1" thick disposable fiberglass filter shall be provided at the induction air opening. D. Primary air damper shall be single blade or double -wall type. Damper movement shall be accomplsihed in a rotational arc of 45° on a shaft or a sliding action on a shaft with a rigid mounting frame. Damper leakage shall not exceed 2% of maximum cfm at 3.0" static pressure. E. Terminal shall be provided with an integral fan assembly having a backdraft damper to prevent reverse rotation. Fan shall be direct drive forward curved centrifugal type. Motor to be permanently Lubricated. Assembly to be supported using isolators to minimize vibration. A three - speed or variable speed switch with on/off position shall be provided to adjust fan spped without field rewiring. F. Heating shall be provided via an electric coil using open type nickel- chrome elements with a power primar automatic reset high temperature limit, a secondary high - temperture limit with replaceable links, single point wiring connections, step controller and proof -of- airflow switch to prevent heater operation when fan is not running. Controls shall conform to UL and NEC requirements and be UL labeled. Control cabinet shall be sheet metal with a hinged access panel. Provide wiring diagram and label indicating power requirement with kilowatt output. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHEET METAL WORK A. Provide sheet metal duct systems, connections, dampers, duct turns, housings, hinged shet metal doors and necessary removable access doors for the complete supply, return and exhaust systems. Provide access doors in ductwork wherever required for observation and maintenance of dampers. B. Duct Workmanship: Duct work to be constructed and erected in a workmanlike manner. Ducts to be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints, airtight and free from vibration under every condition of operation. The internal ends of slip joints to be made in the direction of the air flow. The ducts to be securely attached to building construction in an approved manner. Changes in dimensions and shape of the ducts shall be gradual. Duct sizes fall within the limiting dimensions indicated on the drawings unless otherwise approved. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington C. Duct Turns: 90 degree elbows up to 18" wide and 45 degree elbows consist of an inside radius of not less than 1/2" width of the duct to be furnished with single blade duct vanes with 2 -1/4" blade. spacing. 90 degree elbows larger than 18" to be equipped with airfoil type duct vanes. Shop fabricated duct vanes to conform to details of the SMACNA HVAC duct construction manual. Curved elbows shall have a center line radius equal to 1 -1/2 times the width of the duct unless indicated otherwise. D. Flexible Connections: Provide sound isolating flexible connections ont he inlet and outlet of each fan to which duct connectors are made. At least 6" slack to be allowed in fabric connections to insure that no vibration is transmitted from fan to ductwork. The fabric can either be folded in with the metal or attached with metal collar frames at each end to prevent air leakage. { E. Dampers: Opposed -blade type volume dampers to be installed where called for ont he drawings or f] otherwise necessary for proper balancing. F. Install motorized control dampers. G. Ducts to be sealed airtight and tested per SMACNA standards. 1 H. Where joints are not accessible for proper sealing, hand holes should be cut in duct and joints sealed from the inside. Special care to be taken to seal duct corners. I. Wherever exposed ducts pass through walls, floors or cielings, a 2" flanged sheet -metal collar fitting collar fitting close around ducts to be slipped along duct with flange is tight against finished surface covering edges of openings and presenting a neat appearance. Lock collar to duct. Wherever ducts penetrate floors or fire walls, seal as to maintain fire wall integrity. J. Access doors shall be installed at all automatic, fire and fire smoke dampers. K. Wherever ducts penetrate floors or fire walls, install safing insulation to maintain fire wall integrity, per Architectural Specifications. L. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist -on metal caps. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap. Provide extended neck fittings to clear insulation. 1 M, Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers, duct smoke detectors, firestats and controllers. N. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. O. Where bellmouth fittings are specifically called for on Drawings, provide standard bellmouth ifittings per SMACNA Standards. P. Medium and High Pressure Ductwork. 1 1. Do not use air turns on high velocity ductwork unless specifically called out on Drawings. Where acoustical lining is required, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Weld in place. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 2. Seal ductwork per SMACNA Standards for Seal Class A. Where joints are not accessible for proper sealing, cut hand holes in duct and seal the joints from the inside: 3. Conduct a complete ti htness test as outlined in the SMACNA High Velocity Duct Manual. 4. Total leakage of each high- velocity duct system not to exceed 1% (one percent) of total CFM requirements for any one fan distribution system. Q. Manufactured Duct Joints: The installation of the manufactured duct joints shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruction and installation manuals. R. Duct liner shall not be provided in ductwork downstream of steam humidifier manifolds. 3.2 DUCT LINER A. Dimensions of lined ductwork are clear inside dimensions after lining has been installed. B. Sound linings to be held in place with mechanical fasteners as per the latest SMACNA duct liner application standard, with joints and any tears to be coated with sealant or adhesive. The transverse joints to be coated prior to installation so that the ends of the liner are compressed together while the adhesive is still moist, forming a seal of the leading and training edge of each joint. Excess adhesive to be brushed to an even finish over the joint. C. Provide continuous sheet metal edge protectors at entering and leaving edges of lined duct sections. 3.3 FACTORY -MADE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK (Low Pressure) A. Use factory -made flexible ductwork on low pressure supply air duct systems to make final connections to grilles, registers and diffusers as indicated on drawings. Maximum length of extended flexible duct shall be eight feet. B. Install flexible ductwork in a fully extended condition, free of sags and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make the connection. C. Suspend flexible ductwork from structure on 35" centers using duct manufactuer's hanger system or with 1" width minimum hanger material as per SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. D. Any tears in vapor barrier up to 12" long may be repaired using 2 " -3" wide adhesive tape suited for vapor barrier use. Tears long than 12" long shall require replacement of the entire flexible duct section. E. Any tears occur in the inner core, replace entire flexible duct connection. 3.4 GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of grilles, registers and diffusers, making necessary adjustments in position to conform with Architectural features, symmetry and lighting arrangement. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal 15880 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 C. Section 15880 Contractor shall be responsible for final coordination of proper from type for each grille, register and diffuser on project. D. Provide balancing dampers on each duct take -off to diffusers and grilles unless indicated otherwise on Construction Documents. E. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. F. Paint, matte black, the interior of ductwork visible through grilles, registers and diffusers. Do not paint fusible link assemblies. Air Distribution and Sheetmetal END OF SECTION 15880 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15990 TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This section covers testing and balancing of environmental systems including but not limited to air distribution systems, hydronic distribution systems, and connected equipment. The testing and balancing of all environmental systems shall be the responsibility of one Testing, Balancing and Adjusting firm. The minimal standards to be met are those set forth in Chapter 34 in the 1991 edition of the ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook. B. Section 15990 Contractor shall submit bid directly to Division 15 Contractor. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this Section, and Contractor shall review and adhere to all requirements of these documents. B. Section 15990 Contractor shall review all Sections of Divisions 15 for coordination and extent of work. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR A. The Division 15 Contractor shall directly procure the services of an independent testing and balancing agency specializing in the testing, adjusting and balancing of environmental systems to perform the above mentioned work. Testing and balancing work shall be directly supervised and the results attested to by a [Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the state of the project's location. NEBB Certified Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Supervisor. All technicians performing TBA work on the project are to be certified by TABIC. Section 15990 Contractor shall have a minimum five years of documented experience as a Testing, Balancing and Adjusting Contractor. The Engineer shall represent the TBA firm in progress meetings as requested, and shall be available for interpreting all material found in the balance report. 1.4 NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR A. The Division 15 Contractor shall submit the name of the TBA firm to the Engineer within thirty days of contract award to ensure that the TBA firm is on the project from the outset of construction. Any TBA firm desiring to offer their services for this work shall submit their qualifications to the Engineer, not less than seven calendar days before the bid date. Approval or disapproval will be given on each request and this action will be given in writing prior to bidding the work. 1.5 STATUS OF SYSTEMS A. Air and water testing and balancing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order. B. Put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 15990 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington continue operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. Preliminary TBA requirements shall be ascertained prior to the commencement of work through a review of available plans and specifications for the project. In addition, visual observations at the site during construction shall be made to determine the location of required balancing devices and that they are being installed properly for the need. C. Before any air balance work is done, the system shall be checked for duct leakage, assure filters are installed, see that filters are changed if they are dirty, check for correct fan rotation, equipment vibration, and check automatic dampers for proper operation. All volume control dampers and outlets shall be wide open at this time. D. Before any hydronic balancing work is done, the system shall be checked for plugged strainers, proper pump rotation, proper control valve installation and operation, air locks, proper system static pressure to assure a full system, proper flow meter and check valve installation. All throttling devices and control valves shall be open at this time. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS A. Inspect all temperature control systems for proper sequence of operation and approximate calibration. Report any deficiencies to the responsible contractor immediately. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS OF WORK A. Balance all air and water flow to terminals within +10% to -5% of design flow quantities. Measure and record the following data. B. Air Balance 1. Air supply, return and exhaust systems with air quantities for each air device; air handling units including supply, return, mixed and outside temperatures and fan data including CFM, static pressure, fan RPM, motor running and full load amperage before and after final balance. Air diffusion patterns shall be set to minimize objectional drafts and noise. 2. The supply, return and exhaust fan static pressure shall be set by the balancing firm and the control contractor if the systems have fan volume control dampers. The duct static shall be confirmed both through the instrumentation installed on the job and by the balancing contractor. The system shall be tested in all operating modes (full return air, full outside air, modulated damper position, full cooling with the design diversity and full cooling with no diversity). System static pressure and fan motor amperages shall be recorded in all modes. The fan speed resulting in satisfactory system performance shall be determined at full design delivery inlet or outlet fan volume control dampers shall be in the wide open position and one path presenting the greatest resistance to flow shall be fully open and unobstructed. 3. Final adjustments shall include but not be limited to the following; Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 15990 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington a. Fans, Belt Drive RPM: Include sheave and belt exchange to deliver air flow within limits of installed motor horsepower and mechanical stress limits of the fan. Determine the limiting fan tip speed before increasing RPM. Final fan speed setting shall allow for predicted filter loading and shall establish proper duct pressures for operation of zone CFM regulators. b. Fans, Direct Drive 1. RPM with speed taps: Set fan speed on tap which most closely approaches design CFM. Report tap setting on equipment data sheet as high, medium or low. 2. RPM with speed control rheostat: Set output of fan at design CFM by adjusting the SCR. After adjustments, check fans ability to restart after powering down. Increase setting, if required, for proper starting. 3. CFM with variable pitch blades: Variable fixed pitch fan blades and variable in- motion pitch fan blades shall be adjusted by the manufacturer at pitch required to provide design output. Pitch angle adjustment shall not exceed recommended maximum to prevent "stall ". 4. Electric Heat a. Full load amperage of all electric heating elements. 3.3 REPORT OF WORK A. The TBA Contractor shall submit six bound copies of the final testing and balancing report at least fifteen days prior to the Mechanical Contractor's request for final inspection. All data shall be recorded on applicable reporting forms. The report shall include all operating data as listed in paragraph 3.02 above, a list of all equipment used in the testing and balancing work, and shall be signed by the supervising engineer and affixed with his certification seal. Final acceptance of this project will not take place until a satisfactory report is received. B.. When deemed necessary by the mechanical consulting engineer, the balancing firm shall run temperature and/or humidity recordings at the following locations and shall read any of the report quantities in the presence of the engineer for verification purposes. C. When all balancing is done and all dampers are set, all test holes shall be plugged and all dampers shall be marked. The following information shall be recorded in the fmal report: Design inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design CFM and velocity through the orifice, for each terminal in the system. The pitot tube traverse method for determining CFM shall be used and recorded where ever possible. D. After all balancing is complete and all coordination with the contractor and the engineer is complete, the balancing firm shall furnish a bound report which shall contain the following information: 1. RPM, drive sheave information (as installed and as changed), fan nameplate information, Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 15990 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington motor nameplate information, and amperage and voltage to all motors (in all operating modes). 2. Static pressure across all components of the system. 3. Thermal protection for all motor shall be recorded. Starter brand, model, enclosure type, installed thermal heaters and the rating of the heaters, required thermal heaters and the rating of the heaters if different than installed shall be recorded. If the starters were furnished by the mechanical contractor, the heaters shall be changed to the correct size and so noted in the report. If the starters were furnished by the electrical contractor, the correct heater sizes shall be noted in the report and the electrical contractor shall be advised. 4. The report shall include a sheet which shall report the method of balance, project altitude, and any correction factors used in the calculations. 5. A reduced set of contract drawings shall be included in the report with all devices clearly marked and all equipment designated. 6. Any problems, deficiencies or abnormal conditions that may affect the performance or operation of the systems. 3.4 GUARANTEE OF WORK A. The TBA Contractor shall guarantee the tests and balance for a period of ninety days from date of final acceptance of the test and balance report. During this period, the TBA Contractor shall make personnel available at no cost to the Owner to correct deficiencies in the balance. END OF SECTION Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing 15990 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 EXECUTION OF THE WORK A. These specifications call out certain duties of the Contractor and his Subcontractors. They are not intended as a material list of items required by the Contract. B. This division of the specification covers the electrical systems of the project. It includes work performed by the electrical trades as well as trades not normally considered as electrical trades. C. Provide all items and work indicated on the Drawings and all items and work called for in this division of the specification in accordance with the conditions of Division One - General Requirements, of the Contract Documents. This includes all incidentals, equipment, appliances, services, hoisting, scaffolding, supports, tools, supervision, labor, consumable items, fees, licenses, etc., necessary to provide complete systems. Perform start-up and checkout on each item and system to provide fully operable systems. D. Comply with all provisions of the Contract Documents including Division 1, General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions of the specifications. E. Certain terms such as "shall, provide, install, complete, start up" are not used in some parts of these specifications. This does not indicate that the items shall be less than completely installed or that systems shall be less than complete. F. Examine and compare the Electrical Drawings and Specifications with the Drawings and Specifications of other trades, and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect /Engineer and obtain from him written instructions for changes necessary in the work. At time of bid the most stringent requirements must be included in said bid. Install and coordinate the electrical work in cooperation with other trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect/Engineer. All changes required in the work of the Contractor, caused by his neglect to do so, to be made by him at this own expense. It is the intent of the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete workable system ready for the Owner's operation. Any item not specifically shown on the Drawings or called for in the Specifications, but normally required to conform with the intent, are to be considered a part of the Contract. H. These Specifications are basically equipment and performance Specifications. Actual installations shall be as shown on the Drawings. Installations and details shown on the Drawings shall govern where these differ from the Specifications. I. All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and unused (temporary lighting and power products are excluded) and free from defects. All materials used shall bear the Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. label provided a standard has been established for the material in question. J. All products and materials to be new, clean, free of defects and free of damage and corrosion. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington K. No exclusion from, or limitation in, the symbolism used on the Drawings for electrical work or the languages used in the Specifications for electrical work shall be interpreted as a reason for omitting the accessories necessary to complete any required system or item of equipment. L. The use of words in the singular shall not be considered as limiting where other indications denote that more than one item is referred to. M. Except for conduit, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, wire and cable, all items of equipment or material shall be the product of one manufacturer throughout. Multiple manufacturers will not be permitted. 1.2 COORDINATION OF THE WORK A. Certain materials will be provided by other trades. Examine the Contract Documents to ascertain these requirements. B. Carefully check space requirements with other trades and the physical confines of the area to insure that all material can be installed in the spaces allotted thereto including finished suspended ceilings. Make modifications thereto as required and approved. 'C. Transmit to other trades all information required for work to be provided under their respective Sections in ample time for installation. D. Wherever work interconnects with work of other trades, coordinate with other trades to insure that all trades have the information necessary so that they may properly install all the necessary connections and equipment. Identify all items of work that require access so that the ceiling trade will know where to install access doors and panels. E. Consult with other trades regarding equipment so that motor controls are of the same manufacture. F. Due to the type of the installation, a fixed sequence of operation is required to properly install the complete system. Coordinate, project and schedule work with other trades in accordance with the construction sequence. G. The locations of lighting fixtures, outlets, panels and other equipment indicated on the Drawings are approximately correct, but they are understood to be subject to such revision as may be found necessary or desirable at the time the work is installed in consequence of increase or reduction of the number of outlets, or in order to meet field conditions or to coordinate with modular requirements of ceilings, or to simplify the work, or for other legitimate causes. H. Exercise particular caution with reference to the location of panels, outlets, switches, etc., and have precise and definite locations approved by the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with the installation. The Drawings show only the general run of raceways and approximate location of outlets. Any significant changes in location of outlets, cabinets, etc., necessary in order to meet field conditions shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Architect/Engineer and receive his approval before such alterations are made. All such modifications shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington J. Obtain from the Architect/Engineer in the field the location of such outlets or equipment not definitely located on the Drawings. K. Circuit "tags" in the form of arrows are used where shown to indicate the home runs of raceways to electrical distribution points. These tags show the circuits in each home run and the panel designation. Show the actual circuit numbers on the finished record tracing and on panel directory card. Where circuiting is not indicated, Electrical Subcontractor must provide required circuiting in accordance with the loading indicated on the drawings and /or as directed. L. The Drawings generally do not indicate the exact number wires in each conduit for the branch circuit wiring of fixtures, and outlets, or the actual circuiting. Provide the correct wire size and quantity as required by the indicated circuiting and /or circuit numbers indicated and control wiring diagrams, if any, specified voltage drop or maximum distance limitations, and the applicable requirements of the NEC. M. Adjust location of conduits, panels, equipment, pull boxes, fixtures, etc. to accommodate the work to prevent interferences, both anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact route and location of each raceway {and bus duct} prior to fabrication. 1. Right of Way: Lines which pitch have the right -of -way over those which do not pitch. For example: steam, condensate, and plumbing drains normally have right -of -way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed have right -of -way over lines whose elevations can be changed. 2. Make offsets, transitions and changes in direction to raceways and bus duct and as required to maintain proper head room in pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the Drawings. N. Wherever the work is of sufficient complexity, prepare additional Detail Drawings to scale similar to that of the bidding Drawings, prepared on tracing medium of the same size as Contract Drawings. With these layouts, coordinate the work with the work of other trades. Such detailed work to be clearly identified on the Drawings as to the area to which it applies. Submit for review Drawings clearly showing the work and its relation to the work of other trades before commencing shop fabrication or erection in the field. O. Contractor shall furnish services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be in constant charge of all work, and who shall coordinate his work with the work of other trades. No work shall be installed before coordinating with other trades. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1.3 EXAMINATION OF SITE A. Prior to the submitting of bids, the Contractor shall visit the site of the job and shall familiarize himself with all conditions affecting the proposed installation and shall make provisions as to the cost thereof. Failure to comply with the intent of this paragraph will in no way relieve the contractor of performing all necessary work shown on the Drawings. 1.4 PROGRESS OF WORK A. The Contractor shall order the progress of his work so as to conform to the progress of the work of other trades and shall complete the entire installation as soon as the conditions of the building will permit. Any cost resulting from the defective or ill -timed work performed under this section shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ship and store all products and materials in a manner which will protect them from damage, weather and entry of debris. If items are damaged, do not install, but take immediate steps to obtain replacement or repair. Any such repairs shall be subject to review and acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. B. Delivery of Materials: Deliver materials (except bulk materials) in manufacturer's unopened container fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size and color. C. Storage of Materials, Equipment and Fixtures: Store materials suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily accessible for inspection by the Architect/Engineer until installed. Store all items subject to moisture damage in dry, heated spaces. 1.6 EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES A. Establish sizes and location of the various concrete bases required. Coordinate with General Contractor and provide all necessary anchor bolts together with templates for holding these bolts in position. B. Provide supports, hangers and auxiliary structural members required for support of the work. C. Furnish and set all sleeves for passage of raceways through structural, masonry and concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as will be required for the proper protection of each raceway and bus duct passing through building surfaces. D. Wall mounted equipment may be directly secured to wall by means of steel bolts. Groups or arrays of equipment may be mounted on adequately sized steel angles, channels, or bars. Prefabricated steel channels providing a high degree of mounting flexibility, such as those manufactured by Kindorf, Globe - Strutt and Unistrut, may be used for mounting arrays of equipment. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1.7 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING A. Provide excavation for the work. Excavate all material encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or required. Remove from the site excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill. Provide grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. Remove any water accumulating therein. Provide sheeting and shoring as may be necessary for the protection of the work and for the safety of personnel. B. Provide trenches of widths necessary for the proper execution of the work. Grade bottom of the trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support the work on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length. Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate below the depths indicated. Where rock excavations are required, excavate rock to a minimum overdepth of four inches below the trench depths indicated on the Drawings or required. Backfill overdepths in the rock excavation and unauthorized overdepths with loose, granular, moist earth, thoroughly machine tamped to a compaction level as specified by the Architect. Whenever unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the work, as determined by the Architect/Engineer, is encountered in the bottom of the trench, remove soil to a depth required and backfill the trench to the proper grade with coarse sand, fine gravel or other suitable material. C. Excavate trenches for utilities to a depth that will provide the following minimum depths to cover from existing grade or from indicated finished grade, whichever is lower, unless otherwise specifically shown. 1. {Primary electric service: 4 feet (minimum)} 2. Secondary electric service: 2 feet (minimum) 3. Telephone service: 2 feet (minimum). 1.8 BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES A. Do not backfill trenches until all required tests have been performed and the installation observed by the Engineer. Comply with the requirements of other sections of these specifications. Deposit in 6 inch layers and thoroughly and carefully tamp until the work has a cover of not less than 1 foot. Backfill and tamp remainder of trench at 12 inch intervals until complete. Uniformly grade the finished surface. 1.9 CUTTING, PATCHING, ETC. A. The work shall be carefully laid out in advance. Where cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings or other surfaces is necessary for the proper installation, support or anchorage of raceway, outlets or other equipment, the work shall be carefully done. Any damage to the building, piping, equipment or defaced finish plaster, woodwork, metalwork, etc. shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall do no cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of unfinished masonry, tile, etc., unless he first obtains permission from the Architect /Engineer. If permission is granted, the Contractor shall perform this work in a manner approved by the Architect/Engineer. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington C. Where conduits, outlet, junction or pull boxes are mounted on a painted surface, or a surface to be painted, they shall be painted to match the surface. Wherever support channels are cut, the bare metal shall be cold galvanized. D. Slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs will be provided by the various trades in their respective materials. The trade requiring them to properly locate such openings shall be responsible for any cutting and patching caused by the neglect to do so. 1.10 NOMINAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) A. Unless otherwise noted or required because of special conditions, locate outlets as follows: 1. Heights listed are from finished floor to center of device. Verify exact locations with the Architect /Engineer before installation. a. Convenience and signal outlets: 18 inches unless otherwise noted. b. Lighting Switches: 48 inches c. Disconnect Switches and Motor Controllers: 60 inches d. Wall Telephone Outlets: 48 inches e: Above counter convenience outlets: 42 inches f. Strobes: 6' -8" or 6" below ceiling - whichever is lower. g. Horn/Strobes: 6'4" or 6" below ceiling - whichever is lower. h. Mini - Horns: 6' -8" or 6" below ceiling - whichever is lower. i. Doorbell: 48 inches j. Fire alarm pull station: 48 inches k. Disposal switch: 42 inches 1. Light fixtures: Refer to luminaire schedule on drawings. 1.11 DEMOLITION AND CONTINUANCE OF EXISTING SERVICES A. All existing electrical services not specifically indicated to be removed or altered shall remain as they presently exist. B. Should any existing services, etc., interfere with new construction, the Contractor shall (after obtaining written approval from the Architect /Engineer) alter or reroute such existing equipment to facilitate new construction. C. Under no. circumstances shall existing services, etc., be terminated or altered unless deemed necessary by the Architect /Engineer or specified herein; also, prior to altering any existing Electrical General Provisions 16010 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 situation, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing giving two (2) weeks advance notice of planned alteration. D. It shall be solely the Contractor's responsibility to guarantee continuity of present facilities (with respect to damage or alteration due to new construction) and any unauthorized alteration to existing equipment shall be corrected by the Contractor to the Architect/Engineer's satisfaction at the Contractor's expense. 1.12 CLEANING UP A. Contractor shall take care to avoid accumulation of debris, boxes, crates, etc., resulting from the installation of his work. Contractor shall remove from the premises each day all debris, boxes, etc., and keep the premises clean, subject to the Architect /Engineer's instructions, which shall be promptly carried out. B. Contractor shall clean all fixtures and equipment at the completion of the project. C. All switchboards, panelboards, wireways, trench ducts, cabinets, enclosures, etc shall be thoroughly vacuumed clean prior to energizing equipment and at the completion of the project. Equipment shall be opened for observation by the Architect /Engineer as required. 1.13 WATERPROOFING A. Avoid, if possible, the penetration of any waterproof membranes such as roofs, machine room floors, basement walls, and the like. If such penetration is necessary, perform it prior to the waterproofing and furnish all sleeves or pitch - pockets required. Advise the Architect /Engineer and obtain written permission before penetrating any waterproof membrane, even where such penetration is shown on the Drawings. B. If Contractor penetrates any walls or surfaces after they have been waterproofed, he shall restore the waterproof integrity of that surface at his own expense and as directed by the Architect /Engineer. 1.14 SUPPORTS A. Support work in accordance with the best industry practice and the following. B. Include supporting frames and racks extending from floor slab to ceiling slab for work indicated as being supported from walls where the walls are incapable of supporting the weight. In particular, provide such frames or racks in electric closets. C. Include supporting frames or racks for equipment, intended for vertical mounting, which is required in a free standing position. D. Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or specialty support system steel members. They shall be rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to form a substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size to assure a workmanlike arrangement of all equipment mounted on them. E. Nothing, (including outlet, pull and junction boxes and fittings) shall depend on electric conduits, raceways, or cables for support, except that threaded hub type fittings having a gross volume not Electrical General Provisions 16010 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington in excess of 100 cubic inches may be supported by heavy wall conduit, where the conduit in turn is securely supported from the structure within five inches of the fittings on two opposite sides. F. Nothing shall rest on, or depend for support on, suspended ceiling media (tiles, lath, plaster, as well as splines, runners, bars and the like in the plane of the ceiling). G. Provide required supports and hangers for conduit, {bus duct }, equipment, etc., so that loading will not exceed allowable loadings of structure. 1.15 FASTENINGS A. Fasten electrical equipment and devices to building structure in accordance with the best industry practice and the following. B. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to the attachment points is 100 pounds or less, fasten to building elements of: 1. Wood - with wood screws. 2. Concrete and solid masonry - with bolts and expansion shields. 3. Hollow construction - with toggle bolts. 4. Solid metal - with machine screws in tapped holes or with welded studs. 5. Steel decking or subfloor - with fastenings as specified below for applied weights in excess of 100 pounds. C. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 100 pounds, but is 300 pounds or less, conform to the following: 1. At concrete slabs utilize 24" x 24" x 1/2" steel fishplates on top with through bolts. Fishplate assemblies shall be chased in and routed flush with the top of slab screed line, where no fill is to be applied. 2. At steel decking or subfloor for all fastenings, utilize through bolts or threaded rods. The tops of bolts and rods shall be set at least one inch below the top fill screed line and routed in. Suitable washers shall be used under bolt heads or nuts. In cases where the decking or subfloor manufacturer produces specialty hangers to work with his decking or subfloor such hangers shall be utilized. D. Where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 300 pounds, coordinate with and obtain approval of Architect and conform to the following: 1. Utilize suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging between building structural steel elements to establish fastening points. Bridging members shall be suitably welded or clamped to building steel. Utilize threaded rods or bolts to attach to bridging members. E. Floor mounted equipment shall not be held in place solely by its own dead weight. Include floor anchor fastenings in all cases. Electrical General Provisions 16010 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington F. For items which are shown as being ceiling mounted at locations where fastening to the building construction element above is not possible, provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging tying to the building structural elements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 If products and materials are specified or indicated on the Drawings for a specific item or system, use those products or materials. If products and materials are not listed in either of the above, use first class products and materials, subject to approval of Shop Drawings where Shop Drawings are required or as approved in writing where Shop Drawings are not required. 2.2 All equipment capacities, etc., are listed for job site operating conditions. All equipment sensitive to altitudes or ambient temperatures to be derated and method of derating shown on Shop Drawings. Where operating conditions shown differ from the laboratory test conditions, the equipment to be derated and the method of derating shown on Shop Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Follow manufacturer's instructions for installing, connecting and adjusting all equipment. Provide one copy of such instructions to the Architect/Engineer before installing any equipment. Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during any work on the equipment. Provide all special supports, connections, wiring, accessories, etc. 3.2 Use mechanics skilled in their trade for all work. 3.3 Keep all items protected before and after installation. Clean up all debris. 3.4 Perform all tests required by local authorities in addition to tests specified herein, such as life safety systems. 3.5 Applicable equipment and materials to be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and Manufactured in accordance with ASME, NEMA, ANSI or IEEE standards and as approved by local authorities having jurisdiction. 3.6 Before commencing work, examine all adjoining, underlying, etc., work on which this work is in any way dependent for perfect workmanship and report any condition which prevents performance of first class work. Become thoroughly familiar with actual existing conditions to which connections must be made or which must be changed or altered. Electrical General Provisions END OF SECTION 16010 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16020 WORK INCLUDED PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide the work included in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, appliances, auxiliaries, services, hoisting, scaffolding, support, supervision, and Project Record Documents, and perform all operations for the furnishing and installing of the complete electrical system, including but not limited to the work described hereinafter. The work shall meet or exceed the latest codes, regulations and requirements of Spokane Building Department. C. The electrical work is shown schematically on the Drawings to indicate the general system arrangement and configuration. The work of this Division shall include coordination with the work of other Divisions of the Specifications and the Contract Documents so as to provide a complete and operational system capable of being readily operated and maintained, including approved re- arrangement of the systems and equipment and re- routing of distribution services to enable the complete system to fit within the confines of the allotted electrical spaces, all to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. D. The work includes, but is not limited to the following: Work Included 1. Equipment supports and miscellaneous steel for electrical equipment. 2. Temporary power and lighting system. 3. Exterior and site lighting. 4. Distribution feeders. 5. Complete 277/480 volt and 120/208 volt light and power distribution system. 6. Lighting fixtures, lamps, convenience outlet systems, and miscellaneous wiring devices. 7. Motor power wiring. 8. Miscellaneous electrical equipment and system, unless otherwise noted. 9. Balancing loads. 10. Grounding system. 11. Mechanical system connections. 12. Sealing of sleeves and other electrical openings. 13. Electrical heaters: baseboard, cabinet and unit types.. 16020 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NOT USED END OF SECTION Work Included 16020 -2. Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16025 CODES AND FEES PART 1 - GENERAL 65535.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Comply with Codes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 65535.2 CODES A. The electrical installation shall be in compliance with the requirements of local Building Department, OSHA, NEC and the rules, regulations and requirements of the power company supplying power to the buildings. B. The electrical installation and the Contractor shall comply fully with all city, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to electrical installations. C. All equipment shall be equal to or exceed the minimum requirements of NEMA, and IEEE, and UL. D. Should any change in Drawings or specifications be required to comply with governmental regulations, the Contractor shall notify Architect /Engineer prior to execution of the work. The work shall be carried out according to the requirements of such code in accordance with the instruction of the Architect /Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 65535.3 FEES A. All local fees and permits and services of inspection authorities shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. The contractor shall cooperate fully with local utility companies with respect to their services. Contractor shall include in his bid, any costs to be incurred relative to power service (primary and /or secondary) and telephone service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NOT USED Codes and Fees END OF SECTION 16025 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16030 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide Project Record Documents of Electrical Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. During construction keep an accurate record of all deviations between the work as shown on Drawings and that which is actually installed. Keep this record set of prints at job site for review by the Architect /Engineer. C. Upon completion of the installation, obtain from the Architect a complete set of mylar /vellum transparencies on heavy gauge film. Enter therein, in a neat and accurate manner, a complete record of all revisions to the original Drawings as actually installed. The cost for transparencies and for making required change shall be borne by this Contractor. Submit one (1) set of blue line prints of these revised transparencies to the Architect/Engineer for review. After review by the Architect/Engineer for transmittal to the Owner. D. Provide as -built panel schedules upon completion of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 Provide in the main electrical service room a framed copy under glass of the appropriate single line riser diagram as reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. Media shall be a high quality presentation -type. Project Record Documents END OF SECTION 16030 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16035 REVIEWS AND ACCEPTANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBSTITUTIONS OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT A. Wherever the word "for approval" or "approved" are used in regard to manufactured specialties, or wherever it is desired to substitute a different make or type of apparatus for that specified, submit all information pertinent to the adequacy and adaptability of the proposed apparatus and secure Architect/Engineer's acceptance before apparatus is ordered. B. All requests for substitution of materials or equipment shall be made by the Contractor within thirty (30) days after the execution of the Owner /Contractor Agreement. No requests for substitution will be accepted prior to execution of the Owner /Contractor agreement or from anyone other than the successful Contractor. C. Wherever operating results such as quantity delivered, or the like are specified, or a definite make and size apparatus is specified, for which such quantities are readily determinable - the make and size of apparatus which is proposed using must conform substantially (in regard to the operating results) to the quantities specified or implied. Same shall apply to important dimensions relating to operation of apparatus in coordination with the rest of the system, or to properly fitting it into available space conditions. Any substitution of equipment or apparatus shall include all necessary revisions, as required to complete the installation. D. Acceptance of substitutions for equipment specified herein will not be given merely upon submission of manufacturers' names and will be given only after receipt of complete and satisfactory performance data covering a complete range of operating conditions in tabular and graphical form. Furnish complete and satisfactory information relative to equipment dimensions, weight, etc. Acceptance of all equipment specified or shown on the Drawings, or substitutions submitted for that specified or shown on the Drawings, will be granted if such equipment, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, conforms to the performance requirements, space conditions, weight requirements and quality requirements. Any additional construction and design costs incurred as a result of any accepted substitution shall be borne by this Contractor. The opinion and judgement of the Architect /Engineer shall be final, conclusive and binding. 1.2 SUBMITTAL LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after date of execution of Owner /Contractor Agreement, submit for review and acceptance a list of all material and equipment manufacturers whose products are proposed, as well as names of all subcontractors whom this trade proposes to employ. B. Any requests for substitutions of equipment or materials must be submitted and returned prior to submitting the Submittal List. Only specified or accepted manufacturers or suppliers shall appear on the Submittal List. C. The complete Submittal List must be reviewed and accepted by the Architect /Engineer prior to submittal of shop drawings. No shop drawings will be processed without an accepted Submittal List. Reviews and Acceptances 16035 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. The Submittal List shall include all material, systems and equipment as listed herein. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit detailed shop drawings for materials, systems and equipment as listed herein, including locations and sizes of all openings in floor decks, walls and floors. B. The work described in any shop drawing submission shall be carefully checked for all clearances (including those required for maintenance and servicing), field conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and proper coordination with all trades on the job. Each submitted shop drawing shall include a certification that all related job conditions have been checked and that no conflict exists. C. All drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of field requirements to allow ample time for checking and resubmitting as may be required. All submittals shall be complete and contain all required and detailed information. D. Acceptance of any submitted data or shop drawings for material, equipment apparatus, devices, arrangement and layout shall not relieve Contractors from responsibility of furnishing same of proper dimensions and weight, capabilities, sizes, quantity, quality and installation details to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of the Contract. Such acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions or inadequacies of any sort on submitted data or shop drawings. E. Each shop drawing shall contain job title and reference to the applicable drawing and specification article. F. Individual shop drawing submittals shall be provided for each specific material, system or equipment as identified herein. Submittals provided in other than this manner will be returned without review. G. Each equipment submittal shall substantiate conformance to the specification by supplying a document indicating equipment submitted meets or exceeds each line item in the specification or exception taken. Submittals provided without this information will be returned without review. H. All nameplate data shall be complete at time of equipment submittals - refer to Section 16060 for identification requirements. I. For each room or area of the building containing switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, transformers, emergency generators, substations, dimming cabinets, sound systems cabinets, bus ducts, telephone backboards, signal system backboards, fire alarm terminal cabinets, fire alarm control panels, consoles, etc. the following is required to be submitted for review and acceptance at the time of the equipment submittal. 1. Floor Plans Reviews and Acceptances Plan reviews (including sections and elevations when requested) for the equipment indicated in the exact location in which it is intended to be installed. These plans shall be of a scale not less than 1/4" = 1' -0". They shall be prepared in the following manner. 16035 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington a. Indicated the physical boundaries of the space including door swings and ceiling heights and ceiling types (as applicable). b. Illustrate all electrical equipment proposed to be contained therein. Include top and bottom elevations of all electrical equipment. The drawings must be prepared utilizing the dimensions contained in the individual equipment submittals. c. Illustrate all other equipment therein such as conduits, detectors, luminaires, ducts, registers, pullboxes, wireways, structural elements. d. Note the operating weight of each piece of equipment. e. Note the heat release from each piece of electrical equipment in terms of BTU per hour. This information shall be that which is supplied by the respective manufacturers. f. Illustrate all concrete pads, curbs, etc. g. Note all code clearances from all equipment by dimensions. h. Indicate maximum normal allowable operating temperature for each piece of equipment (as per each respective manufacturer's recommendation). i. On engine generator layout plans, indicate position of radiator and direction of air movement and provide manufacturer's signed statement that engine will operate within approved temperature ranges as shown on the plans. 2. Equipment Removal Routes a. Provide in conjunction with the above, a set of reproducible documents from the then current Contract Documents indicating the methods of equipment removal for all major pieces of equipment. b. Indicate on floor plans by means of arrows, the complete path for equipment removal. c. Where equipment will be required to be hung temporarily from a slab or beam, note same on the submission including the weight of the equipment to be hung and the weight of the hoisting equipment. d. Note all heights of conduits, ductwork, link beams, doorways, transoms, piping, etc. in the proposed path assuring that adequate headroom is provided. J. Shop Drawing Submittals shall be provided for the applicable equipment. 1. Wire and Cable (16120) 2. Fire Seals (16122) 3. Poke- Throughs (16132) 4. Wiring Devices (16140) 5. Panelboards (16160) 6. Disconnect Switches (16170) Reviews and Acceptances 16035 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 7. Fuses (16181 and 16185) 8. Grounding (16450) 9. Dry Type Transformers (16470) 10. Luminaires and Accessories (16500) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NOT USED END OF SECTION Reviews and Acceptances 16035 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16040 GUARANTEE PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide a guarantee in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Submit a single guarantee stating that all portions of the work are in accordance with Contract requirements. Guarantee all work against faulty and improper material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance by the Owner, except that where guarantees or warranties for longer terms are specified herein, such longer term to apply. Within 24 hours after notification, correct any deficiencies which occur during the guarantee period at no additional cost to Owner, all to the satisfaction of the Owner and Architect/Engineer. Obtain similar guarantees from subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and subtrade specialists. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NOT USED Guarantee END OF SECTION 16040 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16055 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide temporary lighting and power in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Electrical General Provisions - Section 16010 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. Local Utility Company (Washington Water and Power) 2. Federal Public Law PL -91 -596 cited as the Williams - Steifer Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the Owner for the new installation of temporary lighting and power services tailored for this project and the setting of temporary meters in accordance with the Utility Company's requirements. He shall pay for the installation and maintenance of all temporary light and power wiring, including, but not limited to conduits, wire, switches, fuse boxes, receptacles, distribution panel boards, fused disconnect switches, ground fault interruption equipment, fixtures, lamps, fuses and any other incidental material and /or equipment required to provide efficient illumination and power as required by O.S.H.A. and all other authorities having jurisdiction for all areas of the site where work will be performed by the Contractor, his subcontractors, or any other contractors. 2.2 Furnish and install one complete set of 100 watt lamps, including those required for trailers and/or temporary offices. He shall also furnish and install one complete set of fuses for temporary light and power services, as required. The replacement of burned out and broken lamps shall be carried out by those using the trailers and /or offices. 2.3 Temporary power circuits and outlets, etc. shall be provided in accordance with the power requirements of the various horsepower ratings of the equipment to be installed under all contracts and for temporary motors, elevators, etc. Temporary power required for motor operated tools and appliances to be used by various contractors in construction work, and not to be a part of the permanent equipment shall be provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Irrespective of the working hours for the electricians, the Electrical Contractor shall maintain and pay the entire regular and overtime labor cost of keeping the temporary light and power system energized from a period of 15 minutes before the established starting time of the building trade which starts work earliest to a period of 15 minutes after the established stopping time of the trade which stops work latest. This shall Temporary Lighting and Power 16055 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington apply to every working day of the week during the life of the contract, unless otherwise directed, or until such time that the maintenance of the temporary light and power system is no longer required by reason of the activation of and use of the permanent light and power systems. 3.2 Should this Contractor or any contractor require temporary light or power, or both, before or after the hours set forth in the preceding paragraphs, this Contractor or other contractors shall pay the extra cost of keeping the systems energized and in serviceable condition. 3.3 Remove the temporary light and power systems, when directed. This Contractor shall replace and make good all damage to the permanent parts. Under no circumstances shall temporary wiring be left in finished hung ceiling space. 3.4 When the permanent lighting and power systems are installed and operational, this Contractor shall make the change -over. The cost of making the change -over of the electrical services from the temporary lines to service from permanent lines shall be borne by this Contractor. Temporary Lighting and Power END OF SECTION 16055 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16060 IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide fixed identification of all distribution equipment and conductors in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 2. Panelboards - Section 16160 3. Disconnect Switches - Section 16170 4. Luminaires and Accessories - Section 16500 5. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems - 16721 1. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest P Yg g Y PY recommendations of the following. I1. Industry standards shall apply. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Unless otherwise noted, nameplates shall be black bakelite plates with white engraved upper case letters enclosed by white border on beveled edge. 2.2 All nameplates must be engraved and must be secured with rivets, brass or cadmium plate screws. The use of Dynamo type or the like is unacceptable. 1 2.3 Lettering heights unless otherwise noted must be as follows: Items Lettering Height Panelboards & Load Centers 1/2" Feeder Switches 1/4" Disconnect Switches 1/2" Feeder Switches (Fuse Identification) 1/4" Remote Smoke Detector Lamps 1/8" 2.4 Cable tags must be flameproof secured with flameproof non - metallic cord. 1 Identification 16060 -1 Galt Sports Superstore #555 P P Tukwila, Washington I. 1 2.5 Nameplate inscriptions must bear the name and number of equipment to which they are attached as indicated on the Drawings. The engineer res- ryes the right to make modifications in the inscription as necessary. 2.6 The Engineer reserves the right to uest additional nameplates at time of review of shop drawings and upon site observations. These shall be rnished at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CE TERS A. Furnish and install a nameplate for each panelboard and load center engraved with the identification indicated on the Drawings Mount at top of panel. B. After installations are compli te, provide and mount under sturdy transparent shield in the directory frame of each panel door, a neat, accurate and carefully typed directory properly identifying the lighting, receptacles, outles, and equipment each overcurrent device controls. C. Include on directory the p ne1 or load center identification, the cable and raceway size of panel feeder, and the feeder orig nation point. 3.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Furnish and install nameplates for bus ducts engraved with bus duct designation. Install at each bus duct in every electrical clo et and on horizontal runs at not less than 50' on center. 3.3 FEEDER SWITCHES A. Furnish and install for each eeder switch including, but not limited to those in switchboards, those in switch and fuse panelbo rds, those take -offs at bus ducts, those in motor control centers, those in multiple meter center, a c, two (2) nameplates as follows. 1. The first nameplatd must be white background with red lettering. Engraved with the words "REPLACE ONLWITH FUSE ". Engrave with the proper fuse trade named and rating (i.e. Busman LPS -R 100). 2. The second nameplate shall indicate the load served, the size and type of cable and raceway example: LP -4, LP -5, LP -6 4#500 MCM -TH - CU- 3- 1 /2 "C. 3.4 REMOTE SMOKE DETECTOR L MPS AND TEST STATIONS A. Furnish and install a nameplate on each remote smoke detector lamp and/or test station. Engraving must indicate the location of the device to which the lamp is connected as approved by the Engineer. 3.5 SWITCHES A. Furnish and install an engra the switch. Engraving shat Identification ed nameplate for each switch controlling loads which are not local to be as directed by the Engineer. 16060 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington r i 1.. i i 3.6 PULLBOXES, ENCLOSURES AND CABLE TERMINATIONS A. Furnish and install cable tags on each cable which enters a pullbox, enclosure, switchboard and at terminations. Mark tags with type written inscription noting the load served, type and size of cable and the overcurrent device protecting the cable. 3.7 FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINETS A. Furnish and install on each fire alarm terminal cabinet an approved nameplate. B. Nameplates shall indicate floor and where multiple terminal cabinets are installed a prime designation for each cabinet (e.g. FATC -1B). 3.8 CAPPING AND STAKING A. Wherever raceways are for future use and are terminated outside of the structure, stake the location with a 2' long 1" x 1" wooden stake having a conspicuous color flag. B. Provide metal markers inserted into 8" D x 12" concrete ballast at all raceway terminations exterior to the structure. Inserts must state the date the raceway was installed, the size of the raceway and the point of the raceway termination. 3.9 LUMINAIRES A. Where connected to other than 120 volt circuit, provide each fluorescent or high intensity discharge fixture with the ballast voltage stenciled on the ballast cover in letters not less than 1/2 inch high. Identification END OF SECTION 16060 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 • A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents comply with the latest Y PY applicable provisions and the latest recommendations of the following. 1. Industry standards shall apply except as otherwise specified. SECTION 16065 TESTING, ACCEPTANCES AND CERTIFICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Complete testing of equipment and systems shall be provided throughout in accordance with contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Codes and Fees - Section 16025 2. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 3. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 4. Luminaires and Accessories - Section 16500 5. Fire Alarm and Detection System - Section 16721 1.2 STANDARDS P • .T 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL I A. Provide all labor, premium labor and materials required by shop and field testing as specified in the Contract Documents and as required by the authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 SYSTEMS A. The following systems are to be tested, inspected and certified. 1 1. Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) a. Inspect all splices and terminations and make mechanically and electrically tight 1 during a fifteen (15) day period immediately prior to final acceptance of the work. b. Perform standard 600 volt insulation test with "megger" tester on all feeders. Submit certification to the Architect/Engineer. c. Minimum Test Requirements: ITesting, Acceptances and Certifications 16065 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 1. Wire and cable rated for 600 volts shall be tested with a 500 V megohmmeter and shall test at least 25 megohms for lengths less than 1000 feet. 2. Motors a. Test all motors under load and verify that motor rotation is correct. 3. Fire Alarm and Detection System a. All wiring must be inspected and tested to insure that there are not grounds, opens or shorts. The minimum allowable resistance between any two conductors and ground is ten (10) megohms as measured with a 500 volt megger after all conduit, conductors, detector bases, etc. have been installed, but before the detector devices are plugged into the bases or end -of -line devices installed. b. The Contractor must perform all electrical and mechanical tests required by the equipment manufacturer's form. All test and report cost must be in the Contract price. A checkout report is to be prepared by the technician and submitted in triplicate with the equipment manufacturer. The report is to include, but not limited to: 1. A complete list of installed and wired devices. 2. Indication that all equipment is properly installed and functions and conforms with these specifications. 3. Tests of individual zones as applicable. 4. Serial numbers, locations by zone and model number for each measured in place. 5. Voltage (sensitivity) settings for each ionization detector as measured in place. 6. Response time on detectors. c. Contractor shall submit a certified report indicating the following: Testing, Acceptances and Certifications 1. Operating all manual stations and all detectors that can be reset. 2. Verifying line supervision of each initiating and indicating circuit. 3. Verifying the operation of each initiating circuit. 4. Verifying the operation of all indicating devices. 5. Verifying the operation of all alarm initiated functions. 16065 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 6. Verifying full oper tion of the F.A.C.P. 4. Ballasts a. Submit manufacturer's certification t at ballasts and transformers for discharge type lamps comply with the latest e ergy code specifications which have been issued. 5. Emergency Battery System, Packs g Y rY Y a. Each emergency battery pack and sys This shall be accomplished by the use The second test shall be interruption 6. Grounding System em shall be shown to operate satisfactory. f the unit mounted test switch as one test. • f power to the unit. • a. Upon completion of the electrical gro nding system, the contractor shall test the grounding system for stray currents, grounds, shorts, etc. These tests shall be performed with approved instrumen s. Contractor shall submit in writing to Architect/Engineer a letter indicating t the ohmic resistance of the service grounds (25 ohm maximum) and a statement that the grounding system is free of all defects, stray currents, shorts, etc. 2.3 CALIBRATION A. Calibrate and adjust all components requiring same as d;rected in accordance with manufacturer's J P �1 g procedures and recommendations or as required, forte following categories of equipment. 1. Transformer taps. 2. Lighting fixtures (lamp positions, reflector positions, etc., as required). PART 3 - EX CUTION 3.4 Notify the Architect/Engineer seven (7) days prior to the testin: dates. If the Architect/Engineer so elect not to witness a specific test a statement of certification must se forwarded to the Architect/Engineer for approval. 1. 3.5 Conduct tests at a time agreeable to the Architect/Engineer. Pr vide premium labor as necessary. 3.6 Products which are found defective or do not pass such to is shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Tests shall be repeated. 3.7 Conduct all test required by the authorities having jurisdiction. Testing, Acceptances and Certifications 16065 -3 END OF SECTION Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16102 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide final connections to equipment and coordinate same in accordance with the Contract documents. B. Equipment to receive final connections shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Motors and Equipment 2. Appliances C. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Testing and Acceptances - Section 16065 l2. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 3. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 1 4. Disconnect Switches - Section 16170 I5. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 D. Related Work Specified in Other Division of these Specifications: 1 1. Motors 2. Control Wiring 1 3. Appliances 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE l A. Prior to the submitting of bids, the Contractor shall familiarize himself with all conditions affecting 1 the proposed installation of equipment requiring electrical connections and shall make provisions as to the cost thereof. Failure to comply with the intent of this paragraph shall in no way relieve the Contractor of performing all necessary work required for final electrical connections and equipment and the coordination thereof. 1 B. Connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Only those products listed in Division 16000 shall be employed. Equipment Connections and Coordination 16102 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington I PART 3 - EXECUTIO 3.1 EQUIPMENT A. Connections for and coordination of motors and equipment requiring electrical connections shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Provide and install a disconnect switch for each motor and each piece of equipment. Provide disconnects where required by code. 2. Verify that the motor rotation is correct and reconnect if necessary. 3. Provide separate ground wires in flexible, metal conduit and non - metallic conduit so as to provide an electrically continuous ground path. Ground all equipment. 4. Where equipment is fed from branch circuit routed in or under the slab, terminate branch circuit at junction box on 2 foot rigid conduit stub -up and make final connection to equipment in liquid- tight, flexible, metal conduit. Provide suitable knee brace on conduit stub -up. 5. Where equipment is fed from overhead support conduit feeder descending from ceiling on flanged floor fitting with conduit type fitting connecting to motor with 24 -inch minimum of liquid -tight flexible steel conduit. 6. Where nameplate on equipment indicates fuse protection the disconnecting means shall be equipped with dual element fuses. 3.2 APPLIANCES A. Connections for and coordination of appliances shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. The basic requirements for motors and equipment specified above shall apply where applicable. 2. Where cord and plugs are provided with the appliances this contractor shall coordinate the receptacle installation to match. 3. Direct connected equipment shall be serviced by disconnecting means. 3.3 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT A. The requirement for equipment furnished by the owner for installation by this contractor shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. The coordination of the proper delivery scheduling of such equipment. 2. The receiving and unloading of such equipment at the property line. Equipment Connections and Coordination 16102 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. The inspection of such equipment for damages, defacement, corrosion, missing components, etc. at the job site. All deficiencies shall be recorded. Deficiencies occurring after inspection shall be corrected by this contractor at his cost. 4. The safe handling at secure storage of such equipment from unloading to the time of permanent installation. 5. The completion of field make up of internal wiring as required. 6. The lamping of equipment. 7. The installation of accessories on such equipment. 8. The installation of such equipment including the transportation of the equipment to the installation area, and the installation of all supports, fasteners, canopies, extensions, etc. required to insure safe support and adaptation to the finished structural, electrical and architectural conditions. 9. The final connections and grounding to the building electrical system including all necessary labor and materials including but not limited to junction box extensions, lug change outs, etc. 10. The testing of such equipment in its final location. 3.4 ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL COORDINATION A. Furnish electrical services to Division 15 equipment as outlined in Specification Section 01040 - 1.15. Equipment Connections and Coordination END OF SECTION 16102 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide raceways in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Identification - Section 16060 2. Testing, Acceptances & Certifications - Section 16065 3. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 C. Related Work Specified in Other Divisions of these Specifications 1. Finish Painting 2. Concrete 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following. 1. Rigid Conduit a. UL Standard UL-6. b. ANSI C80 -1. c. Federal Specification WW- C -581E. 2. Intermediate Metallic Conduit a. UL Standard UL -1242. b. Federal Specification WW -C 581E 3. Electrical Metallic Tubing Raceways and Boxes a. UL Standard UL -797. b. ANSI C80 -3 c. Federal Specification WW -C -563 16110 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 4. Flexible Steel Conduit a. UL Standard UL -1 5. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit a. UL Standard UL -360 6. Rigid Nonmetallic conduit a. NEMA TC2; Schedule 40 PVC 7. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing a. NEMA,TC12 8. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters a. U.L. Standard UL -870 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide listing of manufacturers proposed in the submittal list identified in Section 16035 of these specifications. B. Where wireways and/or auxiliary gutters are employed full erection drawings must be submitted. Drawings to include plan views, elevations, size of wireways, type and quantity of conductors proposed to be installed therein, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Rigid Steel Conduit - Allied, Wheatland, Republic, LTV, Triangle. B. Intermediate Metallic Conduit - Allied, Wheatland, Republic, LTV, Triangle. C. • Electric Metallic Tubing - Allied, Wheatland, Republic, LTV, Triangle. D. Flexible Steel Conduit - Triangle, Allflex, Galflex, Interflex, Condux. E. Liquid -Tight Flexible Electrical Conduit - Columbia Cable & Electric Corporation, Sealtite. F. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit - Carlon, Certain TEED, Condux, PWP. G. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing - Carlon, PWP. H. Wireways & Auxiliary Cutters - Square D, Queen, Unity. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 I. Outlet, Junction & Pull Boxes - Appleton, Steel City, Raco, Bowers, Hoffman, Queens, Unity, Circle AW. 2.2 RACEWAY TYPES A. Standard Threaded Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Rigid conduit heavy wall galvanized B. Intermediate Metallic Conduit 1. Light weight rigid steel conduit C. Electric Metallic Tubing 1. Continuous, seamless tubing galvanized or sheradized on the exterior coated on the interior with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel. 2. All couplings, connectors, etc., used in conjunction with this raceway which are 2 inch in size and smaller may be set screw type. Conduits of 2 -1/2 inch in size and larger must employ steel compression gland fittings, "Tomic" tap -on or "Tomic" compression type or set screw type. 3. Where installed in slab or concrete work, provide approved concrete tight fittings. D. Flexible Steel Conduit 1. Single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked double - wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside forming smooth internal wiring channel. 2. Maximum length: 6 feet 3. Each section of raceway must contain a bonding wire bonded at each end and sized as required. Provide connectors with insulating bushings. E. Liquid Tight Flexible Electrical Conduit 1. Same as flexible steel conduit except with tough, inert watertight plastic outer jacket. 2. Cast malleable iron body and gland nut, cadmium plated with one -piece brass grounding bushings which thread to interior of conduit. Spiral molded vinyl sealing ring between gland nut and bushing and nylon insulated throat. F. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1. PVC conduit shall be rated for 900 Centigrade operating temperature. 2. Conduit shall be a minimum of Schedule 40. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington G. Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing Shall be rated for 900 Centigrade operating temperature. H. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters 1. Of sizes and shapes indicated on the Drawings and as required. 2. Provide all necessary elbows, tees, connectors, adaptors, etc. 3. Hinged cover secured with captive screws. 4. Wire retainers not less than 12 inches on center. 2.3 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Provide zinc- coated or cadmium- plated sheet steel outlet boxes not less than 4 inches octagonal or square, unless otherwise noted. Equip fixture outlet boxes with 3/8 inch no -bolt fixture studs where required. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling, provide a junction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Fit outlet boxes in finished ceiling or walls with appropriate covers, set flush with the finished surface. Where more than one switch or device is located at one point, use gang boxes and covers unless otherwise indicated. Sectional switch boxes or utility boxes will not be permitted. Provide Series "GW" (Steel City) tile box, or as accepted, or a 4 inch square box with tile ring in masonry walls which will not be plastered or furred. Where drywall material is utilized provide plaster ring. Provide outlet boxes of the type and size suitable for the specific application. Where outlet boxes contain 2 or more 277 volt devices, or where devices occur of different applied voltages, or where normal and emergency devices occur in same box, provide suitable barrier. B. Construct junction or pull boxes not over 150 cubic inches in size as standard outlet boxes, and those over 150 cubic inches the same as "cabinets ", with screw covers of the same gauge metal. C. Plug any open knockouts not utilized. D. Provide surface mounted outlet and junction boxes in indoor locations where exposed to moisture and outdoor locations of cast metal with threaded hubs. All outdoor receptacles shall have tamper resistant cover plates. E. All junction boxes containing emergency power shall be painted red. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION OF RACEWAYS A. The following applications must be adhered to except as otherwise required by Code. Raceways not conforming to this listing must be removed by this Contractor and replaced with the specified material at this Contractors expense. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington B. Raceway Types Rigid Conduit I.M.C. E.M.T. Flexible Steel Liquid -Tight Electrical Conduit Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters Application Application: Where exposed to mechanical injury, where specifically required, where required by codes, in hazardous areas, and for all circuits in excess of 600 volts. Application: Same as standard threaded rigid steel conduit. Application: specified. Use in every instance except where another material is Application: Use in dry areas for final connections to lighting fixtures in hung ceilings, connections to equipment installed in removable panels of hung ceilings at bus duct takeoffs, at all transformer or equipment raceway connections where sound and vibration isolation is required. Application: Use in areas subject to moisture where flexible steel is unacceptable at connections to all motors, and all raised floor areas. Application: Buried in earth and embedded in concrete slabs on earth. Application: Where indicated on the Drawings and as otherwise specifically approved. Application: Where indicated on the Drawings and as otherwise specifically approved. C. The use of MC and AC cable is not permitted in any part of the facility. 3.2 RACEWAY SYSTEMS IN GENERAL A. Provide raceways for all wiring systems, 277/480 volt wiring must be kept independent of 120/208 volt wiring. All types of raceways (metallic and nonmetallic) shall have ground conductors. The grounding conductor shall be considered an insulated conductor when sizing raceway. Minimum size 1/2 inch, 3/4 inch for home runs and 1 inch minimum for power distribution. Wiring of each type and system must be installed in separate raceways. B. Install capped bushings on raceways as soon as installed and remove only when wires are pulled. Securely tie embedded raceway in place. Raceways installed below or in floor slabs must extend a minimum of 4 inches above the finished slab to the first connector. Lay out the work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple raceway runs. C. Locate raceways so that the strength of structural members is unaffected and they do not conflict with the services of other trades. Install 1 -inch or larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) only when and in the manner accepted by the Architect /Engineer. Draw up couplings and fittings full and tight. Protect threads from corrosion with one (1) coat red lead and zinc chromate after installation. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Above Grade - Defined as the area above finished grade for a building exterior and above top surface of any slabs (or other concrete work) on grade for a building interior. Above -grade raceways to comply with the following: 1. Install raceways concealed except at surface cabinets and for motor and equipment connections in electrical and mechanical rooms. Install a minimum of 6 inches from flues, steam pipes, or other heated lines. Provide flashing and counter - flashing for waterproofing of raceways, outlets, fittings, etc., which penetrate the roof. Route exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with right -angle turns and symmetrical bends. Run concealed raceways in a direct line and, where possible, with long sweep bends and offsets. Provide sleeves in forms for new concrete walls, floor slabs and partitions for passage of raceways. Waterproof sleeved raceways where required. 2. Provide raceway expansion joints for exposed and concealed raceways with necessary bonding conductor at building expansion joints and between buildings or structures and where required to compensate for raceway or building thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Provide one (1) empty 3/4 inch raceway for each three (3) spare unused poles or spaces of each flush- mounted panelboard. Terminate empty 3/4 inch conduit in a junction box, which after completion, is accessible to facilitate future branch circuit extension. 4. Provide raceway installation (with appropriate seal -offs, explosion -proof fittings, etc) in special occupancy area, as required. Provide conduit seal -offs where portions of an interior raceway system pass through walls, ceiling or floors which separate adjacent rooms having substantially different maintained temperatures, as in refrigeration or cold storage rooms. 5. Provide drag wire in all spare or empty raceways and in those which the Contractor has elected to install. Tag both ends of wire denoting opposite end termination location with black india ink on flameproof linen tag. Identify special system (POS, PC, TV, etc.) conduits in the method described above. E. Below Grade: Defined as the area below furnished grade for a building exterior and below or within the bottom floor slab for a building interior. Below grade raceways to comply to the following: 1. Duct banks shall be installed to drain away from buildings; ducts between handholes and pull boxes shall drain toward the handholes. Duct slopes shall not be less than 3 inches per 100 feet. 2. Duct banks shall be reinforced as shown on the Drawings. 3. Conduits shall be laid in trenches on a clean backfill bedding not less than 6 inches thick and well graded. 4. Where indicated on the drawings underground conduits shall be encased in a 3 -inch concrete envelope of 1 -3 -5 mix unless indicated otherwise and arranged in tiers. Banked conduits shall be held securely in place, at a minimum 1 -inch spacing between conduits, by approved separators installed at 5 ft. intervals. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 5. Top 2 inches of all concrete envelopes to be mixed with 10 pounds of iron oxide per cubic yard. 6. Where indicated on the drawings conduits running under the building shall have a 2" concrete cap. Concrete in cap to be mixed with 10 pounds of iron oxide per cubic yard. 7. The minimum cover for conduits shall be 24 inches unless otherwise permitted by II Engineer. 8. Conduit entrances to buildings and structures shall be made with rigid metal conduit. 9. Where bends in conduits are required, long radius elbows, sweeps, and offsets shall be used. 10. All conduits shall be rodded and a mandrel drawn through followed by a swab to clean out any obstructions which may cause cable abrasions. The mandrel shall be 12 inches in length and the diameter 1/2 inch Less than the inside diameter of the conduit. 11. Spare conduits shall be plugged and sealed watertight at all handholes, P ull boxes, buildings and structures. 12. Conduits in use shall be sealed watertight at all handholes, pull boxes, buildings and structures. 13. For PVC runs, a PVC to metallic conduit adapter shall be used at the lower PVC elbow. All exposed conduit shall be metallic. 14. PVC joints shall be made so as to prevent the passage of concrete inside the conduit to form obstructions or cause cable abrasions. A joint compound, approved for the purpose, shall be applied uniformly over the tapered surface before insertion into the coupling. 15. Handhole and pull box covers in streets shall finish flush with finished paving and in other areas shall finish 3 inches above crown of adjacent roadway. 16. Concrete monuments shall be provided at each stubbed conduit location. Monuments shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall be installed in the same manner outlined for manhole covers. 17. All underground conduit shall be PVC, except vertical risers and elbows. Vertical risers and elbows shall be rigid metal conduit. 18. Provide raceway expansion joints where required to compensate for raceway thermal expansion and contraction. F. Conduits and sleeves of any material not harmful to concrete and within limitations listed below may be embedded in concrete with approval of the Structural Engineer, provided they are not considered to replace structurally the displaced concrete. 1. Conduits of aluminum shall not be embedded in structural concrete unless effectively coated or covered to prevent aluminum- concrete reaction or electrolytic action between aluminum and steel. Raceways and Boxes 16110 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 2. Conduits and sleeves passing through a slab, wall, or beam shall not impair significantly the strength of the construction. 3. Conduits with their fittings, embedded within a column shall not displace more than 4 percent of the area of cross section on which strength is calculated or which is required for fire protection. 4. Except when plans for conduits are approved by the Structural Engineer, conduits embedded within a slab, wall, or beam (other than those merely passing through) shall satisfy the following: a. They shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of slab, wall, or beam in which they are embedded. b. They shall not be spaced closer than 3 diameters or widths on center. c. They shall not impair significantly the strength of the construction. d. Conduits, and sleeves may be considered as replacing structurally in compression the displaced concrete provided. e. They are not exposed to rusting or other deterioration. f. They are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel pipe. g. They have a nominal inside diameter not over 2 inches and are spaced not less than 3 diameters on centers. h. Raceways running parallel to slabs supports, such as beams, columns and structural walls, shall be installed not less than 12 inches from such supporting elements. i. To prevent displacement during concrete pour of lift slab, saddle supports for conduit, outlet boxes, junction boxes, inserts, etc., shall be secured with suitable adhesives. G. Raceways in hung ceilings shall be run on and secure to slab or primary structural members of ceiling, not to latching channels or T -bars, Z -bars or other elements which are the direct supports of the ceiling panels. Secure conduit firmly to steel by clips and fittings designed for that purpose. Install as high as but not less than 1' -0" above hung ceilings. H. Exposed raceways shall be run parallel or at right angles with building lines. Secure raceway clamps or supports to masonry materials to toggle bolts, expansion bolts, or steel inserts. Install raceway on steel construction with approved clamps which do not depend on friction or set -screw pressure alone. I. Clear raceway of all obstructions and dirt prior to pulling in wires or cables. This shall be done with ball mandrel (diameter approximately 85 % of conduit inside diameter) followed by close fitting wire brush and wad of felt or similar material. This assembly may be pulled in together with, but Raceways and Boxes 16110 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington ahead of the cable being installed. All empty raceways shall be similarly cleaned. Clear any raceway which rejects ball mandrel. J. Support less than 2" trade size, vertically run, raceways at intervals no greater than eight feet. Support such raceways, 2" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than the story height, or fifteen feet, whichever is smaller. K. Support less than 1" trade size, horizontally run, raceways at intervals no greater than seven feet. Support such raceways, 1" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than ten feet. 3.3 WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTER A. Wireways installed in hung ceilings shall be placed such that the cover will hinge upward from the side. B. 12" clear shall be provided from wireway cover when it is in the open position. 3.4 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Provide outlet, junction, and pull boxes as indicated on the Drawings and as required for the complete installation of the various electrical systems, and to facilitate proper pulling of wires and cables. Junction boxes and pull boxes shall be sized per N.E.C. minimum. B. The exact location of outlets and equipment is governed by structural conditions and obstructions, or other equipment items. When necessary, relocate outlets so that when fixtures or equipment are installed, they will be symmetrically located according to the room layout and will not interfere with other work or equipment. Verify final location of outlets, panel equipment, etc., with Architect. C. Back -to -back outlets in the same wall, or "thru- wall" type boxes not permitted. Provide 12 -inch (minimum) spacing for outlets shown on opposite sides of a common wall to minimize sound transmission. Raceways and Boxes END OF SECTION 16110 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE (600 VOLTS AND BELOW) PART 1 - G .NERA . 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide 600 volt wire and cable in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000. 1. Identification - Section 16060 2. Testing, Acceptances and Certification - Section 16065 3. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. Conductors a. ASTM b. NEMA WC 5 2. Terminal Blocks a. UL -1059 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide listing of manufacturers proposed in the submittal list identified in Section 16035 of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Wire and Cable 1. General Electric, Cablec, Triangle, Kaiser, General Cable, Okonite, Simplex, National Electric Products, Kerite, Rome, Cyprus B. Connectors 1. Hand Applied Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington a. "Wing Nut" (Ideal Industries), "Piggy" (Thomas & Betts) or "Scotchlok" 2. Tool Applied a. Manufacturer: "Scotchlok" S -11, S -31 (3M Company), "Stakon" (Thomas & Betts), "Number 410 Crimp Connector" (Ideal Industries), or "Wrap -Cap" (Buchanan). C. Electric Tape 1. Johns- Manville or 3M Company 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. General 1. Provide wire with a minimum insulating rating of 600 volts, except for wire used in 50 volts or below applications for control of signal systems use 300 volt minimum or 600 volt where permitted to be incorporated with other wiring systems. B. Conductor 1. Electrical grade, annealed copper, tinned if rubber insulated, and fabricated in accordance with ASTM standards. Minimum size number 12 for branch circuits; number 14 for control wiring. 2. All conductors are copper. C. Stranding and Number of Conductors 1. Cables larger than number 14, stranded in accordance with ASTM Class B stranding designations. 2. Control wires stranded in accordance with ASTM Q Class B stranding designations. 3. Cables, multi- conductor unless otherwise noted for low tension systems. D.. Insulation 1. Type THW or THWN- Thermoplastic insulation suitable for use in wet locations up to 75 degrees centigrade. Use for lighting, receptacle and motor circuits and for panel and equipment feeders. 2. Type THHN - Flame retardant: Heat - resistant thermoplastic insulation, nylon jacket rated for 90 degrees centigrade operation. Use for lighting branch circuit wiring installed and passing through the ballast channels of fluorescent fixtures, wiring in metal roof decks in or near roof insulation, in attic or joist spaces, or in raceways exposed to the sun. 3. Consult equipment manufacturer for insulation type when installation requires an insulation rating above 90 degrees centigrade. Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington E. Color Coding 1.. Provide consistent color coding of all feeders, sub feeders, motor circuits and the like as follows: 120/208 Volts Code Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White Ground - Green 277/480 Volt Code Phase A - Brown Phase B - Orange Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Gray Ground - Green with Yellow Stripe 2. Color -code wiring for control systems installed in conjunction with mechanical and /or miscellaneous equipment in accordance with the wiring diagrams furnished with the equipment. Factory color code wire number 8 and smaller. Wire number 6 and larger may be color coded by color tapping of the entire length of the exposed ends. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Make connections, splices, taps and joints with solderless devices, mechanically and electrically secure. Protect exposed wires and connecting devices with electrical tape or insulation to provide not less than that of the conductor. B. Branch Circuit wires (Number 10 and smaller): Use any of the following types of terminals and connecting devices: 1. Hand applied a. Coiled tapered, spring wound devices with a conducting corrosion - resistant coating over the spring steel and a plastic cover and skirt providing full insulation for splice and wired ends. Screw connector on by hand. 2. Tool applied a. Steel cap, with conduction and corrosion resistant metallic plating, open at both ends, fitted around the twisted ends of the wire and compressed or crimped by means of a special die designed for the purpose. Specifically fitted plastic or rubber insulating.cover wrap over each connector. 2.4 ELECTRICAL TAPE A. Specifically designed for use as insulating tape. Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2.5 LUBRICANT A. Use lubricant only where the possibility of damage to conductors exists. Use only a lubricant approved by the cable manufacturer and one which is inert to cable and raceways. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE AND CABLE A. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway system. Mount wiring through a specified raceway, regardless of voltage application. B. Drawings do not indicate size of all branch circuit wiring. For branch circuits whose length from panel to furthest outlet exceeds 100 feet for 120 -volt circuits or 200 feet for 277 -volt circuits, use number 10 or larger. Voltage drop of branch circuiting shall be within three (3) percent of system voltage. Conductor sizing shall adhere to the following tables. Single phase branch circuit wire sized for 3% voltage drop DISTANCE IN FEET 120 VOLT WATTS 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 1000 #12 #12 #10 #8 #8 116 #6 #6 #6 #4 1500 #12 #10 #8 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #2 2000 #12 #8 #6 #6 #4 #4 . #4 #2 #2 #2 2500 #10 #8 116 #4 #4 #2 112 #2 #2 #1 3000 #10 #6 #6 #4 #2 #2 #2 #1 #1 #1 3500 #10 #6 #4 #4 #2 #2 #1 #1 #1 /0 #1 /t: 4000 #8 116 #4 #2 #2 #1 #1 #1 /0 #1 /0 #2/it 4500 #8 #6 #4 #2 #2 #1 #1/0 #1 /0 #2/0 #2/0 5000 #8 114 #2 112 #1 #1 #1 /0 #2/0 #2/0 #3/0 5500 #8 #4 #2 #2 #1 #1 /0 #2/0 #2/0 #3/0 #3/0 Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 208 VOLT 500 #12 #12 #12 #12 /112 #12 #12 #12 1112 #12 1000 #12 #12 #12 #12 1112 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 1500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 2000 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 i 2500 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 3000 #12 #12 #10 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #4 3500 #12 #12 #10 #8 //8 #6 8 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 4000 #12 #10 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 4500 #10 #10 #8 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #2 5000 #10 #10 #8 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #2 #2 5500 #10 #10 #8 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #2 #2 1 277 VOLT 500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 1000 #12 1112 #12 #12 #12 #12 1/12 #12 #12 #12 1500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 2000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 2500 #12 #12 1/12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 118 3000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #8 3500 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #8 #6 4000 #12 #12 #12 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 l4500 #12 #12 #10 #10 //8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 5000 #12 #12 #10 //8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #6 5500 #12 #12 #10 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #6 #4 Single phase branch circuit wire sized for 3% voltage drop DISTANCE IN FEET 480 VOLT WATTS 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 1 1000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 2000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 3000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 i 4000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 //12 #12 1110 5000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 6000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 7000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 8000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 9000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 1110 #8 #8 #8 #8 10000 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #8 #6 1 11000 #10 #10 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 //8 #6 #6 Three phase wire sizes for utilization equipment to upstream panel. Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. 1 DISTANCE IN FEET 208 VOLT WATTS 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 1000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 1500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #!2 #10 2000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #10 2500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #10 #8 3000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 3500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #8 4000 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 4500 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 5000 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 5500 #12 #12 #10 #10 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #6 480 VOLT WATTS 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 1000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 1500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 2000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 2500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 3000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 ,3 3500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 4000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 4500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 5000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 5500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 6000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 6500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 7000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 7500 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #10 8000 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #12 #10 #10 #10 #10 C. Do not install wire in incomplete conduit runs nor until after the concrete work and plastering is completed and moisture is swabbed from conduits. Eliminate splices wherever possible. Where necessary, splice in r:;adily accessible pull, junction, or outlet box. D. Provide cable supports for all vertical risers where required by code not to exceed the following: Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington Minimum Conductor Size Vertical Supports Aluminum Copper 1 No. 18 AWG to No. 8 AWG 100 ft 100 ft No. 6 AWG to No. 0 AWG 200 ft 100 ft No. 00 AWG to No. 0000 AWG 180 ft 80 ft { 211,601 CM to 350,000 CM 135 ft 60 ft (J 350,001 CM to 500,000 CM 120 ft 50 ft 500,001 CM to 750,000 CM 95 ft 40 ft E. Flashover or insulation value of joints to be equal to the of the conductor. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories listed connectors rated at 600 volts for general use and 1000 volts for use between ballasts and lamps or gaseous discharge fixtures. F. Use terminating fittings, connectors, etc., of a type suitable for the specified cable furnished. Make bends in cable at termination prior to installing compression device. Make fittings tight. G. Install wire in raceways and make up terminations in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using special washers, nuts, etc., as required. Use an accepted wire - pulling lubricant equivalent to "Yellow" (Ideal) for all wire number 4 and Larger. Strip insulation so as to avoid nicking of wire. H. Extend wire sizing for the entire length of a circuit, feeder, etc. unless specifically noted otherwise. I. Isolated ground circuits to have a dedicated neutral wire and a dedicated ground wire. Sharing of these wires with other circuits is not permissible. J. A #10 AWG copper neutral conductor shall be used for all isolated ground circuits. K. The neutral conductor shall be rated at 200% of the phase conductors from the secondary of all K -rated transformers to the panelboard. 3.2 TESTING A. See specification 16065 for testing requirements. END OF SECTION 1 1. 1 Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) 16120 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 P P i Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16122 FIRE SEALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide premixed putty sealant at wall, ceilin., and/or floor electrical penetration fire seals in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in other Divisions of these S•ecifications. 1. Finish painting. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the ontract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of he following: 1. ASTM E119 -73 2. UL 1479 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. 3M Company 1. Penetration Seals Series 7900 (for conduit/ 1: to penetrations). 2. FS -195 Wrap and CP -255/L -Caulk (for bus duct penetrations). B. Nelson Electric 2.2 BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. The system shall provide an immediate fire seal, requir fumes and be asbestos free. The system must have an intumescent nature, expan containment. The system shall be easy to use, require no special tools one side. The system shall not require derating whatsoever of The system shall be factory modified for additions or B. C. D. E. Fire Seals 16122 -1 no curing time, emit no hazardous or toxic i when heated to increase flame and smoke and shall be capable of being installed from he wiring systems passing through the seal. deletions of raceways or cables. Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington F. Existing materials must be reusable to accommodate penetrations changes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Putty shall be installed no thinner than 0.75 inches. B. A minimum of 0.5 inches of putty shall be placed around each penetrating item. When this is not possible a cone shall be built up around the penetrating items, using a second layer of putty. Slope the cone at 30 degrees (30 °) from wall or floor. C. Wall openings must not have an unsupported space of putty greater than 4 inches and floor openings an unsupported opening of 1.5 inches. D. Provide ceramic wool temperature rated 2300 °F in conjunction with putty in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide ceramic fiberboard temperature rated 2000 °F in conjunction with the putty in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. F. Penetrating items must be firmly anchored prior to the putty installation. Provide all necessary anchor bolts, fittings, etc. as necessary. Fire Seals END OF SECTION 16122 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide wiring devices in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related work Specified in Division 16000 1. Electrical General Provisions (Mounting Heights) - Section 16010 2. Identification - Section 16060 3. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 4. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 5. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 C. Related Work Specified in Other Divisions of these Specifications 1. Finish painting 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. Switches a. Federal Specification Standard WS -896E. 2. Receptacles a. N.E.M.A. Standard WD -1, 3.02 through 3.10 b. U.L. Standard 498 Federal Specification WC596 -D. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and specifications for all wiring devices and plates. B. Switches and receptacles shall be of the same manufacturer. Wiring Devices 1 1 16140 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Switches 1. Hubbell 1220 Series 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Leviton - Approved equal B. Switch and Pilot Light 1. Hubbell - 1221 PL 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Leviton - Approved equal C. Duplex Convenience Receptacles 1. Hubbell - 5362 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Leviton - Approved equal D. Faceplates 1. Nylon: Hubbell P Series or approved equal Stainless: Hubbell S Series or approved equal E. Outdoor Receptacles 1. Hubbell - 5362 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Leviton - Approved equal Wiring Devices 16140 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 F. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters 1. Hubbell GF5362 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Hubbell - GF52521 5. Leviton - Approved equal G. Isolated Ground Receptacles 1. Hubbell - IG5362 2. Arrow Hart - Approved equal 3. Pass & Seymour - Approved equal 4. Leviton - Approved equal 2.2 SWITCHES A. Switches 1. Provide specification grade, flush mounting, quiet - operating AC type, with toggle operator, heat - resistant plastic housing and self grounding metal strap. Silver alloy contact. Rated 20A at 120 -277V and capable of full capacity on tungsten or fluorescent lamp load. Design for side or back wiring with up to Number 10 wire. Verified by UL to meet or exceed Federal specification WS -896E. B. Use single -pole, double -pole, 3 -way, 4 -way, pilot or keyed type, as indicated on Drawings or required. C. Switches controlling lighting connected to the emergency power system shall be red and of the illuminated toggle type - illuminated when the switch is in the off position. D. Switches controlling lighting by way of low - voltage lighting control relays shall be 3- position, momentary- contact, center -off type to match the other switches. E. Switch and Pilot Light: Switch as indicated with red neon pilot light. F. Color of normal devices as selected by Architect. 2.3 DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES A. Provide 3 -pole NEMA and A.N.S.I. standard type, with bronze contacts that accept plug with 2 parallel blades and 1 grounding blade. Heat - resistant plastic enclosure with nylon face and green grounding screw. Break -off terminals for 2- circuit wiring. Rated 20 amperes at 125 -volt electrical alternating current. Wiring Devices 16140 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington B. Color of normal devices as selected by Architect. 2.4 FACEPLATES A. Provide cover plates for wall receptacles outlets, and switches of nylon to match device finish, unless otherwise noted. When two or more switches or devices are shown in one location, mount under a common plate. 2.5 OUTDOOR LOCATIONS A. Each receptacle installed in a damp location shall be corrosion resistant having all metal parts from stainless steel or be nickel plated brass. B. Protect exterior switches and those in mechanical rooms which act as plenums by a cast aluminum metal plate with a fiber shield and spring loaded cover. C. Protect exterior receptacles and those in mechanical rooms which act as plenums by a cast aluminum metal plate with a stainless steel spring - loaded, gasketed, double flap lift cover to remain locked in either open or closed position. D. Where indicated or required provide ground fault circuit interrupters which will interrupt leakage currents between 4-6 mA having a maximum circuit current of 20 amperes. Employ feed through devices as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SWITCHES A. Mount switches vertically with the "on" position on top, unless noted or specified otherwise. B. Where switches are indicated to be installed near doors, comer walls, etc., mount same not less than 2 inches and not more than 12 inches from trim. Verify exact location with the Architect. C. Carefully coordinate the location of switches to insure locations at the strike side of doors. D. Furnish and install an engraved legend for each switch that controls motors, equipment systems, etc., not located within sight of the controlling switch. E. All wallbox dimmers shall be mounted under a separate cover plate. Do not gang with other devices. 3.2 RECEPTACLES A. Unless otherwise noted, mount receptacle vertically with U- shaped ground position at bottom. B. Prior to final payment replace broken faceplates, switches and receptacles. Wiring Devices END OF SECTION 16140 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16141 MULTI- OUTLET ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide multi - outlet assemblies in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 2. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 3. Wiring Devices - Section 16140 4. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. UL 5. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and manufacturers' data in accordance with the conditions of the Contract and as specified below: 1. Submit manufactures' catalog cuts and specifications for multi - outlet assemblies. Submittal shall include but is not limited to, wiring devices, mounting and installation methods, and all fittings, connectors and coverplates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Wiremold, Plugmold Series G -2000 or approved equal. 2.2 GENERAL A. Wiring Devices 1. Receptacles shall be 15A, 125V, 3 wire grounding type. Receptacles spacing shall be 12" on center unless noted otherwise. Total raceway length shall be as noted on the Drawings. B: Wire Multi- Outlet Assemblies 16141 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. All assemblies shall provide a separate ground wire. Use of the raceway for grounding purposes is not allowed. 2. All conductors shall be copper with type THHN or THWN insulation. C. Raceways 1. Raceway construction shall be a minimum of .04" sheet steel. 2. Raceway cover shall be removable along the complete and continuous length of the assembly. 3. Raceway cover shall snap onto the body of the raceway and must provide a secure cover connection that will not become unintentionally unattached under normal use. 4. Raceway finish shall be factory applied enamel paint or stainless steel. Standard colors are buff or grey unless noted otherwise as color by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be done in a workmanlike manner, complete, with all raceway joints provided with coverplates, and other necessary fittings for a neat installation provided. B. No power circuit wiring other than that providing power to the multi - outlet assembly shall be allowed within the raceway. C. All wire splices shall be done in accordance with Section 16120 of this specification. D. All wire extending beyond the last receptacle on the assembly shall be provided with wire nut terminations and the raceway shall be provided with an end fitting. E. No cord and plug connected multi - outlet assemblies are allowed. All power connections to multi - outlet assemblies shall be permanent. F. Raceways shall be installed partially recessed or surface mounted. No multi- outlet assembly raceways may extend through or be contained in a partition. G. Wiring within the raceway shall be supported a minimum of 30" on center and at each splice or raceway connection point. Multi- Outlet Assemblies END OF SECTION 16141 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide panelboards in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. General Electrical Provisions (Equipment supports) - Section 16010 2. Reviews and Acceptances - Section 16035 3. Identification - Section 16060 4. Fuses 600 Volts and Less - Section 16181 5. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 C. Related work Specified in Other Divisions of these Specifications. 1. Finish painting 1.02 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1. Panelboards a. UL Standards #50 and #67. b. Federal Standard W- P -115A Type II, Class 1. c. NEMA Standard PB -1 -1971. • 2. Circuit Breakers a. UL Standard #489. b. Federal Standard W- C -375a Amendment No. 4 and W- C -375b. c. NEMA Standard AB -1 -1969. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Panelboards 16160 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington A. Refer to Section 16035 concerning the procedures and additional documents for submittals in concert with panelboard submittals. Submittals failing to meet the following criteria will be returned without a review or acceptance. B. With each panelboard drawing the following is required. 1. Show main devices and lug sizes; branch circuit device sizes and arrangement; bus ampacities; withstandability and short circuit rating; dimensions and construction; gutter and backbox dimensions; nameplate and legend; protective coating; and all pertinent details of panel, enclosure, cover, and method of securing cover and lock. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each panelboard as a complete and finished product shall receive a single integrated equipment rating by the manufacturer. The integrated equipment short- circuit wiring shall certify that all equipment is capable of withstanding the thermal and magnetic stress of a fault equal to the value specified on the Drawings. Such rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer on similar equipment. This certification shall be permanently affixed to each panelboard. Test data shall be submitted to the Engineer at time of submission of Acceptance Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. All panelboards are to be of the same manufacturer as the switchboards. B. 277/480 volts circuit breaker type panelboards are to be equal to Square D Type NEHB unless otherwise noted on the panel schedules or as required by panel size or branch breaker sizes. C. 120/208 volts circuit breaker type panelboards are to be equal to Square D Type NQOD unless otherwise noted on the panel schedules. D. Fusible panelboards are to be equal to Square D Type QMB unless otherwise noted on the panel schedules. 2.02 PANELBOARDS IN GENERAL A.. Provide panelboards consisting of an assembly of branch circuit switching and protective devices (circuit breakers, switch and fuse units, or combination thereof) mounted inside a dead front enclosure. Provide the number and size of these branch circuit devices as indicated by the circuiting, on the drawings, and in the schedules. B. Provide the following modifications and additional equipment as shown on the Drawings. 1. Main circuit breakers. 2. Shunt trip circuit breakers. 3. Split buses. 4. Integral remote control switches. 16160 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington Panelboards 1 5. Subfeed switches. 6. Panelboard integral mounted relays and contactors. 7. Feed through or sub feed lugs and/or bus. 8. Feed through cabling arrangement. 9. Double lugs for multiple cables or for future provisions. 10. Circumferential compression lugs where aluminum conductors are employed. 11. Ground fault interrupting circuit breakers. 12. Where main breakers are indicated, they shall be factory mounted to the bus and shall be located at top center panel. Back connected branch circuit breakers are not acceptable as main breakers. C. Interiors 1. Rigid removable assembly of copper bus bars and interchangeable bolted branch c_ ircuit devices. 2. Bus bars drilled to permit branch circuit devices of all sizes and number of poles to be interchangeable and installed in any spare space of sufficient size, without disturbing adjacent units; without removing main bus or branch circuit connectors and without machining, drilling, or tapping in the field. 3. Arrange bus in sequence or distributed phasing so that multi -pole circuit breaker can replace any group of single circuit breakers of the same size. 4. Provide neutral bus in each panelboard. 5. Provide ground bus in each panelboard. 6. Provide a non - linear rated panelboard when feed from a K -rated transformer. 7. Provide an isolated ground bus when panelboard feeds isolated ground receptacles. 8. Provide feed through and/or sub feed interiors as indicated on the panel schedules and one line diagram. D. Enclosure 1. Code gauge steel box galvanized. 2. Provide a bolt -on ground connector to inside of enclosure. 3. Flush mounted in finished areas and where indicated. Surface mount elsewhere. Panelboards 16160 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 4. All panelboards installed outdoors or indoors in sprinklered electrical rooms shall have a NEMA 3R enclosure. E. Front 1. Doors must be provided on all lighting and power panels. On switch and fuse panelboards doors over overcurrent devices are not to be provided unless rated for same. 2. Heavy code gauge steel as required to maintain panel face flat. 3. Hold front closed with latch and lock. 4. Factory finished in ANSI 61 gray enamel or two coats of air -drying lacquer over a rust inhibitor. 5. Provide directory for total number of poles. 6. Provide approved lock. All panels keyed alike. Furnish four (4) sets matching keys and one key per panel to the Owner. 7. Welded angle rest at the bottom of the door to facilitate cover installation. 8. Doors over 48" in height shall have auxiliary fasteners at top and bottom of door in addition to lock and catch. 9. No commercial logo on face of equipment. F. Terminal Lugs 1. Bolted type, labeled for either copper or aluminum conductors. 2. Locate main lugs properly at top or bottom, depending where main feeder enters. G. Electrical Ratings 1. Panelboards are to be rated 120/208 volts or 277/480 volts, 3- phase, 4 -wire, full neutral with ampacities as indicated on the Drawings (unless otherwise noted). 2. Short circuit withstand ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Where indicated, provide panelboards having a "service entrance" Type UL label with neutrals factory bonded to frame or enclosure. H. Circuit Breaker Devices Panelboards 1. Plastic molded case. Completely sealed enclosure. Toggle type operating handle. Trip ampere rating and ON /OFF indication clearly visible. 2. Thermal- magnetic trip -free, trip- indicating, quick -make, quick - break, with inverse time delay characteristics. Single -handle and common tripping multi -pole breakers. 16160 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Silver alloy contacts with auxiliary arc - quenching devices. 4. Panelboard must be of the type which will accept the field installation of shunt trip devices of 60 amperes or less on the branch devices. 5. Interrupting capacities shall be as indicated on the Drawings. In general, 120/208 volt devices shall not be less than (10,000 AIC) and 277/480 not less than (14,000 AIC). 6. For lighting circuits that are controlled at panel, provide devices labeled "SWD" for switching purposes. 7. Bolted type terminals U.L. listed for either aluminum or copper 75 °C cables. 8. Provide main breakers in panels served from transformers. 9. Locate next to each breaker or space unit an individual number. 10. Circuit breakers serving kitchen equipment beneath cooking hoods shall include a shunt trip coil. 11. The use of series rated breakers shall be approved by the engineer prior to preparation of submittals. Ground fault interrupter branch circuit breakers shall be as indicated in panel schedules. Circuit breakers shall be circuit interrupting which will operate manually for normal switching functions and automatically under overload, short circuit, and 0.005 amp line -to- ground fault conditions. The operating mechanism shall be entirely trip -free so that contact cannot be held close against an abnormal overcurrent, short circuit, or ground fault condition. The device shali.be bolt -on type with insulated case construction and shall be interchangeable with standard 1P breakers utilized in the panelboard. J. Switch and Fuse Devices 1. Quick -make, quick - break, dead -front type. Each switch a self - contained unit, externally operable from the front. 2. Fuse and switch compartment interlocked to prevent access to the fuse compartment until switch is thrown to "OFF" position. Interlock intentionally releasable by externally applied tool to permit checking switch and fuses under load. 3. Switch units interchangeable for replacement, without disturbing balance of distribution panelboard's operation. 4. Switches are to reject fuses other than those specified. 5. Provide Class R rejection type fuses as specified elsewhere. 6. Provide spare fuses as specified elsewhere. PART 3 - EXECUTION Panelboards 16160 -5 Gait Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount panel 4 feet to panel center but with maximum height of six feet 6 inches to handle of topmost switching device. B. Mount surface type panels a minimum 1 inch off wall on channels. C. Where flush mounted, the fire integrity of the wall in which it is installed must be maintained. D. Neatly arrange branch circuit wires and tie together in each gutter with Thomas & Betts nylon "Ty- Raps ", or approved equal at minimum 4 inch intervals. E. Plug all knockouts removed and not utilized. 3.02 TOUCH UP AND CLEANING A. Vacuum all backboxes clean of debris after installation and prior to final acceptance. B. Touch up scratch marks, etc., with matching paint. 3.03 HOUSEKEEPING PADS A. Provide a 4" high reinforced concrete pad beneath all floor mounted panelboards. . Panelboards END OF SECTION 16160 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16170 DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL, 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide disconnect switches in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Setting motors and other equipment. 2. Identification. 3. Mounting heights. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. U.L. Standards #98 (File #4776) and #508. 2. Federal Specification W- S -865C. 3. NEMA Standard KS1 -1975. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 16035 concerning the procedures and additional document for submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Heavy -duty, single -throw knife switch with quick -make, quick -break mechanism, capable of full load operations. Meet NEMA and U.S. Government specifications for Class A switches. B. Provide with contact arc- quenching devices, such as magnetic blowouts or snuffing plates. Provide self - aligning switchblades with silver alloy contact areas and designed so that arcing upon making and breaking does not occur on the final contact surfaces. Provide with high- pressure, spring- loaded contact. Mount switch parts on high -grade insulating base. C. Enclosure: NEMA 1 with hinged door, and defeatable interlock when switch is in "On" position and can be positively padlocked in "On" and "Off positions. Utilize NEMA 3R (rain - tight) enclosures for exterior installations. Disconnect Switches 16170 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Size, fusing and number of poles as shown or as required. Where fused, the devices must be provided with UL listed rejection feature to reject all but Class R. fuses. Provide horsepower rated switch to match motor load if no size is shown. Use 3 pole plus solid neutral switches on four wire circuits and 3 pole switches on all other circuits, unless otherwise noted. E. Lugs must be U.L. listed for the type conductors used and be front removable. F. Provide six (6) pole switches for connection to motors with the following starter types: 1. Non - reversing - two step - part winding - star connected. 2. Non - reversing - full voltage - two speed separate winding. 3. Non - reversing - full voltage - two speed single winding. 4. Where otherwise noted. G. Manufacturer to be the same as that for motor controllers, transformers, switchgear, etc. 2.2 TOGGLE TYPE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide switches that operate at their full rating with fluorescent, tungsten, and resistance loads and at 80% of their rated capacity with motor loads. B. Switches to be heavy duty and have: 1. Arc- resisting bodies. 2. Slow make- and -break mechanisms. 3. Silver alloy contact buttons. 4. Side or back wiring with up to No. 10 AWG solid conductors. C. Acceptable manufacturers: Square D Class 2510, 11 or 12; Westinghouse Type MS or B100; and General Electric Type RE with enclosure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Each motor over 1/2 HP shall be provided with a horsepower -rated safety-type disconnect switch. B. Each piece of equipment utilizing multi -phase power shall be supplied with a safety-type disconnect switch. C. Each piece of equipment utilizing single -phase power but protected at over 30 amperes shall be supplied with a safety-type disconnect switch. Disconnect Switches 16170 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Equipment other than that mentioned above utilizing a toggle type manual control switch properly sized and rated for the equipment it disconnects. E. Factory installed disconnect switches may be used to satisfy the above requirements with the Architect /Engineer's prior approval. 3.2 MOUNTING A. Provide connections and wiring to and from each disconnect switch. Support conduit feeder from ceiling or floor. B. Disconnect switches shall be mounted on adjacent wall or from the floor with independent supports. Switches shall not be mounted on fan housings. Disconnect Switches END OF SECTION 16170 -3 Gait Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16181 FUSES 600 VOLTS AND LESS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide fuses in accordance with the Contract Document. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. UL Standard #198. 2. . UL Standard #977. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a complete set of shop drawings to include let - through curves for each type of fuse, a schedule of spare fuse cabinets with a listing of fuses provided within each spare fuse cabinet, and dimensioned drawings of each spare fuse cabinet by type and size. B. Short circuit current analysis is based upon Bussman fuse characteristics for let- through currents. If Gould - Shawmut or Littlefuse fuses are to be utilized, it is the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to provide the appropriate fuse curves and let- through values which correspond to the Bussman values shown on the Drawings. Submit comparative chart of fuse substitutions for Architect /Engineer and for respective Building Department review prior to acceptance of same substitutions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Bussman B. Gould - Shawmut C. Littlefuse 2.2 MATERIALS A. General 1. Ratings Fuses 600 Volts and Less a. All fuses shall be labeled as UL Class L or UL Class R, current limiting and rated for up to 200,000 amperes. Time delay Class R fuses shall be so labeled. 16181 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2. Feeder Circuits a. Fuses over 600 amperes shall be UL Class L. Fuses up to 600 amperes shall be UL Class RK1. If fuses directly feed motors they shall be UL RK1, labeled Time - delay. 3. Branch circuits a. Fuses shall be UL Class RK1, Dual- Element, labeled as time - delay. 4. All fuses shall be so selected as to provide a selectively coordinated system. 5. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. 6. All fuses to be of the Class R type. B. Spares: Upon completion of the building, the contractor shall provide the Owner with spare fuses as indicated below: 1. 10 percent (minimum of 3) of each type and rating of installed fuses shall be supplied as spares. 2. Spare fuse cabinets shall be provided to store the above spares. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Fuses shall not be installed until equipment is ready to be energized. B. All fuses shall be provided by the Contractor. Fuses 600 Volts and Less END OF SECTION 16181 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 4 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING SYSTEMS EARlaz_QENEKAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide a low impedance grounding system in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Testing, Acceptances and Certification - Section 16065. 2. Raceway and Boxes - Section 16110. 3. Wire and Cable - Section 16120. 4. Dry Type Transformers - Section 16470 5. Luminaires and Accessories - Section 16500 6. Telephone Raceways and Accessories - Section 16740. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. Underwriters Laboratory Standard No. U.L. 467. 2. ANSI C -1 1978. 3. IEEE Standard NO. 142 -1982. 4. National Electrical Safety Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide a complete set of shop drawings showing service grounding methods as called for on the construction documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish and install an electrical grounding system as indicated on the construction documents and as specified herein. Grounding Systems 16450 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington B. Grounding systems shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the local authorities, NEC Section 250, and subject to the approval of the Architect /Engineer. C. All ground wires and bonding jumpers shall be stranded copper installed in conduit. All ground wires shall be without joints and splices over its entire length. 2.2 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. The system neutral shall be grounded at the service entrance only and kept isolated from grounding systems throughout the facility. B. Each system of continuous metallic piping and ductwork shall be grounded in accordance with the requirements of the NEC Section 250. C. Bond each section of switchboard housing and service conduits entering switchboards to ground bus. D. PVC conduits and portions of metallic piping and duct systems which are isolated by flexible connections, insulated couplings, etc., shall be bonded to the equipment ground with a flexible bonding jumper, or separate grounding conductor. E. Mechanical equipment shall be bonded to the building equipment grounding system. This shall include but is not limited to, fans, pumps, chillers, etc. F. All raceways (metallic and nonmetallic) shall contain a ground conductor. Conductor shall be sized in accordance with Section 250 -95 of the NEC. G. Equipment grounding conductors shall be provided for separately derived systems and shall be grounded to building steel, cold water pipes, etc., or an alternate grounding means. Equipment grounding shall consist of but not limited to the following: 1. Dry Type Transformers. 2. Outdoor lighting standards. When building steel is not available and a metal underground water pipe in direct contact with the earth for 10 feet or more is not available, a grounding electrode conductor riser shall be installed for the dry type transformers. Riser to be sized based on NEC 250 -94 and 250 -23. The secondary conductors of the dry type transformers connected to each riser shall be added together to determine the grounding electrode size. H. Receptacles shall be grounded to the outlet box by means of a bonding jumper between the outlet box and the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolated ground receptacles, ground wire shall run back to service ground bus. I. Main telephone terminal board and riser terminal boards shall be grounded by installing a bare /16 copper wire riser between the building service ground and the last riser terminal board. At each terminal riser board provide one (1) three foot (3') #6 bare copper wire from the telephone riser ground and terminating at the riser terminal board. Grounding Systems 16450 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington J. Metal raceways, cable trays, cable armor, cable sheath, enclosures, frames, fittings and other metal noncurrent- carrying parts that are to serve as grounding conductors shall be effectively bonded where necessary to assure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any fault current likely to be imposed on them. Any nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating shall be removed at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces or be connected by means of fittings so designed as to make such removal unnecessary. K. Provide grounding type bushings for conduits terminated through multiple concentric knockouts not fully knocked out, on inside of panelboards. Ground bushing with #12 bar copper to panelboards ground bus. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Grounding connections and splices shall be brazed molded exothermic welded, bolted clamp terminal or pressure- connector type. Bolted connections and pressure - connectors shall be used for connections to removable equipment. B. Provide a complete test in accordance with Section 16065 of these Specifications. Grounding Systems END OF SECTION 16450 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 "Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16470 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide dry type transformers in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere 1. Finish painting. 2. Equipment Supports. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association. 1. Comply with Underwriter's Laboratories Standard UL -506, American National Standards Institute 057.12.00 -1968, and the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association Standard ST20 -1972. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings and manufacture's data for each type and size dry transformer as indicated on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The transformer shall be dry-type with kilovolt- ampere (kva) rating shown, with delta- connected primary and wye- connected secondary, rated 480 volt- 208/120 volt, three -phase. B.. Insulation: All transformers rated 9 KVA and larger shall utilize 220 degrees Centigrade UL approved insulation systems. Transformer temperature rise shall not exceed 115 degrees Centigrade above a 40 degrees Centigrade ambient under full load. C. Coils: Coil conductors to be continuous wound construction with terminations welded without auxiliary flux materials. Wind coils with copper or aluminum magnet wire, vacuum impregnated with non - hygroscopic, thermosetting varnish. Coils to be protected with an outer layer of glass tape or similar quality insulation. Provide each layer with end- fillers or tie -downs to ensure maximum mechanical strength. Brace tap terminations to magnet wire. Brace primary and secondary magnet wire directly to bus studs or lugs. Windings shall be continuous with no splices. Dry Type Transformer 16470 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Core 1. Manufacture core from a high- grade, non -aging 29 gauge silicon steel with high magnetic permeabilities, low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Keep magnetic flux densities well below saturation to allow for a minimum of 10 percent over - voltage excitation. 2. Cut laminations with the direction of the grain and free from burrs. All laminations must be core plated or annealed and firmly butted. The core laminations shall be clamped tightly and compressed to provide quiet operation and to prevent damage during shipment. E. Taps 1. Full - capacity taps shall be provided on the primary side of the transformer having two 2.5 percent above normal and four 2.5 percent below normal. F. Enclosures 1. Provide lifting brackets on all sizes. 2. Ventilated openings shall be such as to avoid accidental access to live parts. 3. Degrease, clean, phosphatize and paint the entire enclosure with one (1) coat of zinc chromate primer and two (2) coats of gray enamel. G. General 1. Enclosure temperature rise shall not exceed 35 °C. rise above ambient. The core and coil assembly shall be grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible copper grounding strap of adequate size. Provide transformers up to and including 75 KVA suitable for floor, wall, or ceiling mounting. Transformers exceeding 75 KVA shall be floor mounted only. H. Sound Levels 1. The transformer shall operate at audible sound levels substantially below American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard C89.2. Sound levels shall not exceed 45 decibels (db) for units 15 to 50 kva, 50 db for 51 - to 150 -kva units, 55 db for 151 -to 300 - kva units, and 60 db for units 301 to 500 kva. 2. Core and coil assemblies 30 KVA and larger to be mounted on rubber vibration isolators designed specifically to reduce 120 Hz sound and multiply harmonics. I. Acceptable Manufacturers: Square D, ITE Siemens, General Electric, Westinghouse, Acme, and Challenger. Dry Type Transformer 16470 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 31 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Resiliently suspend each dry -type transformer on double deflection neoprene in the shear hanger rod isolator assemblies, capable of providing minimum 3/8 inch static deflection. B. Provide grounding conductors from transformer secondary to nearest building ground for each separately derived system. Grounding electrode conductor shall be sized in accordance with NEC Section 250 -94 for the derived phase conductors. Install a ground riser as described in Section 16450 if building steel is not available or if an adequately grounded cold water piping system is not available. C. Provide a 4" high reinforced concrete pad beneath all floor mounted transformers. Dry Type Transformer END OF SECTION 16470 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16500 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. This Section specifies requirements for luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all luminaire quantities, lengths and clearances required and shall inform the Architect in writing, at the time the bid submission is made, of any discrepancies or variances found with fixtures or details specified herein or in the Luminaire Schedule and other Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1. Electrical General Provisions - Section 16010 2. Identification - Section 16060 3. Testing, Acceptance and Certification - Section 16065 4. Equipment Connections and Coordination - Section 16102 5. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 6. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 7. Wiring Devices - Section 16140 8. Grounding Systems - Section 16450 C. Related Work Specified in Other Divisions of these Specifications 1. Fixtures, furnishings, and equipment package 1.2 STANDARDS A. Codes: 1. Luminaires, components, and installation shall be in accordance with the American National Standards Institute, the latest revision of the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) and any applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. 2. All lamps shall be in accordance with the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Public Law #102- 486). B. U.L. Listing: Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. All luminaires, ballasts, transformers, and other electrical components shall be manufactured in strict accordance with the appropriate requirements of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. and any others that may be applicable. The appropriate Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. labels shall be affixed to all luminaires. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the characteristics and the appropriate U.L. labeling of all luminaires and their components with the ambient conditions which will exist when the luminaires are installed. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data Submittals 1. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and as described herein and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. The Contractor shall submit data for approval of the Architect, detailed shop drawings and product data for all luminaires specified herein and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. No luminaire shall be installed without the approval of its shop drawings, product data and/or sample. 3. Shop drawings and product data shall indicate the name of the project, fixture type, manufacturer's name, luminaire catalog number and catalog numbers for lampholders, ballasts, diffusers, and intemal protective components. 4. Prior to fabrication and submittal of the shop drawings and product data, the Contractor shall coordinate luminaires and conduit entries with equipment, ducts, pipes, openings, etc. 5. Submit Manufacturer's dimensioned and scaled shop drawings showing in complete detail the fabrication of all luminaires. These drawings shall include overall detail dimensions, finishes, materials, metal thicknesses, fabrication methods, support methods, ballasts, sockets, thicknesses of diffusers, types of reflectors, provisions for relamping, and all other pertinent information, to show compliance with all Contract Documents. 6. Custom luminaire fabrication details shall be drawn at either full size or half -size scale. Fixture fabrication details shall illustrate a minimum of three (3) critical views indicating all fabrication and assembly methods, materials, and materials' gauges and finishes. 7. Where luminaires are mounted in continuous rows or in architectural coves, shop drawings shall indicate exact luminaire locations, layout, connecting components, coupling plates, changes in elevation, corner details, assembly methods, and reinforced concrete base details. 8. Submit product data which includes luminaire type, luminaire illustration with mounting details, luminaires certification of suitability for use in locations indicated, and photometric test reports which include the following: a. Complete candlepower summary with graphical and numerical data in 5 degree increments for up and down quadrants and at 22 -1/2 degree azimuth increments Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -2 Gart Sports Superstore /1555 Tukwila, Washington including normal and parallel. b. Visual comfort probability data c. Coefficients of utilization data d. Luminaire efficiency e. Lamp description f. Lamp lumen output g. Zonal lumens and percentages B. Samples 1. Upon request, submit samples of custom luminaires, modified luminaires, and substitution items for the purpose of ascertaining photometric performance, quality of visible parts and details, maintenance features, methods of installation, and safety features. These samples shall be submitted for approval at no expense to the Owner, with all transportation prepaid. The samples will be returned to the Contractor after the reviews are completed at the expense of the Contractor. C. Schedule 1. Submit a typewritten list of luminaires indicating the type, general description, manufacturer with address and telephone number, catalog number, applied voltage, ballast type, lamp type, and luminaire quantities. 2. Submit a maintenance and operation schedule and describe tools required, types of cleaners to be used, and replacement parts. 3. Upon request furnish for review by the Architect an itemized schedule of unit equipment costs for all luminaire types to be provided under the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL LUMINAIRE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Manufacture luminaires to the specifications described above, hereafter, and as indicated in the Luminaire Schedule and all Contract Documents. Acceptable manufactures are listed in the Luminaire Schedule shown on the Drawings. B. Provide proper thickness of code gauge sheet steel so that all luminaires are rigid, stable, and will resist deflection, twisting and warping under normal installation procedures, relamping, and maintenance. C. All luminaire designs shall include, as applicable, plaster frames, trim rings, shrouds, flanges, backboxes, support hardware, and any other components required for proper installation of the luminaires. Luminaires and Accessories i i 16500 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. Luminaires with covers, cones, or diffuser frames, which are to be mounted above twelve feet from the finished floor level, shall be provided with safety chains or other acceptable backup means of support to properly secure such items to main housing. E. Rows of luminaires shall be designed with concealed splice plates and shall be free of light leaks. Components such as reflectors, trims, diffusers ang other visible items shall be properly aligned with no overlaps, gaps, or other imperfections. F. All continuous linear luminaires shall be fabricated with the longest lengths consistent with the Contract Documents and with shipping and installation constraints. If the lengths are shorter than those designated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall specifically inform the Architect in the shop drawings prior to ordering the luminaire. G. The Contractor shall coordinate and detail all necessary structural supports and support hardware required by the N.E.C. for the safe attachment of all luminaires to mounting surfaces. H. All luminaires shall be designed for installation and proper operation in the actual ventilation and temperature conditions in which the luminaires are installed. I. Provide finished product with smooth clean ground metal edges, trims, and frames as well as tight fitting connections, hinges, and closures. J. Provide access for servicing the installed luminaire and for replacement of electrical parts without removal or disassembly of the luminaire. K. Unless otherwise noted, provide emergency battery packs, emergency quartz restrike, or stand -by systems as required for luminaires connected to emergency circuits. L. High intensity discharge luminaires, connected to emergency circuits, shall be provided with a quartz restrike or stand -by system which is activated during loss of power until the high intensity discharge lamp returns to full light intensity. M. High intensity discharge luminaires shall be completely enclosed, unless otherwise noted. N. Where acrylic is used for lenses, refractors, and diffusers with luminaires with H.I.D. sources, the luminaires shall be designed not to exceed a 65 °C. luminaire ambient temperature. 0.. Incandescent luminaires utilizing tungsten halogen sources shall be designed and constructed so that lamp seal temperatures do not exceed 350 °C. at an ambient of 25 °C. when tested in accordance with U.L. Standard #57, and shall maintain an operating bulb wall temperature of approximately 600 °C. and not less than 250 °C. P. Lead wires for luminaires utilizing tungsten halogen lamps shall be rated for not less than 200 °C. operation, and shall be rated for 250 °C. when temperature warrants. Q. Temperature at any point on reflectors of tungsten halogen luminaires shall not exceed 205 °C. R. All incandescent luminaires supplied for recessing in suspended ceiling shall be supplied with prewired junction boxes. S. Luminaire doors shall be provided as follows: Positive light seal, concealed safety hinges, and Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -4 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington inconspicuous "positive spring loaded" holding latches, which are hingeable from either side and operable without the use of tools. T. Where luminaires are mounted in tandem in continuous uplight or downlight coves, the Contractor shall field coordinate fixture quantity and length required to provide a continuous band of light without gaps to within 6" of row ends. 2.2 RECESSED LUMINAIRES A. Recessed luminaires shall be of a type which coordinate properly with the ceiling construction in which they are to be mounted. Discrepancies between luminaire catalog references appearing in the Contract Documents and actual construction into which they are to be installed shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to the submission of shop drawings. B. Any ferrous parts and supports, other than parts manufactured of stainless steel, shall be completely rustproofed after fabrication, and prior to the application of finish coatings. Rustproofing shall be by means of galvanizing, bonderizing, zinc plating, or by treatment with other industry standard rust preventing process which provide rustproofing qualities equal to the processes mentioned. C. All screws, bolts, nuts, and other fastening and latching hardware shall be cadmium or equivalent plated. D. All recessed luminaires shall be provided with approved thermal protection devices to deactivate the luminaire in case of excessive heat build -up. 2.3 PENDANT AND SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES A. Pendant or surface mounted luminaires shall be provided with required mounting devices and accessories, including hickeys, stud - extensions, ball - aligners, canopies and stems. Locations of luminaires in mechanical areas shall be coordinated with the Mechanical Contractor. Mounting stems of pendant luminaires shall be of the correct length to uniformly maintain the luminaire heights shown on the Drawings. Variation in mounting individual luminaires shall not exceed 1/4 inch. Height shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from the floor mounting height shown on the Drawings. Luminaires hung in continuous runs shall be installed absolutely level and in line with each other. Hanging devices shall comply with N.E.C. requirements. Unless otherwise noted, use single stem hangers. 2.4 BRACKET MOUNTED LUMINAIRES A. For each bracket mounted luminaire, provide flanged metal stem attached to outlet box, with threaded end suitable for supporting the luminaire rigidly in specified position. Flanged part of the luminaire shall be of broad base type, secured to the outlet box at not less than three points. 2.5 FINISHES A. Unless otherwise noted, all finishes shall be as selected by the Architect. B. Luminaire finishes shall be applied in a manner that will assure a durable, wear resistant surface. C. Unless otherwise noted, fluorescent lamp luminaires with baked -on white synthetic enamel finishes shall have a minimum reflectance of 85 %. Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -5 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington D. All Alzak parabolic reflectors shall be guaranteed against discoloration for a minimum of ten years, and, in the event of premature discoloration, shall be replaced by the manufacturer at no cost to the Owner. E. Aluminum reflectors shall be finished specular, semi - specular, or diffuse as specified and shall meet or exceed Alzak specifications. F. Reflector finish color shall be as selected by the Architect. G. Unless otherwise specified, all painted surfaces on exterior luminaires shall use fluoropolymer paint with an outdoor life expectancy of not less than 20 years. Surfaces shall be prepared, primed, and material applied in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. 2.6 LENSES A. Plastic used for lenses and diffusers shall be formed of colorless 100% virgin acrylic as manufactured by Rohm & Haas, Dupont, or acceptable equal. B. Glass used for lenses, reflectors, diffusers, and luminaires shall be tempered for high impact and heat resistance. The glass shall have a transmittance of not less than 88%, unless otherwise indicated. For exterior luminaire use tempered borosilicate glass Corning #7740 or acceptable equal. C. All lenses, louvers, and other light diffusing elements shall be removable and positively held so that hinging or other normal motion will not cause them to drop out. D. All lenses shall be turned over to the Owner clean and free of dust or finger prints. E. Spread lenses shall be provided with notches or locking devices to insure that lens orientation is not disturbed during luminaire lamp replacement or cleaning. F. Unless otherwise noted, metal halide luminaires shall be provided with heat and shock tempered glass enclosures capable of containment of hot quartz arc tube particles as recommended by luminaire and lamp manufacturers. 2.7 LAMPS A. Lamps shall be manufactured by General Electric, Philips, or Osram/Sylvania unless otherwise noted. B. Provide all lamps as indicated on the Luminaire Schedule and the applicable Contract Documents. C. Lamps of a given type shall be produced by one manufacturer. D. All incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted and rated for 130 volt operation, unless otherwise specified. E. All fluorescent lamps shall be 3200 °K, T8 type. 2.8 LAMPHOLDERS Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -6 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington A. Lamp sockets shall be rigidly and securely screwed to luminaire housing. B. All lamp sockets shall be suitable for the specified lamps and shall be set so as to allow for specified performance of the luminaire by positioning lamps in optically correct relation to lenses, reflectors, baffles and light diffusers. C. Where adjustable socket positions are provided, socket shall be preset in the factory for the lamp specified. Where different socket positions are specified for the same luminaire, sockets shall be preset as required, and cartons marked accordingly. D. Incandescent lampholders shall have a UL listed, heavy duty porcelain body and a nickel - plated brass screw shell prelubricated with silicone compound. E. Unless otherwise noted, provide medium base sockets for incandescent lamps up to and including 250 watts, and mogul based sockets from 300 watts up to 1500 watts (rated for 1500 watts, 600 volt service). F. Fluorescent lampholders shall be made of heavy white thermoset urea plastic with definite lock -in feature and silver plated contacts. Outdoor lampholders shall be compression type with neoprene gasketing. Sockets with open circuit voltage over 300 volts shall be of the safety type and designed to open supply circuit on lamp removal. G. High intensity discharge lampholder shall have a porcelain body and a nickel- plated brass screw shell, prelubricated with silicone compound. Unless otherwise noted, contacts shall be made of spring - loaded silver - plated phosphor bronze. H. Fluorescent lampholders shall be designed to locate lamps at the optimum distance away from the grounding element for proper lamp start as required for the specified lamp and ballast combination. 2.9 WIRING A. Wiring between fluorescent lampholders and associated operating and starting equipment shall be of similar or heavier gauge than the leads furnished with the approved types of ballasts, with equal or better insulating and heat resisting characteristics. B. Wiring shall be protected with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion may occur. C. Wiring shall be concealed within luminaire construction except where the luminaire design or mounting dictates otherwise. D. Connections of wires to terminals of lampholders and other accessories shall be made in a neat and workmanlike manner and be electrically and mechanically secure with no protruding loose strands. The number of wires extending to or from the terminals of a lampholder or other accessory shall not exceed the number which the accessory is designed to accommodate. E. Wiring channels and wireways shall be free from projections, screw points, and rough or sharp edges throughout; and all points or edges over which conductors may pass and be subject to damage or wear shall be rounded or bushed. F. Insulated bushings shall be installed at points of entrance and exit wiring. Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -7 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington G. Splices in internal wiring shall be made with approved insulated "Wire Nut" type mechanical connectors, suitable for the temperature and voltage conditions to which they will be subjected. H. For 120 volt luminaire wiring, use 300 volt, 150 degree Centigrade non - asbestos wire beginning at separately mounted outlet box unless higher temperature is required by luminaire design. I. For luminaire wiring of units connected to voltages higher than 120 volts use 600 volt, 105 degree Centigrade appliance type (AWM) wire approved for luminaire wiring, beginning at separately mounted outlet box. J. All luminaires shall be completely wired at the factory. K. All luminaires shall be properly grounded as required by applicable codes. 2.10 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS AND HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS A. All fluorescent and high intensity discharge Lamp ballasts shall conform to the following: 1. U.L. and ANSI specifications with labels and/or symbols of approval by the U.L. and certification by C.B.M. as tested by E.T.L. 2. The component parts shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with the N.E.C. and other applicable codes. 3. Ballasts shall provide safe and reliable operation of the specified lamps. 4. Ballasts installed within the same luminaire type shall be identical in all respects. 5. Fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be rigidly mounted to the inside of the top of the luminaire housings, with ballast surfaces and housing in complete contact for efficient conduction of ballast heat to prevent overheating or cycling. Ballasts shall be readily removable for replacement. 6. Ballasts shall be designed for operation at 60 Hz. nominal, and shall operate at the nominal voltages indicated on label. 7. Secure ballasts firmly in luminaires to prevent vibrations. 8. Contractor shall provide ballast with operating voltage compatible with branch circuit voltage as shown on Contract Drawings. 9. Unless otherwise noted, all ballasts shall be factory installed and wired. B. All electromagnetic fluorescent ballasts shall conform to the following: 1. Ballasts shall be manufactured by the following manufacturers: Advance, General Electric, Jefferson Electric, or Universal. 2. All ballasts shall be "Class P ". Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -8 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 3. Provide the best sound - rating available for the lamps and ballast combination. Ballasts found by the Architect to be unduly noisy shall be replaced, without charge, prior to acceptance of the job. 4. For the operation of nominal rapid -start fluorescent lamps, ballasts shall be 430 Ma., super e low -heat, energy saving, sound rated "A ", high -power factor, series - sequence type. For the operation of preheat, instant start, and slimline lamps, ballasts shall be of the lead -lag type. 5. Fluorescent luminaires with two (2) lamps or a multiple of two lamps shall have two -lamp ballasts. 6. 430 Ma. outdoor ballasts shall be suitable for operation and starting at 0 °F. Indoor and outdoor 800 Ma. and 1,500 Ma. ballasts shall be suitable for operation and starting at - 20°F. Indoor 430 Ma. ballasts shall have a minimum starting temperature of 60 °F or as specified. C. All electronic ballasts shall conform to the following: 1. Ballasts shall be integrated circuit type as manufactured by Advance (type Mark V) or approved equals by Magnetek or Motorola. 2. Ballast shall have a frequency of operation of 20 KHz or greater, and operate without visible flicker. 3. Ballasts shall be CSA certified. 4. Ballasts shall have a power factor of 95% or above. 5. Ballasts shall be sound rated "A ". 6. Ballasts shall have an average lamp current crest factor below 1.4. 7. Ballasts shall maintain constant light output over operating ranges of 90V to 145V (120V ballasts) and 200V to 320V (277V ballasts), 50/60 Hz. 8. Ballasts shall have a sequenced start progression which first heats cathode filaments and then ignites the lamp. 9. Ballasts shall withstand line transients as defined in ANSI /IEEE C62.41, Category A. 10. Ballasts shall meet the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission Rules and Regulations, Part 18, for non - consumer equipment. 11. Where applicable, ballasts shall meet minimum efficacy standards of Public Law No. 100- 357, National Appliance Energy Conservation Amendments of 1988, and Canadian Efficiency Standards. D. All fluorescent dimming ballasts shall conform to the following: 1. Ballasts shall be of the Hi -Lume series by Lutron. Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -9 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington f 2. Electronic dimming ballasts and controls shall be made by the same manufacturer. • 3. Dimming shall be smooth and continuous without flicker down to 1% light output (5 % light output for T -5 lamps). 4. Ballasts shall be capable of striking lamps at any light level without first flashing at full light. 5. Different lamp lengths of the same lamp type shall dim evenly when controlled by the same dimmer. 6. Ballasts shall be inaudible in a room with 27 decibel ambient noise level, throughout the full dimming range. 7. Ballasts shall comply with FCC Part 18 regulations and shall not interfere with other properly installed electrical equipment. 8. Ballasts shall be Class "P ", and meet ANSI C62.41 standards for surge protection. 9. Ballasts shall have a Class A sound rating. 10. Ballasts shall have a power factor greater than 90 %. E. All exterior pole mounted luminaires shall conform to the following: 1. Provide reinforced concrete bases for all exterior pole mounted luminaires in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The bases shall be designed to prevent overtuming or permanent deflection in sustained winds up to 100 miles per hour with gusts to 130 miles per hour. Take into account the existing soil conditions in sizing the bases and submit shop drawings of base design for approval. 2. Each pole over 8 feet in height shall be manufacturered with an accessible grounding lug. If access is provided via handhole, handhole must be a minimum of 2" x 4" and have raintight cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide luminaires at locations, and of types, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Do not scale electrical drawings for exact location of the luminaires. Consult the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans for the proper locations of luminaires. Report immediately to the Architect any discrepancy between the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans and the electrical documents. C. Prior to submittal of shop drawings and fabrication, check for adequate headroom and non- interference with other equipment, such as ducts, pipes, and openings. D. Install each luminaire properly and safely. Provide hangers, rods, mounting brackets, supports, Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -10 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington frames, yokes, support bars and any other equipment required for a complete installation. E. Each luminaire shall be packaged with complete instructions and illustrations showing proper installation procedures. Install luminaire in strict conformance with manufacturer's recommendation and instructions. F. Rigidly align continuous rows of luminaires for true in -line appearance, subject to Architect's approval. G. Install pendant luminaires plumb, and at the height from the floor specified or indicated on the 1 Drawings. In cases where conditions make this impractical, refer to the Architect and install as directed. Use ball aligners and canopies on pendant luminaires unless otherwise noted. I H. Do not install luminaire parts such as finishing plates and trims for recessed luminaires until all plastering, painting or other activities that may mar fittings' finishes have been completed. I. Install reflector cones, baffles, aperture plates, air controlling elements for air handling luminaires, and decorative elements after completion of ceiling tile installation, painting, and general cleanup. J. Exterior poles, bollards, bases, and any other luminaire or luminaire components with scratched or I damaged finishes shall be repainted to match specified color or replaced if deemed necessary by the Architect. 1 K. The Contractor shall be required to protect luminaires from damage during installation. The Contractor shall replace, at no extra cost, any broken luminaires, glassware, plastics, lamps, etc. up to the time of final acceptance by the Architect. 1 L. Upon completion of the installation, all lighting equipment must be in perfect operating order and free from defects in condition, operation, and finish. 1 M. Luminaires, lamps, and all other pertinent equipment shall be clean and free from dust, plaster, paint spots, or forger prints. r N. Housings installed directly in concrete shall be fabricated of hot dip galvanized steel or cast j) aluminum. Where cast aluminum housings are used, they shall be given two coats of asphaltum paint prior to installation. 0.. Provide 1/8" thick x 2" diameter solid neoprene grommets at every mounting point for all luminaire surfaces mounted to concrete structure to prevent direct contact between housing and concrete. ` P. All mounted wall box dimmers shall be under a separate cover plate. Do not gang with other (i devices. 3.2 FRAMES AND SUPPORTS 1 A. When necessary to meet Code requirements, an enclosure shall be constructed to provide a 1 -hour fire rating. IB. Attachment devices shall be made of formed, rolled, or cast metal shapes with the required rigidity and strength to maintain continuous alignment of the installed luminaires. 1 Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -11 Gart Sports Superstore #555 P P Tukwila, Washington 1 1 C. When necessary to meet Code or specific project requirements, provide special supports for recessed luminaires as follows: 1. Provide earthquake clips. 2. Secure luminaires to building structures with safety chains. D. Provide support as follows: 1. Except as otherwise noted, as a minimum procedure, support luminaires as follows: a. Where weight is less than five pounds, support luminaire from its outlet box by means of an interposed metal strap. b. Where weight is from five to fifty pounds, support luminaire from its outlet box by means of hickey or other direct threaded connected. c. Where weight exceeds fifty pounds, support luminaire directly from structural slab, deck, or framing. d. Where luminaires and ceiling are such as to require luminaire support from ceiling opening frames, include in the electric work the members necessary to tie back the ceiling opening frames to ceiling suspension members or slabs so as to provide independent support for the luminaires as noted above. The weight of the luminaire shall not cause any bending in the ceiling system. 2. In conjunction with luminaires weighing less than fifty pounds, the above restriction against supporting from suspended ceiling splines, runners or bars in the plane of the ceiling will be waived for ceilings which have been specifically approved for the weight and arrangement of luminaires being installed. Any support members or other appurtenances however, required to tie in/or adapt the luminaires and their ceiling opening frames (if any) to ceiling in an approved manner shall be included as part of the electric work. 3.3 AIMING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. All adjustable lighting units shall be aimed, focused, and locked, etc., by the Contractor under the supervision of the Architect. All aiming and adjusting shall be carried out after the entire installation is complete. All ladders and scaffolding, etc., required shall be furnished by the Contractor at the direction of the Tenant. As aiming and adjusting is completed, locking setscrews, bolts, and nuts shall be tightened securely. B. Where possible, units shall be focused during normal working daytime hours. However, where daylighting interferes with aiming and focusing, the aiming shall be performed at night. 3.4 COORDINATION WITH AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. This Contractor is responsible for coordinating the characteristics and the U.L. labeling of the luminaires and their components with the ambient conditions which will exist when the luminaires are installed. These areas of coordination include, but are not Limited to, the following: Luminaires and Accessories 16500 -12 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. Wet location labels. 2. Damp location labels. 3. Low temperature ballasts. 4. Dimming ballasts. 5. Very low heat rise ballasts. 6. Explosion -proof construction. 7. Plenums and air handling spaces. 8. Fire rated ceilings. 9. Low density ceiling. 10. Insulated ceilings. Luminaires and Accessories END OF SECTION 16500 -13 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fire alarm system as described herein but not limited to that shown on the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified in Division 16000 1 1. Electrical General Provisions - 16010 2. Identification - Section 16060 1 3. Testing, Acceptances and Certification - Section 16065 { 4. Equipment Connection and Coordination - Section 16102 5. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110 6. Wire and Cable - Section 16120 ((( C. Related work specified in other divisions of these specifications. 1. Fire Protection - Section 15300 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified b y governing codes and by Contract Documents, comply with t he latest applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1 1. NEC Article 760 2. NFPA Standard 70 3. NFPA Standard 72 4. Americans with Disabilities Act, 1990. 444 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. With each fire alarm system drawings, the following is required. Submittals failing to meet this criteria will be returned without a review or acceptance. 1. Refer to Section 16035 concerning the procedure and additional documents for submittals in concert with fire alarm system submittals. Fire Alarm System 16721 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1. 1 2. Include fully detailed floor plans including room names, one -line diagrams, device locations, conduit and wire routing, wire color coding, quantities, connection details, schematic, battery calculations, and control functions. 3. Submit manufacturers equipment details and installation instructions including back box requirements for each piece of equipment. 4. Submit manufacturers operating instructions and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment supplies shall have local representation and shall have been actively engaged in the manufacturing, installation and service of this equipment for a period of not less than 10 years. B. The fire alarm system equipment components shall be manufactured in the United States by manufacturers currently engaged in the production of fire alarm system components. C. Each and all items of the fire alarm system shall be listed as a product of a SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer. D. All equipment supplied shall be listed or approved by a Nationally recognized fire test laboratory such as UL of FM. 1.5 OPERATION A. The system alarm operation subsequent to alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device of sprinkler flow switch shall be as follows: 1. The appropriate initiating device circuit alarm LED shall flash on the control panel and on the remote annunciating panel until the alarm has been silenced at the control panel or at the remote annunciator panel. Once silenced, this same alarm LED shall remain on. Any subsequent alarm from any initiating circuit shall flash the subsequent zone alarm LED on the control panel. Alarm LED's are to be red. 2. A pulsating alarm tone shall occur within the alarm panel until silenced. 3. All alarm indicating appliances shall sound in a march time code pattern until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel or at the remote annunciator. 4. Alarm lights shall operate selectively by zone. 5. Alarm control panel shall not go into alarm status until a single device or zone have been initiated. 6. All doors normally held open shall close. 7. Electrical supply is caused to shut off mechanical units. 8. The activation of any tamper switch shall initiate a distinctive separate supervisory audible signal and initiate a "sprinkler tamper" yellow LED. Fire Alarm System 16721 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 9. Alarm control panel shall be supervised via remote Class 1 central station connection. Alarm activation shall initiate alarm at monitor station. 10. All initiation and annunciation circuits are to be remotely supervised. 11. 'Trouble' LED's are to be yellow. 12. Fire alarm control panel and remote annunciator shall have a display of Simplex 4004 or equal and shall display all events associated with the fire alarm condition including but not limited to: Walk test, smoke detector condition, alarm type and location, trouble type and location. 13. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel (and at the remote annunciator). A green 'power on' LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. 14. The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel (and at the remote annunciator). 15. The system shall have battery capacity for (4) hours of continuous operation and (5) minutes of alarm operation upon loss of normal power. 16. The fire alarm control panel is to have smoke detector diagnostic capability. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S A. All components are to be of same manufacturer. 1. Notifier 2. Simplex 3. Edwards 4. Pyrotronics B. Alternate manufacturer's are subject to architect's division 1 "General Requirements ". 2.2 GENERAL A. The fire alarm system shall be as shown on drawings and shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Control panel 2. Annunciator panel 3. Communications system 4. Manual stations 5. Photoelectric smoke detectors 6. Ionization smoke detectors 7. Fixed temperature detectors 8. Rate of rise thermal detectors Fire Alarm System 16721 -3 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 9. Duct smoke detectors 10. Horns 11. Speakers 12. Strobes 13. Batteries 14. Remote power supplies 15. Remote indicator lights 16. Control Wiring PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all components per manufacturer's recommendations. B. All system shall be installed in accordance with the specifications and standard approved by the authority having jurisdiction. C. Devices and appliances shall be so located and mounted that accidental operation or failure will not be caused by vibration or jarring. D. All systems shall test free of grounds. E. Detectors shall not be located within 3 feet of air diffusers. F. Detection devices are to be photoelectric unless otherwise noted, rated for high altitude use. 3.2 WARRANTY A. Upon completion, the system shall be checked by manufacturer's representative for proper operation. The manufacturer shall warrant all equipment free from mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year from date of completed installation. The contractor shall warrant all wiring free from mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year. Fire Alarm System END OF SECTION 16721 -4 Gart Sports Superstore 055 Tukwila, Washington ti SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE RACEWAYS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide raceways and accessories for telephone systems in accordance with the Contract documents. B. Related Work Specified In Division 16000 1. Electrical General Provisions (Excavation and Backfilling) - Section 16010. 2. Raceways and Boxes - Section 16110. 3. Grounding systems - Section 16450. C. Related Work Specified in Other Divisions of these Specifications. 1. Telephone instruments. 2. Telephone cables. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Except as modified by governing codes and the Contract Documents comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following: 1. Local telephone company regulations. B. The Contractor shall contact the local telephone company and the local installer to coordinate all telephone work. Any deviations from the Contract Documents shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Architect/Engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 16035 concerning the procedure and additional documents for submittals in concert with telephone raceway submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. E.M.T. shall be utilized for all telephone raceway within buildings except as otherwise noted. B. E.M.T. or PVC shall be utilized for underground raceways. If PVC is utilized, 90 degree elbows shall be PVC coated G.R.C. Telephone Raceways and Accessories 16740 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 2.2 BACKBOARDS A. 3/4" A -D Plywood - sizes shown on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY SYSTEM A. Provide a complete raceway system from the Telephone Company pedestal to all telephone and data outlets. See riser diagrams on the drawings for specific information. B. Install capped bushings on raceways as soon as installed. C. Raceways below grade shall be installed at 24 inches minimum below the finished grade. D. Wireways shall be installed where shown on the Drawings and shall be placed with hinged cover to the side. Wireway location shall be fully coordinated with all other trades to avoid conflicts. Wireways shall be not less than 12 inches above bottom of ceiling. All sections of the wireway shall be able to be completely opened except when passing through a partition in which case the cover shall be solid for a portion of the wireway in the partition and 4" on either side. E. Arrange raceway runs less than 100 feet from point to point so that they contain no more than 2 -90 degree standard factory bends or 3 -90 degree 24 inch radius bends. Provide pull boxes in raceway runs exceeding 100 feet from point to point with more than 1 -90 degree bend. Raceway runs shall not contain square or oval conduit fittings ( "Condulets "). Enter feeder raceways to telephone terminal boards top or bottom on the extreme right or left side. 3.2 OUTLET AND PULL BOXES A. Provide outlet and pull boxes as indicated on the Drawings and as required for the complete installation of the telephone system. B. Pull boxes shall be provided where 3 -90 degree bends are exceeded with a single conduit run. 3.3 RECEPTACLES A. Provide a double duplex receptacle at each telephone terminal. 3.4 TELEPHONE OUTLETS A. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, telephone outlets shall be connected and home run to the nearest telephone terminal as follows: 1 outlet - 3/4" electrical conduit 2 outlets -1" electrical conduit 3 outlets - 1 -1/4" electrical conduit (Maximum for one home run) END OF SECTION Telephone Raceways and Accessories 16740 -2 Gait Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 16940 LIGHTING CONTACTOR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install a multi -pole contactor control system as specified herein for the areas indicated on the drawings. B. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and applicable provisions of Division 1 Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 16000 A. Reviews and Acceptances - Section 16035 �• B. Electric General Provisions - Section 16050 1 C. Testing, Acceptances and Certification - Section 16065 D. Luminaires and Accessories - Section 16500 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16035. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 16035. C. Comply with all mechanical and electrical notes and construction details for contactors. D. Submit a contactor schedule which indicates a clear understanding of the actual loads per contactor, and the corresponding circuit numbers (per the electrical drawings). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A., The contactors shall be listed by UL and shall bear the UL label on each contactor. Additionally, each contactor shall be specifically listed by UL for control of the type of load (i.e., incandescent, low voltage, fluorescent, neon/cold- cathode, HID, motor). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SPECIFIC PRODUCTS A. Acceptable manufacturers 1. Westinghouse 2. Square D 3. General Electric 4. ASCO. Lighting Contactor 16940 -1 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 1 2.2 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Provide the number of poles specified on the Drawings. B. Contacts shall be mechanically held. C. Coil shall operate at 120V or 277V, See Drawings. D. Type of load to be served: Lighting E. Enclosure to be a Nema 1. F. Each set of contacts to be rated for a minimum of 20 amps at 120 or 277 volts or at the voltage specified on the Drawings. Coordinate with the Drawings for quantity of contacts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The system shall be installed utilizing complete manufacturer's shop drawings and in accordance with these specifications. B. Upon completion of the installation and prior to removal of the bypass jumpers, the Contractor shall completely test all line voltage power and low voltage control wiring for continuity and accuracy of connections. The jumpers shall remain in place until all loads have been fully tested and found to be free of miswires, short circuits, or other wiring defects. C. Each contactor shall be installed individually in a NEMA enclosure appropriate for the conditions. Lighting Contactor END OF SECTION 16940 -2 Gart Sports Superstore #555 Tukwila, Washington 1 4 July 22, 1998 City of Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director Todd Rankin Sierra Construction 16715 NE 79th Street Redmond,•WA 98052 Dear Todd: SUBIECT: LETTER OF INCOMPLETE APPLICATION Development Permit Application Number D98 -0249 Gart Sports 17450 Southcenter Py This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on July 16, 1998, was determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the plans must be stamped by a Washington State Licensed Architect. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but , requires additional reports or other documentation please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3671. Brenda Holt Permit Technician File: D98 -0249 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 PL MEW /ROUT N SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: PROJECT NAME: Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # D98 -0249 GART SPORTS DATE: 7 -27 -98 XX Response to Incomplete Letter Revision After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Ong Division jg ( - 1s n blic Wor<s Fire Prevention fEi Structural n PlannningDivision /� Permit Ciordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thurs) DUE DATE: 7 -28 -98 Complete n Incomplete n Not Applicable Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n No further Review Required Routed by Staff E (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) REVIEWERS INITIALS: n DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved — Approved with Conditions n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DUE DATE: 8-25-98 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR•ROUTE.DOC 6/98 PLAN RE IEW /ROUTIRI SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D98 -0249 DATE: 7 -16 -98 PROJECT NAME: GART SPORTS xx Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter Revision After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works n Fire Prevention Structural n Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues, Thur epos DUE DATE: 7 -21 -98 4X+ Complete Incomplete Not Applicable n TUES /THURS RI TING: Please Route No further Review Required Routed by Staff n (if routed by staff, make copy to master file and enter into Sierra) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE: 8 -18 -98 Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE: Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIALS: DATE: \PR- ROUTE.DOC 6/98 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division- Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 DATE: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: 12 17440 *OPItialtierr PHONE: `Q--Cep 594 -CP12 • REVISION SUMMARY: e-c4mAft- -tqa.ats133 SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SUBMITTED TO: JUL 2 7 1998 PERMIT CENTER 3/19/96 City of Tukwila Fire Department Fire Department Review Control #D98 -0249 (512) John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief July 21, 1998 Re: Gart Sports - 17450 Southcenter Parkway Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) Headquarters Station: 444Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 2 Maintain 2. No point 200 feet. from (UBC 1003.4) John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief fire extinguisher coverage throughout. in a sprinklered building may be more than an exit, measured along the path of travel. Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1004.2) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 1203) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207.1 - 1212.8) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1013.3) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 1013.1) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 3 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle -at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1012.1, 1012.2) Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 1003.5) Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) 3. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 4 John W Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief 4. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 5. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 701) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, 5/2, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 I have examined the original document and certify • ., °P WAs "‘..0: ,,, is a copy of that /1 Public lee at My Co Dated OA IC • for the A' ai. to of Washington n expires i DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES THIS CERTIFIES THAT THE PERSON NAMED HEREON IS REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS A ___l *!!a'a�i :R'*.!�ir��e�'�► *�l . EXPwAfCN DATE . ,SI ER. RCCI45N,8 0812'7/9 SIERRA CONSTRUCTION CO INC 16715 NE 79T;i ST REDMOND WA 98052 STATE OF WASHINGTON • • F625-5-,O'3-2J 1 NAME: CART SPORTS SUPERSTORE 554 LOCATION: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY AND SOUTH 10TH STREET TUKWILA, WASH1N6TC CODES A GOVERNMENTS: 1991 WASHINGTON: STATE BUILDING CODE 5140 W/ 1331 UBC CODE STUDY: STEM REQUIREMENTS: CODE: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: v -N, FULLY SPRINKLED SECTION 6.06 AND TABLE 'A' OCCUPANCY: M (RETAIL) SECTION 309.1 SEISMIC ZONE: 3 FIGURE 16 -2, VOL. 2, 1991 UBC FLOOR AREA S,- $CiLN- 39,940 SO_ FT. - EXITING: NUMBER REQ'C 4 SECTION 10042, 34 NUMBER PROV'D 4 - WIDTH READ 02 X 1,135: 221" SECTION 1003232 TABLE 10 -5 WIDTH PROv'D 360" - DISTANCE TO EXITS: MAXIMUM 250' 10042.5 SHOUN 165' DEADEND: MAXIMUM 20' SECTION 1004.26 SHCLLN II' - PLMB, FIXTURES: MC. • 'LAYS. REQ'D) MALE EMPLOYEES (15 MAX.) REQUIRED: I• 1991 UBC TABLE 29 -4 PROVIDED: 2 "MINIMUM PLMO. FACILITY TABLE, GROUP M FEMALE EMPLOYEES (15 MAX,) REQUIRED: I PROVIDED: 3 OCCUPANT LOAD, SALES 33,'96/30 1,113 • PLUS ONE URINAL STORAGE 6,544/300 • 22 TOTAL 33,940 • PROJECT TEAM O 1SER ROB KING t1 K NORTHWEST 20503 BOTH AVENUE VEST EDP'IONDS, WASHINGTON 98026 NON (425)115-1921 GART SPORTS COMPANY 1000 BROADWAY DENSER, COLORADO 80203 (303) 863 -2656 ARCHITECT 5£M ARCHITECTS INC 6-n SOUT44 COLORADO BLVD. 5UiTE 200 DENVER, COLORADO 80246 (303) 220 -8900 MECHANICAL j PLUMBING I ELECTRICAL ABS CONSULTANTS, INC 1;23 AURARIA PARKWAY SUITE 400 DENVER. COLORADO 80204 (303) 623 -6200 PROJECT DATA ABBREVIATIONS AB ABV A/C ADD ADJ ADJUST AP ALT ALUM ANOD APP ARCH ASPH AUTO BEL BET BIT BLDG BLKG !SOT BS BRG 135117 BUR CAB CPT CI CB CC) CLG CM CT CIR CLR COL CONC CMU CONST CONT CJ CORR CFT CYD DL DEMO DTL D1A DIM DIV ON DH DS OF DW DEW EA EJ (E) ELEC ELEV EMER ENC EQ EQUIP ESC EXH EXP EXT E IFS FA FE FCH FCC ANCHOR BOLT ABOVE AIR CONDITIONING AREA DRAIN ADDENDUM ADJACENT ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE ARCHITECT (URAL) ASPHALT AUTOMATIC BELOW BETU.EEN BITUMINOUS BUILDING BLOCKING BOTTOM BOTH SIDES BEARING BASEMENT BUILT UP ROOFING CABINET CARPET CAST IRON CATCH BASIN CALK (NG) CAULK (INC) CEILING CENTIMETERS CERAMIC TILE CIRCLE CLEAR (ANCE) COLUMN CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS OR CONTINUE CONTROL JOINT 'KIT CORREGATED KM CUBIC FOOT KO CUBIC YARD LAY DEAD LOAD LBL DEMOLISH OR DEMOLITION LH DETAIL LL DIAMETER M DIMENSION MAS DIVISION MAT DOWN MAX DOUBLE HUNG MECH DOWNSPOUT MED DRAWING h1FR DRINKING FOUNTAIN MH DISHWASHER MIN DUMBWAITER MISC EACI -N I"A•t EXPANSION JOINT MO EXISTING MTD ELECTRIC (AL) MIL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER MULL ELEVATION MUIC EMERGENCY ENCLOSE (URE) EQUAL EQUIPMENT ESCALATOR EXHAUST EXPOSED EXTERIOR EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM FIRE ALARM FACE BRICK FIRE HOSE CABINET FLOOR CLEANOUT FD FLOOR DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER PFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FLEX FLEXIBLE FLR FLOOR (INC) FLUOR FLUORESCENT FOC FACE OF CONCRETE FOF FACE OF FINISH FACE OF MASONRY FACE OF STUDS FIREPROOF FIREPLACE FIBERGLASS REINF'D PLASTIC FIRE- RETARDANT FOOTING FOM FOS FP FPL FRP FRT FTG FUT FUTURE GA GAGE OR GAUGE GB GRAZ BAR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR) GYP BD `GYPSUM BOARD HB HOSE BIBB 14C HOLLOW CORE H D HEAVY DUTY HDR HEADER HDW .HARDWARE f•M HOLLOW METAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HT HEIGHT HTG HEATSG H VAC HEATING/VENTILATI■G/ AIR CONDITIONING 1 HARDWOOD ID INSIDE DIAMETER IN INCHES INCL INCLUDE (D) (INC) INS INSULATE (D) (ION) INT INTERIOR JC - JANITOR'S CLOSET (N) NAT NIC NOM NRC NTS OA OC OD OH OPG OPP PBD PC KITCHEN KILOMETER KNOCKOUT LAVATORY LABEL LEFT HAND LIVE LOAD METER (5) MASONRY MATERIAL YS) MAXIMUM MECHANIC (AL) MEDIUM MANUFACTURE (ER) MANHOLE MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MILLIMETER (5) MASONRY OPENING MOUNTED METAL MULLION MILLWORK NEW NATURAL NOT IN CONTRACT NOMINAL NOISE REDUCTION COETCIENT NOT TO -3GALE OVERALL ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OVERHEAD OPENING OPPOSITE PARTICLE BOARD PRECAST PCF PED PERF PFL Plat PLAN PLYWD PNL PINT PREEN PSI PT PTO PVC PVMT QT RA RAD RB RCP RD RE REF REINF REM REV RFL RH RO ROW (S) SAT SC INCH 5D SECT 5HT SIM SPEC SFK SO 55K SST ST STD SIG STR SUSP 5V STM x'•YN SYe TC TEL TIG T44C TOL TV UC UNFIN UNO UR VB VCT VERT VT W/ W/O 1CC WD W14 WIN WP WPT tUTW IMF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PEDESTAL PERFORATE (0) POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT PARKL PLASTIC LAMINATE PLYWOOD PANEL PAINT (ED) PREFINISHED POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POINT PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PAVEMENT QUARRY TILE RETURN AIR RADIUS RUBBER BASE REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE REFRIGERATOR REINFORCE (DI (INC) REMOVE REVISION (5) OR REVISED REFLECT (ED) (IVE) (OR) RIGHT HAND ROUGH OPENING RIGHT OF WAY SEALANT SUSPENDED ACOUSICAL TILE SOLID CORE SCHEDULE STORM DRAIN SECTION SHEET SIMILAR SPECIFICATION (5) SPEAKER SQUARE SERVICE SINK STAINLESS STEEL STEEL STANDARD STORAGE STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED SHEET VINYL SYMMETRY (ICAL) SYNTHETIC SYSTEM TERRA COTTA TELEPHONE TONGUE AND GROOVE THICK (NESS) TOLERANCE TELEVISION UNDERCUT UNFINISHED UNLESS NOTED OTHERLISE URINAL VAPOR BARRIER VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERTICAL VINYL TILE WITH WITHOUT WOOD BASE WATER CLOSET WOOD WATER HEATER WINDOW WATERPROOF (INC) WORKING POINT WALL TO WALL WELDED WIRE FABRIC SYMBOLS O XXXXXXX LJ ELEVATION SECTION DETAIL DETAIL I DOOR REFERENCE WINDOW REFERENCE ROOM NAME / NUMBER EQUIP. REFERENCE KEYED NOTE FINISH REFERENT WALL TYPE SHEET INDEX A0,1 COVER SHEET / PROJECT DATA A02 GENERAL NOTES/FIXTURE d FINISH RESPONSIBILITY SCI- IEDULE ARCHITECTURAL 42.0 FLOOR PLAN / DIMENSIONS A2.1 FLOOR PLAN / DETAILS / SYMBOLS A22 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A3,1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A32 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4.I SCHEDULES AND DETAILS A42 ENLARGED PLANS / DETAILS A5,1 MILLWORK / ROUG4.4 CASEWORK DETAILS 45.2 MILLWORK / ROUGI -I CASEWORK DETAILS A53 MILLWORK / ROUGH CASEWORK DETAILS A5.4 MILLWORK DETAILS MECHANICAL MI MECHANICAL PLAN 112 MECHANICAL, EQUIPMENT, DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES PLUMBING Pi PLUMBING PLAN PI PLUMBING SCI-IEDULES 4- DETAILS ELECTRICAL ELI ONE LINE DIAGRAMS / LEGEND AND NOTES E2_i POWER PLAN E22 LNG- I -+TING PLAN E3.1 SCI - IEDULES AND DIAGRAMS I tinderst..11 4.1 t,e Plan Check apprr_'a are suL•;:c/ to crrars and otrt s:Ions end apprx.-al of plan; does not authorize the violation of any eopted or ot/Bi. t of contractor's copy of Phi 1- 1 SEPARATE PERMIT RE9UIRED FOR: MECHANICAL j ELECTRICAL EPLUMBING B / GAS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE SCOPE OF WORK WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. MITE: R_AS[ELT :S WILL P.,,RE A PRecti- CITY OF TOMO APPROVED AUG 1 109 AS NO:L ItTILLMG RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER - Sail Architects Inc Copyright Architecture Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd. Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 220 -8900 (303) 220 -0708 Fax These plans are an instrument of service and are the properly of the Architect. oral may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. I— W I- F- Vf F O ED I— D 0 Sa o Z31_ LLI ]G W d= VN L iE Q V f 3 - a ® th F Date • MAY 1 Proj No - 9801400 Drawn - RAE Checked - 1-01 Date - Issue 01/13/98 • PERMIT AO.1 Title - COVER SHEET / PROJECT DATA MILLWORK / FIXTURE / FINISH RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE REF. MARK ITEM DESCRIPTION FURNISHED BY RECEIVED / ASSEMBLED BY INSTALLED BY UTILITY CONNECT( • Q s z REF. MARK ITEM DESCRIPTION SUPPLIED BY RECEIVED / ASSEMBLED BY INSTALLED BY UTILITY CONNECT;. REMARKS Q `/ 1/A2i SENSORMATIC SECURITY SYSTEM IS • 0 NOTE 1 ELEC. CONDUIT t U �_ /A2.1 4 3/442 MOUNT$ BENCH 0 0 0 NOTE 10 . /A2J P.G. STORE CONTROLLER ® 0 ® 0 TENANT TO - ROVI /2 E2 EC. 4 DATA ■■ .. I/A21 REFRIGERATOR 0 ® 0 0 NOTE U ■■ UA2.1 t 1/A52 SNOW BOARD RACK 0 0 0 - NOTE 1/A2J VENDING MACHINES TIME CLOCK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 .._ .._ ___ ■, ■. MI STORAGE RACKS ® 0 0 - NOTE b, II .■' ___ 1/42J HANGER BAR 1 SHELF O O O EM CO III .■ 2 / AA5 J 3 CHANGING ROOM BENCHES 0 0 0 ■■ UA2J SKI I BOARD GRNDERS ® • 0 NOT it ■■ I/A2.1 4 2/A53 BAIT REFRKaER4TOR 0 ® 0 0 OUTLET M MILLWORK BY G.G.. RE: ELEC. U. GLASS DISPLAY CASES ® 0 0 CASEIMUST U StY�E LIGI q ■. FISHING STORAGE CARNET 0 0 0 0 liE NOL EUJ BY G.G., UA2J MOP RACK 0 0 0 ■■� __ ■. VA21 FATIGUE FLOOR MAT ® ® ® .. 1410/A53 BASE DECKS 0 0 0 - 1/42J 4 A54 ACCESSORIES MILLWORK 0 0 0 0 NOTE 2, 9 .. U b 3 1/.3J 4 3/A53 SKI RENTAL POLE RACK WORKSHOP SKI STORAGE RACK 0 Q 0 0 0 0 NOTE 10 V42J POWDER CARNET ® ® 0 - UL LISTED 11421 FREESTANDING DRIVING CAGE ® 0 0 - NOTE 6 ..1 /422 4 9145 OVERHEAD BIKE STORAGE RACK 0 0 0 -1/42.1 ■ . VA2J METAL TRASH CAN W/ ASH TRAY LID Q Q .n .rrt :T7 a .0 i f / • . ®■_ 1/A2.1 METAL BIKE RACK 0 0 0 G .•a P10- (: x.' YGL•• .,I ..e: .•, r:. • ._. ,• •. F , ■� I/A2J t VA42 PUTTING GREEN ® 0 0 NOTE 2,9 VA2J METAL BENCH 0 0 0 , .. �. CONTACT: LAU05CAFE FOR'S am 521.254b ®■® _ V42J BOLLARD SCULPTURES e ® ® PROVIDE b• STD. PIPE SLEEVE, RE: A2.1 U■® - ■.9/A5A . VA5 C.hECKSTAD LNITS O 0 Q NOTE 2, 3, A 9 CUSTOMER SERVICE Ui,I1T ! 0 0 0 NOTE 2, 3, 4. 9 ■■ DEPARTMENTAL FABRIC BANNERS ® ® • .■- _ - -_ __ -- ■■ 3/A54 SLOTWALL DISPLAY PANELS 0 Q 0 - ME ___ ■ D 4W LEG STONE / EDGE GRINDER 0 0 0 NOTE I. RE: ELEC. MIN MI ■■ DRA,W ACCENT LIGHTMCs TRACK HEADS 0 0 0 0 �P L , E G DRAWNG5 C L1i114TlNG TRACKS 0 0 0 O NOTE 5 Mil _ ___ -_- ■■ ... ..I` ' - • M FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURES 0 0 0 0 NOTE 5 - i 2X4 GRID TROFFERS 0 0 0 O ELEC LAr1P5 0 0 0 0 . ■■ ® RUGS - -__ M • i, �• CARPET C -I, C -2, C -3, C -4, C -5 0 0 1/A21 4 It ASJ RENTAL COUNTER 0 0 0 - NOTE 4, 2, 9 .. SCHEDULE ALL OTHER FLOOR FNISHE5 Q Q - EX 5F.4L SING OR NEW ■ 5 4 6,145! SHOP WORK COUNTER 0 0 0 NOTE 10 N wJ STAFF CABINET 0 0 0 - NOTE 10 .. SHOP DWYsS BACKSTOGK SHELVING / RACKNG SYSTEMS 0 0 0 0 NOTE 6A VAZJ 4 6/4-.1 CASH ROOM WORK COUNTER O 0 0 PRO PROVIDE BLOCKING N WALL FOR 200 LB. P T. L OAD A T EDGES OF L NOTE m ■■ 42 .1 4 SHOP DW:aS LOZIER MERCHANDISE FIXTURE SYSTEMS ® 0 0 O NOTE 6,!t NOTES: L PROVIDE OUTLET, RE: ELEC. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FIXTURES, MILLWORK 4 EQUIPMENT SHOWN ARE SUPPLIED, INSTALLED, ASSEMBLED 4 CONNECTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AREAS, QUANTITIES, 'A5- BUILT' DIMENSIONS, SCHEDULING, DELIVERY AND RECEIVING OF TENANT FURNISHED ITEMS WITH TENANT'S SUPPLIER PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR REPAIR AND MODIFICATION OF MODULAR CASEWORK COMPONENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER TO UNITS, DATA WIRING eY TENANT, DATA CONDUITS TO AND WITHIN UNITS BY CONTRACTOR RE: ELEC. 4. UNIT RECEIVES 5" VINYL BASE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL HARDWARE FOR SUSPENSION OF FIXTURE. • 6. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 4 BRACE TENANT SUPPLIED SHELVING AND /OR MEZZANINE STRUCTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC 23B OR LOCAL SEISMIC FEOUIREMENTS WHICHEVER 15 MORE STRINGENT. TENANT WILL SUPPLY SEISMIC ENGINEERING DESIGN, IF REQ'D BY LOCAL AUTHORITIEC, 4 SHELVING ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE APPLICABLE BLOCKING OR ANCHORAGES FOR BRACING. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND SEQUENCE OF WORK WITH TENANT. MANUFACTURER WILL PROVIDE SUPERVISOR OF INSTALLATION FOR MEZZANINE SYSTEM, IF ANY. 1. PROVIDE PLUGS FOR GRINDERS COMPATIBLE WITH DROP OUTLET, RE: ELEC. 8. CARPET BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER S. FREQUIRED SUPPLIER OF PREFABRICATED MILLWORK: (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) PREMIER EUROCASE 10990 EAST 55TH AVENUE DENVER, COLORADO 80239 (303) 313 -9116 CONTACT: ANDY WILZOCH 10, UNITS SHALL BE FABRICATED BY CONTRACTOR II. LOZIER WILL PROVIDE ONE ON SITE LEAD SUPERVISOR FOR A NON -UNION QUOTE OF *300000, NOT INCLUDING TAXES OR FEES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CREW OF EIGHT FOR (3) DAYS, A DUMPSTER AND ANY MATERIALS OR HANDLING EQUIPMENT. (PALLET JACKS, FORKLIFTS) REQUESTED BY LOZIER. fi RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND: 0 CONTRACTOR 0 TENANT. CITY T APPROV ED 1I AUG 1 2 1938 .;;;L:, RECEIVED CTYOFTUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER SEMI Architects Inc W CC 0 Copyright Architecture Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd. Slice 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 220.8900 (303) 220 -0708 Fax These pions are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enfceted and prosecuted. CC O 16 a H <OD N . uvI— Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 9801400 Drawn • ti1'1G Checked • NUJ Date • Issue 01/13/98 • PERMIT Title • RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE T Y `I 250' -0" T I • -0 "' a 25' -0" _ 25' -0" 25' -0" 25'-0" 25' -0" 25' -0' LAYAWAY ILA �I IAL• -3f 50,_1 3/4" 11 • i .II • 1, , iii - Qi + RRR �'_ i_ ' ' a ' a ' ' i 9TORACaE ___r.___ I 1. I 1 i___a - 11 I I _ 1__ ' __1___,._ ' r f DRf 6 1 t 1 I 1 I 1 -- I , 5�� -0/4 SET 3d 6l EI TT 41 , 0 8 10 3/4 1 } v V ' 1 ---}- � � ' r �� �+� ` �V \� i I i -`• — I I - I I - ... I r- , -i I ' i I ., � - Ta EQ. II I 1 E ' N - � EGL t Y 15' -1 � 3/4" ! © -0 i i T ' 8'_0" i 8' -0" It T , t rt I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I g'_0" 1 , 4,_,E1 _ I1 +1 ' t _ -� : i 1 I t 8' -0° 19' -0 1 I I I i I 1 1 S' -0' 1 , 2T' -0 "t � ��`. 11 Ir 'l t ; �- � �� ;i: �EE�1 ' 1� "; �P �' r }� i3 ,�," _ _. I - - R A .¢ OFFICE Ls 7 0 - 1 i i I +1 + i i 1 I iiI111- ! , 1 ,� 1 1 � I I i ry i I r - 1 F - -,V SALES I 11 ILIf1 r -n , I I, , -i :-- -1.--: I i I i i i It I I 1 I N -4 h - + N-- i h - +- i I I, I I I I rr -i '. -.-- h - +-i h -+ -i ' i 1 I 1 1 I I h + - i I- -+ - i - 0 I i 1 I I ,.-H . I 1 4' - 8 I`< , 1r , ' Ll. , t.� i % � ` _ %1 ,. - 0- 3/4" 2' -6 •f 1 II'.¢ i!2" n ' ! - ! I I I I 1 I I I F _. FIT . e • ' , @ -'-- = , H i I I I I i y -,-�- I , I C bl a �! � 1 •" - - p w 1'v. / -_• " ti 4 4 0 I O 1 0 0 ;a18, 1 - - - - - I - - - • E t l s ( "m �r. % © tom j r i ■� r = "PV-1 3/4 • � ��� EE ) ` m v ! in D RESSING ROOM CORE I m r ii � � -13/4" I 18''S 9'- 13/4'• 42' -3" — 8' -8 /D 15' -3'/4" 9' -I" 36' -4" Mi■ir � ©I ' ., � � I I ® I ti ii 23' -5 1R -- -'' 5... iA i 11 rg i - i. /ia�•i�l1 • 41 ` t 0 - "I 'S 1 9 11 _ CV �ii�w� ® I I i i 1 i t 1 " v . ia 9 n m 1LL LMiNl1Tk?nt , -' - Pc ''F!)' '- X 4 6 i - ' - 2 U2b 1 a ' 341-8-0" vi ® �, _ 9 1 ;2 /% — Q, a, ii1 E -'P 'EE � "' I . t..ivm,, 4 :s f, � � - ; 5 . 11 .. " E ARE- -A - 0 cu L1LL nit- i 0 ATT7i. rt1 UI&tTSA_�4�NLtJtJ iL., -co T i ' -..?4, - i © O � � (-AA ' r ., t I _ - 1 r 4 ?i t3K1 21' - ®° 30' -10 3/4" 8' -S 1/ 2 1 ` 15' -3 % /4" 9' - 39' -1l 3/4" F - 1 ` ),' 0430" 6' -0" - - _ d l�. 5 -8 - ' fi 0 r I DRESSING RE I _ a : U _± .. f a' 9 � I 1� v ii F1 Er r• a-. r 1,..., k � I @ o j � 5,81 I '. { v ■ I In I l ` i l'i1 il i i __ V t 1 M 1 ___ 4 = ,� 1 . II . _ L TA r , P 7 I y I J -J, � � . -. i • i 28 8' -5 3!4" I I I I I I 1 I I SALES I I 1 � ■ / 11'_3" / � I I -- -, i Ill Mill + 25' -0.. )5 •_ 1 . y 1' -0" � y T ' -II 12" ." T -:s" Y i J 1 . _ 0 ,: I 6 :_ 0 :: B._0:, l 1 ' . 111 1. 11.3 . 11111' 1 i _ _ 1 1 I I 1 1 I I I l 1 1 I I r - + r --- r - - - - T h � I I r r T . T - -- - - l , r ' I 1�� , :'�•' i 1 � I / ` ,- � - -- -- -- - -- -- --- - _ t: !I i --- i. ,F- T--- r--- r- -- t --- r --- * T .. ' -T - -- -- -�- - -- --- ---- t l O ■ !� r .� lL J — u II , Ili I 1 ___� i 1 I I I I 1 1 I i 1 , AM �. FIRE RISER Q ' _3.. p,. : 2'_l � a -< I EI [I I � STORAGE 0 I �^ - �^ - . - ...„ ,,r I Xrc Pu<•;s Etv� a>sa ` -•- - -�-_ J Tests TAM- 0t t26 OUST - --- t 8E.coc -i rR1ICEDAHDAYk'FLJ%'F_D. . RZI O`.- To C c� Var.: &oaC :�Y.R3 = x%?E'- t+= 6=a= I I O SCALE= 3/32 • 1 -0" FLOOR PLAN / DIMENSIONS WALL LEGEND: o EXISTING PARTITION, N.I.G. o GYP BD. PARTITION: 3 3/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" OC. TO 9' -0" W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. WHERE TOP CF PARTITION IS EXPOSED PROVIDE GYP. BD. CAP. m GYP BD PARTITION: 3 S/8 MTL. STUDS 16" OC. TO UNDERSIDE CF DECK W/ 5/8' GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES (RE: ELEV. FOR WEIGHTS OF WALLS AT SALES AREAS). NOTE - HEIGHTS OF GYP. BD. AT CHANGING ROOM CORE. RE: I/A421 ® pLum ING U ALL GYP. BD. PARTITION: 3 9/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO UNDERSIDE CF ROOF DECK W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 'ROOM' SIDE OF WALL. TERMINATIONS AT UNDER SIDE CF ROOF DECK TO HAVE 3" SLIP JOINT TRACK. e______ • EXISTING WALL FURRING: INSTALL 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER EXISTING 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AND EXISTING BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING OR TO ROOF DECK WHERE MTL. STUDE ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW. GENERAL NOTES: A ALL DR"ENSIONS Atem G1VEN TO FINISHED WALL SURFACE ANGLES OF WALLS AND FLOORING PATTERNS NOT O INDICATED ARE MULTIPLES OF 45 O ES AiES5 NOTE E. D OTHERWISE O UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL DOORS SHALL BE C LOCATED 6' FROM DOOR WESE TO INTERSECTION OF PERPENDICULAR WALL FOR ° T4LLATl KEYED NOTES: 0 ALIGN FLOORING IN STRAIGHT LINE 0 ALIGN FLOORING LW CENTERLSE OF COLUMN J ALIGN FLO ?.Ys W! EDGE OF BASE ELEMENT 0 ALIGN FLOORING W/ EDCsE OF WALL O ALIGN FACE OF WALL I" ON SALES AFaA SIDE OF EXISTING COLUMN CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AN 121993 RECEIVED Title ZT Y OFTUSM JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT CENTER SEM Architects Inc Copyright W cc 0 DZ to W ✓ ) I— CC Lel 0� 1:4 cL < 1_ U ci Planning Engineering 677 South Cobrado Met Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 603) 7204900 (303; 220-0708 Fax These plans are on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated. disclosed, or reproduced without the written Consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY WSS Proj No • 9801400 Drawn • RMCs Checked • 1481 Date • Blue 01/13/98 • PERMIT • FLOOR PLAN / DIMENSIONS A2.0 GART SPORTS COMPANY ST 21 2 9 o !! FLOOR PLAN / DETAILS / SYMBOLS 42.1 SCALE. 3/32" • P -0" WALL LEGEND: : EXISTING PARTITION, N.I.C. GYP BO PARTITION: 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT M OC. TO 9' -0" W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. WHERE TOP OF PARTITION IS EXPOSED PROVIDE GYP. BD. CAP. m GYP BD PARTITION: 3 5/8 MTL. STUDS 16" CC. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES (RE: ELEV FOR HEIGHTS OF WALLS AT SALES AREAS). NOTE - HEIGHTS OF GYP. SD. AT CHANCING ROOM CO. RE RE VA42). ® PLUMBING WALL GYP. BD. PARTITION: 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK WI 5/e" GYP. BD_ ON ROOM' SIDE OF WALL. TERMINATIONS AT UNDER SIDE OF ROOF DECK TO HAVE 3" SLIP JOINT TRACK. m EXISTING WALL FURRING: INSTALL 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER EXISTING 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AND EXISTING BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING OR TO ROOF DECK WHERE MTL. STUDS ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW. 'CXTIelov_U LLL AMA " Rcr: p / C.K.tLttk"t Itr_XiL.aTUC)t4 1 Q a IN _TALLC TAL1O ADTRL .Ial 1'QIL.'TO'FINAL.tttSpEGTIGtV Ac U A.L At1T, C L= .(41 iC O( C.rc uF,=Li1 CO , INA iV11 F-i4 H. TtI 1ZNIAL. StAS I_ TtOk TO en'_ 01`--TCL.L1E1) I hi' WSLicY <.iP, E "N1/ ,1 GU 1 E'.. , LL?ALff,- =11 „, hcrpkeiL..4 R =21 KEYED NOTES: O 8' HANGER BAR AND SHELF, METAL CONSTRUCTION, 4'-6' AFF TO BAR EMCO IRt OR ECUIVALENT, RE: 402 O 4'x8' PANT GRADE 4" SLO W4LL PANEL FASTENED TO WALL, 36 4FF LONG DIM, NORIZONKAL, NO TRR'i O VENDING MACES PROADED BY TENANT, RE SCHEDULE 402, O TIME CLOCK SUPPLIED BY TENANT, INSTALLED 1 CONNECTED TO PCUER BY CONTRACTOR R' � Ep1LE A02. O 20 GA BRUSHED STAN LESS STEEL CCtaER GUARD, S" AFF TO 48` AFF. O SALES OR BACKSTOCK FIXTURE / 64ELVING SYSTEM SUPPLED BY TENANT. RE: SCHEDULE A02 4 P FIXTURE ATTACHEED TO WALL RE: 4/A52. O EXISTING ROOF HATCH i LADDER NI O LOCKERS BY TENANT O GLASS DISPLAY CASES, RE SCHEDULE, 402. 10 (2) 314" X 12" 111417E MELAMNE CLAD SHELVES ON ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS. 0 CASH/WRAP MILt_UfOfd(. RE, SCHEDULE, A02, O FIRE RETARDANT PLYWD TELEPHONE BOARD. COORDINATE W/ ELEC_ 4 TELEPHONE. CO. FOR LOCATION a SIN. 13 REFRIGERATOR PROVIDED BY TENANT, RE 402. 14 ELECTRICAL DEVICES, RE ELEC e 15 WALL CONSTRUCTION: 3 5/8" X 16 GA, METAL STUDS 16 O.C. W/ I2" FIRE RETARDANT PL WOULD UNDER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ENTIRE SALES AREA SIDE FOR FIXTURE ANCHORAGE b IN 6' SLOTWAL L ON 5415 WALL, 2-0 " STALL ASP G 8' -0" H R. 3/ O FRP. TO 3' -0" ABOVE SINK RIM, SEAL AT INTERSECTION OF SINK AND FRP. O FATIGUE FLOOR MATT, RE A/02 ® CLERK'S DESK NI C 0 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON WALL BRACKET 2I INSTALL APFROX !2' SLOTWALL IN THIS AREA ABOVE WORIGSNOP COUNTER 2' 141G14, FROM SCRAPS LEFT OVER FRO-I SALES AREA 3LOTWALL INSTALLATION, RE 2/45.1. 22 ONE HOUR RATED ASSEMBLY. RE: UL DESIGN U465 Z3 SENSOR!"IATIC SECURITY PEDESTAL, RE. SCHEDULE, 402. 24 IUB SKI AND SNOOARD GIRDER, RE: SCHEDULE. 402. 25 CONTRACTOR TO BRACE AND SECURE TENANT SUPPLIED SHELVING PER USG 238 OR SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. ATA PC. -! ER RE. SCHEDULE A02. 21 30 DIA. DECORATIVE SPHE RE: 402. PROVIDE (2) 6" ID. X GALE. STD. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES W/ CAPPED AS MOUNTING SLEEVESAET VERTICALLY INTO CONCRETE EEl_OW GRADE W/ TOP EDGE FLUSH W/ SURFACE OF SIDEWALK 2 STOP-44E CABINETS, RE: 3/453 450U00ARD RACK R: I/A52 PROVIDE MTL TRANSITION STRIP o BETU EE7• CARPET AND EXISTING CONC. BOOR ATTACH TO FLOOR W/ STAINLESS STEEL SCRETUS. 3i REEL STORA3E CABINET, RE: 5/A53 32 WATER COOLERS. RE. PLUMBING 33 (E) GAS MINI.. BY UTILITY CO. 35 PETAL BENCH, RE: A02. FASTEN LEGS TO CONC. WALK 36 METAL TRASH CAN, RE: A02. SECURE TO CONC. WALK PETAL ERE RAKG RE: A20. 0 C SKI POLE RACK RE: 6/A52. BASE CABINET, RE, 3 /A5J SAFE SY TENANT SHOPPING CART STALL, RE: 24/452 42 BUTT JOINT VIA -I AND SR -I AT FURRING GIFT / ACCESSORY MILLWORK RE: 4.02 PP MANUFACTURED WALLS AND SATE BY TENANT SUPPLIER. INSTALLED BY S.C. RE. ELEV 2/A32 45 REGISTER MILLWORK RE: 2/A5.4 EQUIPMENT GUARDRAIL, RE: 1/452. DOCK SEALS AND KELLY "EDGE 'O DOCK" DEVICE, RE: A02. GENERAL NOTES: A VERIFY WALL AND FLOOR FINISH{ LAYOUT WITH TENANT PRIOR TO START OF uJORK. Grp, OF TUKWILA B. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN TO APPROVED FINISHED WALL SURFACE. c. ANGLES OF WALLS AND FLOORING PATTERNS NOT INDICATED ARE MULTIPLES CF 45 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. SEE STORE FIXTURE SCHEDULE, A02 FOR TENANT /CONTRACTOR FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITIES. E. PATCH 4 REPAIR CONC. SLAB W/ 3000 P.S.I. CONC. AT SLAB CUTS FOR IINDERSLAB WORK F. GC. TO COORD. POWER OUTLET EXTENSIONS RE: ELEC. WITH LOVER INSTALLATION_ G. ALL RUBBER SASE TO BE INSTALLED AFTER 'LOVER' FIXTURE INSTALLATION. H. ALL WALLS L FURRING TO WHICH 'LOZIER' MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE ATTACHED SHALL HAVE IUD. BLOCKING, R: 4/452. AUG I 2 1903 RECEIVED CITY OF TUEWILA Title JUL 1 6 19'93 PERMIT CENTER ,,114A Architects Inc Arcbitectuie Planning Engineering Copyiight These pions are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect. and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY 1998 Proj No - 98014.00 Drawn • RIG Checked • NW Date • Issue 677 South Colorado Blvd Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 220 -8900 (303) 220 -0708 Fax 0521/98 • 5ACKCsROIA4D 0623/98• REVIEW 01/13,38 • T • FLOOR PLAN A2.1 ii �i . • to >d �'- L _ l i 1� 1 1 - a i - _.a_.. _- ___a __ A. a I . 1 ' a A. STRA i_-- - __a - - -a ... - 1 1 I 1 1 f { t • 1 ...- 1_.._l.. ..- _- ._t.. _._L -.- I . __- 1/.__.1. - 4 1 l�t3ir'INCs - 2 4 i3 �1 � ° ® _ I AI •-- - 1 1 I 1 1 O 1 I 1 I i jj I I 1� 1 I - I 1 I I I i ! I .r _ , r - r/ - _r ter I I _ O ® 0 I 9 { �4 rKs • BET E't't 8 d { 0 . 4 , 8 Q , � - ' , ' _`1_. i `1 _.. - <... - 1 L 1_ 1 , i 1 i uKJMENS SI F I I , 1 ;, t 1 ' 1 ME I I 1 I 1 1 NS SHOES a _ - F _ t C 44 i. t 7 f - I- .1 i �--- '--- • - - - ' -__ 43.1 .- �� i g I TT, W � ` I F I ©�I -�, I ! �--." ,,--, \a n :_ ® , A3 •`- r--- i 1 I 1 1 I F T om• --H _ ' 1 it 3 _ - _- N - -� I © i i i i - i 11 1 I 1 1 I I 1 I I 1 ; +- ; I �` -•-� ' -� i i i �- -" I r - •'` I : I i 'r--}. © /� % 1{ 1 �� ' l L+ ' 1 'W � t , ,� : y k i� ST.-- it O 1 1 1/.+..j t...' I l J ' ((�� x9' O 1; ILL 1 li 1 1 I I � ELITE i - 11 SHOES i g -y :---g YI 1 I I ' 1 i C_4 �E• Ti7 �(� 42.0 � 1 � 7 � + a i 1 lu .-- "I 1 i S U 1 1 I { ( I. F I i i' . i h F +-. --y r -+ I' 1 I 1 I ' I IN -LINE I I i r 1 F i 1 :- 11- -a t -+ -H f - +- SKATES WM i -+ --I ` ' ' 1 ~ _.. 1. 1 1 : � I a 3 a I I ® O h- a $ I I 1 1 1 [ �' 4-�- iI I 1 ■ ® i O 1 1 II I . 1 ,; ! -•' j � war 1 ! r '--_� u , I f F -+ - i F - +- 1 1 ' - ® � 1 '1,1 a.V �'� lllfff F t' , _. " •, - l',:.7 ' { '; N II I I I 1 1 I 1 r-1-11 I 1 1 I -�-- I I i ( .. � �\• �t •. '�i 1 Q '. ' I ,..._.1 I I 1 1 SALES � I it I 1---44 -y I II 11 II it II 1 1 1 4---Y I I 1 1 I r > •. 31 , G ' Ot3 1 r 9 . SL�t , 0 ; ' © - - n - - -- 9 _ I I 3 • I I 41111111 �1� �ltifl� 1 I - VV.-2 N � '-1 1 U j , - 11 5 O N ! 1 I I ®` � © 1 i SKI WALL DRESSRi .0 R OOM CORE ® APP , I I 20 I \ v a ir l i O I S -2 SEASONAL I I ACTIVEUIEAR m 00 Sr -'I-. ' - -- I . �" I ����V *** i '. �4� t� : � . ♦,, ,,. , N i _ S r�?� vES1ll , e 4 4 N g4j�4.. mi II 1 1 � "U" I 1 ' S SKI II\ C_I e./v -2 i i / � I 1 �' � N �. -S: 43.1 BOOTS ! fl. 'I® -Il� °. ; \ 4 __ - - ----.__..__. _ i .. . - n I IQ ��ir{ - I '�% _ ._._._ � :,��� • ) ® !S t I ---- .--- - - -_ -_ �- __ I I _ t n� CARTS 0-'...----- - 1 I d i - i I 3 4 4 t \� � III r � =I i' S I i ! I cgroN�¢i DERV ICE 0 S J ? ' C, I r t i UEARI .� � - - T LICENSED PROUCT I 1 I - -� RENTAL / o s/ 43.1 I � y � I 1-1 LI __ I F I t Q o l . CHECKOUT 11 CHECKOUT k'= ®i o I O , 20 c 1 I =il _ ROOM y 0 1 ® 1 ' - CO __, _ U1OFdG c --I 1 �' - � tT i .17-4, - ° I ■ i r l A ' e ' r _, _ I _• 24 ' SHOP I �- ( /- -� FISHING r IJ I 1 i i i � � + -1 1- - + -1 I I I I 1 r � SALES AREA I 1 i - 1 : LES 1 1 ® F I I 11 I i ® i BASKETBALL ' I ' ! .1l l� -�� _ ' '' t RR °° V 5 ° ` °HUNTING ® �� ® i i + --1 ® O BALL _ __ BAL ___ ® 0 1 - WALL WALL _ i 1 ' - 41�y; © A3J BIM. I i i 1 I •� I Aft � I ra' ' ` l� , 11"..114 GWS IM ' - � I G e L A\FII' RISER \ ___ - i I I " �` : `. CE) GONG EXISTING EXIT CORRIDOR of _ O , . �_�� ®-'` GUN e I LOADING DOCK I STORAGE ® Y I� Ilt i ., I Ili ' ST 21 2 9 o !! FLOOR PLAN / DETAILS / SYMBOLS 42.1 SCALE. 3/32" • P -0" WALL LEGEND: : EXISTING PARTITION, N.I.C. GYP BO PARTITION: 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT M OC. TO 9' -0" W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. WHERE TOP OF PARTITION IS EXPOSED PROVIDE GYP. BD. CAP. m GYP BD PARTITION: 3 5/8 MTL. STUDS 16" CC. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES (RE: ELEV FOR HEIGHTS OF WALLS AT SALES AREAS). NOTE - HEIGHTS OF GYP. SD. AT CHANCING ROOM CO. RE RE VA42). ® PLUMBING WALL GYP. BD. PARTITION: 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK WI 5/e" GYP. BD_ ON ROOM' SIDE OF WALL. TERMINATIONS AT UNDER SIDE OF ROOF DECK TO HAVE 3" SLIP JOINT TRACK. m EXISTING WALL FURRING: INSTALL 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER EXISTING 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AND EXISTING BATT INSULATION TO 6" ABOVE CEILING OR TO ROOF DECK WHERE MTL. STUDS ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW. 'CXTIelov_U LLL AMA " Rcr: p / C.K.tLttk"t Itr_XiL.aTUC)t4 1 Q a IN _TALLC TAL1O ADTRL .Ial 1'QIL.'TO'FINAL.tttSpEGTIGtV Ac U A.L At1T, C L= .(41 iC O( C.rc uF,=Li1 CO , INA iV11 F-i4 H. TtI 1ZNIAL. StAS I_ TtOk TO en'_ 01`--TCL.L1E1) I hi' WSLicY <.iP, E "N1/ ,1 GU 1 E'.. , LL?ALff,- =11 „, hcrpkeiL..4 R =21 KEYED NOTES: O 8' HANGER BAR AND SHELF, METAL CONSTRUCTION, 4'-6' AFF TO BAR EMCO IRt OR ECUIVALENT, RE: 402 O 4'x8' PANT GRADE 4" SLO W4LL PANEL FASTENED TO WALL, 36 4FF LONG DIM, NORIZONKAL, NO TRR'i O VENDING MACES PROADED BY TENANT, RE SCHEDULE 402, O TIME CLOCK SUPPLIED BY TENANT, INSTALLED 1 CONNECTED TO PCUER BY CONTRACTOR R' � Ep1LE A02. O 20 GA BRUSHED STAN LESS STEEL CCtaER GUARD, S" AFF TO 48` AFF. O SALES OR BACKSTOCK FIXTURE / 64ELVING SYSTEM SUPPLED BY TENANT. RE: SCHEDULE A02 4 P FIXTURE ATTACHEED TO WALL RE: 4/A52. O EXISTING ROOF HATCH i LADDER NI O LOCKERS BY TENANT O GLASS DISPLAY CASES, RE SCHEDULE, 402. 10 (2) 314" X 12" 111417E MELAMNE CLAD SHELVES ON ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS. 0 CASH/WRAP MILt_UfOfd(. RE, SCHEDULE, A02, O FIRE RETARDANT PLYWD TELEPHONE BOARD. COORDINATE W/ ELEC_ 4 TELEPHONE. CO. FOR LOCATION a SIN. 13 REFRIGERATOR PROVIDED BY TENANT, RE 402. 14 ELECTRICAL DEVICES, RE ELEC e 15 WALL CONSTRUCTION: 3 5/8" X 16 GA, METAL STUDS 16 O.C. W/ I2" FIRE RETARDANT PL WOULD UNDER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON ENTIRE SALES AREA SIDE FOR FIXTURE ANCHORAGE b IN 6' SLOTWAL L ON 5415 WALL, 2-0 " STALL ASP G 8' -0" H R. 3/ O FRP. TO 3' -0" ABOVE SINK RIM, SEAL AT INTERSECTION OF SINK AND FRP. O FATIGUE FLOOR MATT, RE A/02 ® CLERK'S DESK NI C 0 FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON WALL BRACKET 2I INSTALL APFROX !2' SLOTWALL IN THIS AREA ABOVE WORIGSNOP COUNTER 2' 141G14, FROM SCRAPS LEFT OVER FRO-I SALES AREA 3LOTWALL INSTALLATION, RE 2/45.1. 22 ONE HOUR RATED ASSEMBLY. RE: UL DESIGN U465 Z3 SENSOR!"IATIC SECURITY PEDESTAL, RE. SCHEDULE, 402. 24 IUB SKI AND SNOOARD GIRDER, RE: SCHEDULE. 402. 25 CONTRACTOR TO BRACE AND SECURE TENANT SUPPLIED SHELVING PER USG 238 OR SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. ATA PC. -! ER RE. SCHEDULE A02. 21 30 DIA. DECORATIVE SPHE RE: 402. PROVIDE (2) 6" ID. X GALE. STD. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES W/ CAPPED AS MOUNTING SLEEVESAET VERTICALLY INTO CONCRETE EEl_OW GRADE W/ TOP EDGE FLUSH W/ SURFACE OF SIDEWALK 2 STOP-44E CABINETS, RE: 3/453 450U00ARD RACK R: I/A52 PROVIDE MTL TRANSITION STRIP o BETU EE7• CARPET AND EXISTING CONC. BOOR ATTACH TO FLOOR W/ STAINLESS STEEL SCRETUS. 3i REEL STORA3E CABINET, RE: 5/A53 32 WATER COOLERS. RE. PLUMBING 33 (E) GAS MINI.. BY UTILITY CO. 35 PETAL BENCH, RE: A02. FASTEN LEGS TO CONC. WALK 36 METAL TRASH CAN, RE: A02. SECURE TO CONC. WALK PETAL ERE RAKG RE: A20. 0 C SKI POLE RACK RE: 6/A52. BASE CABINET, RE, 3 /A5J SAFE SY TENANT SHOPPING CART STALL, RE: 24/452 42 BUTT JOINT VIA -I AND SR -I AT FURRING GIFT / ACCESSORY MILLWORK RE: 4.02 PP MANUFACTURED WALLS AND SATE BY TENANT SUPPLIER. INSTALLED BY S.C. RE. ELEV 2/A32 45 REGISTER MILLWORK RE: 2/A5.4 EQUIPMENT GUARDRAIL, RE: 1/452. DOCK SEALS AND KELLY "EDGE 'O DOCK" DEVICE, RE: A02. GENERAL NOTES: A VERIFY WALL AND FLOOR FINISH{ LAYOUT WITH TENANT PRIOR TO START OF uJORK. Grp, OF TUKWILA B. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN TO APPROVED FINISHED WALL SURFACE. c. ANGLES OF WALLS AND FLOORING PATTERNS NOT INDICATED ARE MULTIPLES CF 45 DEGREES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. SEE STORE FIXTURE SCHEDULE, A02 FOR TENANT /CONTRACTOR FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITIES. E. PATCH 4 REPAIR CONC. SLAB W/ 3000 P.S.I. CONC. AT SLAB CUTS FOR IINDERSLAB WORK F. GC. TO COORD. POWER OUTLET EXTENSIONS RE: ELEC. WITH LOVER INSTALLATION_ G. ALL RUBBER SASE TO BE INSTALLED AFTER 'LOVER' FIXTURE INSTALLATION. H. ALL WALLS L FURRING TO WHICH 'LOZIER' MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ARE ATTACHED SHALL HAVE IUD. BLOCKING, R: 4/452. AUG I 2 1903 RECEIVED CITY OF TUEWILA Title JUL 1 6 19'93 PERMIT CENTER ,,114A Architects Inc Arcbitectuie Planning Engineering Copyiight These pions are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect. and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY 1998 Proj No - 98014.00 Drawn • RIG Checked • NW Date • Issue 677 South Colorado Blvd Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 220 -8900 (303) 220 -0708 Fax 0521/98 • 5ACKCsROIA4D 0623/98• REVIEW 01/13,38 • T • FLOOR PLAN A2.1 • REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = r -0" (SEISMIC ZONE 3) MAIN RUNNER CROSS TEE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE (4) 9 GA WIRE BRACE ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY IS SPACED l2' --0" 0C. EACH WAY AT ALL CEILING PLANES LARGER THAN 12' -0" IN ANY DIR_FCTION. NOTE: I. TO BE USED ONLY IN SEISMIC ZONES 2 OR GREATER 2. ALL WIRES TO REMAIN UNPAINTED WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW (WHERE NO TILE), ALL ENDS TO BE CLIPED SWAY BRACE DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: A. BRACE ALL 5t:5PENDED CEILING ELEMENTS PER 2/A22 AND APPLICABLE LOCAL. CODES B. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL SE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED. C. REFER TO SCHEDULE AO2 FOR TENANT CONTRACTOR REEPONSIBILITIE5 D. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS I' r >00 AND BY LOCAL CODES AEEGULATIONS. KEYED NOTES: V EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE () FLUORESCENT FIXTURE W/ WIRE GUARD AT 9' -0" AFF .FLUORESCENT FIXTURE AT /5 " -0" AFF. O H.ID. DOWNLKa 4T AT IS AFF. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES AT 12' -0" AFF. LENSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ATT/ fW0 TO CEILING O TRAOK LIGHTING W/ TRACK I" 10tE4TE AT I6' -0° AFF. ®OPEN A.C.T. GRID MOUNTED AT 12' -0" AFF. ®OPEN A.C.T. GRID MOUNTED AT 14' -0" AFF. O TRACK L KaMT GRID SYSTEM MOWTED AT 12' -0" AFF. 1t EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE, PAINT 5-10. 12 AT 12' -0 FLUOREEC AFF. ENT STRIP ATTACHED TO GRID " I3 BANNER SIGN SUPPLIED BT TENANT AND INSTALLED ST GENERAL CONTRACTOR t4 BIKE RACK, RE: 9;453. LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND: EIGHT FIXT tt t tot S' -4" INDUSTRIAL STRIP FLUOR .41 4' LAMPS IN TWO ROILS 2' X 4' PARABOLIC LAY -IN GRID FIXTURE -- TRACK LIGHTING. MOUNTED AT I6 -0" AFF., UN.0 ADJUSTABLE DOCK LIGHT, RE: ELEC. HID DOWNLIGHT MOUNTED AT IS' -0" AFF. Title • INCANDESCENT 'CAN' LIGHT MOUNTED AT 12' -0" AFF., RE: ELEC. WALL MOUNTED EXIT LIGHT SUSPENDED ELEC. CEILING OUTLET, RE ELEC. SEM Architects Inc Copyright These plans are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated. d;sclosed. cr reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Le) I) It) LLJ 0 Architecture Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado 8)vd. Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (2 220-8900 (303) 220 -0708 Fax I- W cc I— t/f co F O 2 I— D 0 to W Q X 3 0 z OC Wag ne a y Z < U re D < D Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 9801400 Drawn • RING Checked • kW Date • Issue 06 !23/95• REVIEW 01/13!98 • PERMIT INDUSTRIAL STRIP FLUOR 2) 4' LAMPS IN TWO ROILS CT,' a- - - - S' -4" INDUSTRIAL STRIP FLUOR 4L 4' LAMPS IN TWO ROWS UNDER SHED ROOF RFI.FIvEn CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 199$ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ( P-5) ( P BARREL VAULTED ENTRY P -5 CP CP ® cv...� SD - I rr P` I � G�'v' - ii• 53-EETT NETAL TT_ N rk A EiF.9. \ i ?_, —C" I-7-- ANGLED SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 4" RUBBER BASE, f3-I —v L GLASS DISPLAY CASES IN FOREGROUND RE: 402 TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( SHOWN DASHED), RE: A2.0 RE: BLDG. DETAIL EXTERNAL 4 X 4 CEDAR POST, SEALED ST -I UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK (P -5 ) TOP OF WALL FURRING —1 TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = I' -2' SHED ROOF INTERIOR ELEVATION 1n UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK 4" RUBBER EASE, B -I GIN DISPLAY CASES SHOWN BEYOND NOTE: RE: 433 FOR DIMENSIONS AFF. ' 16-0" AFF. MIRROR, RE: 1/A43 CORNER GUARD, RE: 2/4.4.3 PARTIAL WEST INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( SHOWN DASHED). RE: 4210 RE: B•DC- -. DETAIL EXTERNAL 4 TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL ELEVATION A3.1 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" P -I (END WALL) AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRY DOORS RE: 44.1 (P-5) TOP OF WALL FURRING UNDERSIDE OF ROOF r' ECK SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK NP ) P -I ) 4" RUBBER EASE, B -I PI JL UNDERSIDE OF DECK NP SENSORMATIC PEDESTALS RE: A02 SEE ELEC. DTL„ 5HT. E0 4" RUBBER BASE B -1 ANGLED 8' -2" ANGLED TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (SHOWN DASHED). RE: Alm RE: BLDG. DETAIL EXTERNAL P) DRESSING ROOM ELEVATION EXPOSED MTL. STUDS S CEILI 14' -0" AF F SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 14' -0" A—P v �— NO GYP. BD. v- TOP OF WALL PURRING P-1 P -2 (2) 3' -0" X 6'-(0"1-11 DOORS, RE: 443 AFF. INTERIOR WALL ELEV @ DOUBLE DOOR INTERIOR ELEV. GENERAL NOTES: A_ PROVIDE GYP. BD. CLOSURE AT TOP OF ALL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS OR FURRING. B. ALL WOOD SURFACES SHALL BE SEALED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. WHERE WOOD LAMINATED TRIM IS SHOWN, CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE SOLID WOOD TRIM OF SAME SPECIES AT HIS OPTION. D UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SURFACES ARE GYP. BD. E. SEE SCHEDULE A02 FOR TENANT / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES. F. DELETE TAPING AND PAINTING OF GYP. BD. WHERE COVERED BY SLOTWALL, EXCEPT WHERE WALL ASSEMBLY 15 FIRE RATED. CITY OF TU{WILA APPROVED AUG 1 2 19$3 ^ PER I / A SEM Architects Inc Architecture Planning Engineering Copyright These pions are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect. and otcy not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without tee written consent of the Architect Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. L� tr) Date • Issue 07/13/98 • PERMIT JUL 1 6 1998 677 South Colorado Blvd. Sake 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 220-0708 Fax I— W OC I — H I- 0 CO Z F 0 tel sO W Q Q Z ~ r El; Q i 3 ce z Q_ 0I— Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980'1400 Drawn • RM4 Checked • HW Title • INTERIOR RECEIVED ELEVATIONS CITY OF TUKWILA CART SPORTS COMPANY SUPERSTORE P -5 CP CP ® cv...� SD - I rr P` I � G�'v' - ii• 53-EETT NETAL TT_ N rk ANGLED SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 4" RUBBER BASE, f3-I —v L GLASS DISPLAY CASES IN FOREGROUND RE: 402 TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( SHOWN DASHED), RE: A2.0 RE: BLDG. DETAIL EXTERNAL 4 X 4 CEDAR POST, SEALED ST -I UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK (P -5 ) TOP OF WALL FURRING —1 TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = I' -2' SHED ROOF INTERIOR ELEVATION 1n UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK 4" RUBBER EASE, B -I GIN DISPLAY CASES SHOWN BEYOND NOTE: RE: 433 FOR DIMENSIONS AFF. ' 16-0" AFF. MIRROR, RE: 1/A43 CORNER GUARD, RE: 2/4.4.3 PARTIAL WEST INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( SHOWN DASHED). RE: 4210 RE: B•DC- -. DETAIL EXTERNAL 4 TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL ELEVATION A3.1 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" P -I (END WALL) AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRY DOORS RE: 44.1 (P-5) TOP OF WALL FURRING UNDERSIDE OF ROOF r' ECK SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK NP ) P -I ) 4" RUBBER EASE, B -I PI JL UNDERSIDE OF DECK NP SENSORMATIC PEDESTALS RE: A02 SEE ELEC. DTL„ 5HT. E0 4" RUBBER BASE B -1 ANGLED 8' -2" ANGLED TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (SHOWN DASHED). RE: Alm RE: BLDG. DETAIL EXTERNAL P) DRESSING ROOM ELEVATION EXPOSED MTL. STUDS S CEILI 14' -0" AF F SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 14' -0" A—P v �— NO GYP. BD. v- TOP OF WALL PURRING P-1 P -2 (2) 3' -0" X 6'-(0"1-11 DOORS, RE: 443 AFF. INTERIOR WALL ELEV @ DOUBLE DOOR INTERIOR ELEV. GENERAL NOTES: A_ PROVIDE GYP. BD. CLOSURE AT TOP OF ALL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS OR FURRING. B. ALL WOOD SURFACES SHALL BE SEALED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. WHERE WOOD LAMINATED TRIM IS SHOWN, CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE SOLID WOOD TRIM OF SAME SPECIES AT HIS OPTION. D UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SURFACES ARE GYP. BD. E. SEE SCHEDULE A02 FOR TENANT / CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES. F. DELETE TAPING AND PAINTING OF GYP. BD. WHERE COVERED BY SLOTWALL, EXCEPT WHERE WALL ASSEMBLY 15 FIRE RATED. CITY OF TU{WILA APPROVED AUG 1 2 19$3 ^ PER I / A SEM Architects Inc Architecture Planning Engineering Copyright These pions are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect. and otcy not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without tee written consent of the Architect Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. L� tr) Date • Issue 07/13/98 • PERMIT JUL 1 6 1998 677 South Colorado Blvd. Sake 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 220-0708 Fax I— W OC I — H I- 0 CO Z F 0 tel sO W Q Q Z ~ r El; Q i 3 ce z Q_ 0I— Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980'1400 Drawn • RM4 Checked • HW Title • INTERIOR RECEIVED ELEVATIONS CITY OF TUKWILA CART SPORTS COMPANY SUPERSTORE A32 NP )a (NP 4'" RUBBER BASE, S -1 ; SCALE- 1/4" = 1' -0" P. NP P -5 ( P ( P -I AFF P 5 PARTIAL ELEVATION @ SKI WALL (P -5) 16-0" 6 AFF. Y 14" BASEDECK 4" RUBBER SASE, S -I UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK EXPLOSED MTL, STUDS PREFABRICATED DRIVING CAGE, RE: A02 4" RUBBER BASE, B -I 5 NP r __ UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK NO GYP. BD. TOP OF WALL FURRING \_ 4" RUBBER BASE, B - GIFT ELEVATION SCALE: I/4" I' -0" 9 GOLF ELEVATION 2 % SCALE: I/4" = I' -0" EXTEND BULKHEAD FRAMING TO UNDERSIDE CV ROOF DECK AT 4' -0" ON CENTER (P- P -I TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (SHOWN DASHED) i''REPABRICATED DRIVI CAGE, RE. A02 B0. :EILING 12' -0" AFF. 5-2 ON BACK AND SIDES EXPLOSED MTL. STUDS B.O, CEILING A 12' -0" AFF. Y 3-0 INTERIOR ELEVATION @ CASED OPENING SCALE: I/4" _ I' -0" ( - )_,. UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DEC NP • 1 II I I I I I. I (P -5) A. I _ _ _I I. (P-5) TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE 4" RUBBER SASE, 8-2 92 FIXTURES, RE, 402 DISPLAY WALLS (DOTTED N FOREGE01ND NP ) DISPLAY WALL SCALE: I/4" = I' -0" s (P -i ) CASED OPENTIG EQ EQ 3 , -0 " EXPOSED MTL STUDS T.0„ GYP- BD- A, RECESSED 'CLOCK' OUTLET, RE, ELEC. P -T AT BACK OF WALL ELEC. OUTLET D._0. AFF Y UNDERSIDE CP ROOF DECK ( P INTERIOR ELEV. GENERAL NOTES: A. PROVIDE GYP. BD. CLOSURE AT TOP OF ALL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS OR FURRING_ 5. ALL a100D SURFACES SHALL 0 -0" BE SEALED UNLESS NOTED AFF. OTHERWISM. C WHERE WOOD LAMINATED TRIM 15 SHOWN, CONTRACTOR MAT PROVIDE SOLID WOOD TRIM OF SAME SPECIES AT HIS OPTION. D UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SURFACES ARE GYP. BD. E. SEE SCHEDULE 402 FOR ELEC. OUTLET TENANT / CONTRACTOR 1 -0" AFF. RESPONSIBILITIES. F. DELETE TAPING AND PAINTU -Is OF GYP. SD. WHERE COVERED BY SLOTWALL, EXCEPT WHERE WALL ASSEMBLY IS FIRE RATED. Dc6 - ozLR CITY OF TUEMLA APPROVED AUG re.iJ 1 2 1993 Title RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT SEM Architects Inc Copyright Architecture r'tanning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd. Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 003) 220-8900 (303) 220-0708 Fax These pions ore on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, d sclosed, or reproduced without the written consent 01 the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted_ f W I- v) F O m N D 0 W Y V < ? w - to W Ce o - L17 [i W < • U , 9 LU < 5 O � F3 <O � U cI) a rn 1— Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980 Drawn • RMG Checked • HW Date • Issue 01/I3/S3 • PERMIT • INTERIOR ELEVATIONS GART SPORTS COMPANY SUPERSTORE NO GYP. BD. TOP OF WALL FURRING -, I (P-1 ) - (P -I) - - ' :: ', :'.•.,''', ' , ::: : - __;:,..,„»,. -- t -,.• ' , '. , , " ' : ).-.;-:"..'•'..., ; :', '',,', '. ; : , '. .,..,,-::;',:,:.- ;:';',,-.;'..",-• • ' ' ' ' ' . , !, , ' , ' ,, , . ■ , ',_,..F,,,1,. l' ,',11..::.:::,_,..• . ..,.,,. . ... ,• I • ; ; I ; ; 11 P -10 (BULKHEAD IN FRONT) NP;) T - --- - ; ( P-10 - - - -- (BULKNEAD:i N FRONT( i (NP)0 i4 i , � 0 0(NP) --,� ■ I - ( NP) (NP) : i A32 NP )a (NP 4'" RUBBER BASE, S -1 ; SCALE- 1/4" = 1' -0" P. NP P -5 ( P ( P -I AFF P 5 PARTIAL ELEVATION @ SKI WALL (P -5) 16-0" 6 AFF. Y 14" BASEDECK 4" RUBBER SASE, S -I UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK EXPLOSED MTL, STUDS PREFABRICATED DRIVING CAGE, RE: A02 4" RUBBER BASE, B -I 5 NP r __ UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK NO GYP. BD. TOP OF WALL FURRING \_ 4" RUBBER BASE, B - GIFT ELEVATION SCALE: I/4" I' -0" 9 GOLF ELEVATION 2 % SCALE: I/4" = I' -0" EXTEND BULKHEAD FRAMING TO UNDERSIDE CV ROOF DECK AT 4' -0" ON CENTER (P- P -I TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE FIXTURES (SHOWN DASHED) i''REPABRICATED DRIVI CAGE, RE. A02 B0. :EILING 12' -0" AFF. 5-2 ON BACK AND SIDES EXPLOSED MTL. STUDS B.O, CEILING A 12' -0" AFF. Y 3-0 INTERIOR ELEVATION @ CASED OPENING SCALE: I/4" _ I' -0" ( - )_,. UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DEC NP • 1 II I I I I I. I (P -5) A. I _ _ _I I. (P-5) TENANT SUPPLIED MERCHANDISE 4" RUBBER SASE, 8-2 92 FIXTURES, RE, 402 DISPLAY WALLS (DOTTED N FOREGE01ND NP ) DISPLAY WALL SCALE: I/4" = I' -0" s (P -i ) CASED OPENTIG EQ EQ 3 , -0 " EXPOSED MTL STUDS T.0„ GYP- BD- A, RECESSED 'CLOCK' OUTLET, RE, ELEC. P -T AT BACK OF WALL ELEC. OUTLET D._0. AFF Y UNDERSIDE CP ROOF DECK ( P INTERIOR ELEV. GENERAL NOTES: A. PROVIDE GYP. BD. CLOSURE AT TOP OF ALL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS OR FURRING_ 5. ALL a100D SURFACES SHALL 0 -0" BE SEALED UNLESS NOTED AFF. OTHERWISM. C WHERE WOOD LAMINATED TRIM 15 SHOWN, CONTRACTOR MAT PROVIDE SOLID WOOD TRIM OF SAME SPECIES AT HIS OPTION. D UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SURFACES ARE GYP. BD. E. SEE SCHEDULE 402 FOR ELEC. OUTLET TENANT / CONTRACTOR 1 -0" AFF. RESPONSIBILITIES. F. DELETE TAPING AND PAINTU -Is OF GYP. SD. WHERE COVERED BY SLOTWALL, EXCEPT WHERE WALL ASSEMBLY IS FIRE RATED. Dc6 - ozLR CITY OF TUEMLA APPROVED AUG re.iJ 1 2 1993 Title RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT SEM Architects Inc Copyright Architecture r'tanning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd. Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 003) 220-8900 (303) 220-0708 Fax These pions ore on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, d sclosed, or reproduced without the written consent 01 the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted_ f W I- v) F O m N D 0 W Y V < ? w - to W Ce o - L17 [i W < • U , 9 LU < 5 O � F3 <O � U cI) a rn 1— Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980 Drawn • RMG Checked • HW Date • Issue 01/I3/S3 • PERMIT • INTERIOR ELEVATIONS GART SPORTS COMPANY SUPERSTORE I SkEET IRUEBBR V I 2 ACOUSTIC CEILING 14 9 5 5 0 11111W g a ST-I ST -2 g i AT -2 AT -I 10D SE I Sv -1 B-I 5 - C-4 l;- G3 ROOM ' P -24 RP I P23 I P-n IP10 I P - S I P-5 P-6 5740E STORAGE i P -2 a � HSH A MARK P-I GERBET LTD. I EVEROLL 1 508 GROTTOI EvEROLL DODGE- REGUPOL GREY/TAN N/A STANDARD EPDXY SEALER TO BE SELECTED ,1 I 'I ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG ROOM NAME CRANING ROOM 10$ di „. ' iD. E2Md3 CENTRAL PARK ,UNITED CARPET MILLS SURE -STEP MATTING h 555 NOT USED SALES AREA 54 L5 W61J415 SILVER SHERIm- W6iLars I SNERWM- WILLIAMS 5 1- Wb.LLS*% 51 -uuLt4 NOT use) 511 -! SI N- WILLIAM NOT USED SHERWS-S LIAMS 1 I, I AATERIAL LEGEND MANFACIURER COLOR sM- 115wA15 OFF 1W11ETAUPE (CRY LOFT) " CORIANDER BEER MIDO21 DOVE GREY OILED CHERRY TEGULAR EDGE SQUARE EDGE STANDARD WHITE RANDOM FI55UPED OPENING SIZE 4' -0• X T -044 BURNT IPSER BLACK SLATE FOREST GREEN STAMINA , FACULTY CLASSICS TT46 I a . FLOOR SASE NAVY elm (14(NG) 22 DARK GIREI' (STONES TI4IRCUP DARK GREEN (54554441 JADE) m 4•98 - -_.. D -421 -b D -92 -b UIC -421 -5 CORTEGA MINABOARD (E) GYP. ED. gt 54 PO 86801 5154 -01 I 553 - MT. ROCK GYRED. 9001 'JADEITE' GTP ED. I CUSTOM PER 1ENANT GYP. ED. CUSTOM - -. 1 PER TENANT ii h GYP. ED. 1 203W I .. 564469 NUMBER 564032 GYP BD. E.1F5. f.,, GYP. ED. [MAT.— P -3 P -3 g 4 v A MPAI 4 2 ___ ° P -5 P -5 v a ro ro 4 FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY TENANT, 411-1 THICKNESS - - SPRAYED CS CLEAR SANDING SEALER ALL WOOD SURFACES SEALED ire. UNO. SPRAYED CN CLEAR SANDF6 SEALER FIN. m PRELUDE 546• GRID OR APPROVED EQUAL GRID I PRELUDE 546' GRID OR APPROVED EQUAL GRID I I A.-lE554D1i, ASHLAR PAS 4 OR 6• TRIMMED TO RT AT SKI RENTAL CONTER CAS -WRAPS 4 CUSTOMER SERVICE WINTERS ( 6° N TOILET ROOMS 4° OR 6' TRMT"ED TO FIT AT PAC! RENTAL COUNTER CASNWRAPS 4 CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS 4 b" N TOILET ROOMS PUTTING GREEN CARPET, CLASS 'A' FIRE RETARDANT DRIVING CAGE CARPET W/ SHAW RELEASE TACICFAST SYSTEM AND ALL FULLY EOIND EDGES GYP. BD. LOOP CARPETING W/ tACICFAST BACKING (UNIBOt ) CONTACT: RYAN DAVIS, SHAW CONTRACT WORM, (800) 444-5246 EXTERIOR - DTM GLOSS / PACKAGE COLOR - AMOCO 42 (MUST BE SPECIAL ORDERED) INTERIOR - PRCMAR EGGSHELL / MRERIOR I 1- ETALATEX SEMI -GLOSS I I'ETALATEX ST9 -GLOSS WATERD055 ACRYLIC DRTFAL -__- I WATERS-01M AO2YLIC DRYFALL PIROMAR 200 EGGSHELL / ANTERIOR FRLMAR z00 EGGSHELL / INTERIOR 24,E f EGGSHELL I INTERIOR _ I PR0MAR 200 EGGSHELL / INTERIOR PRO'1AR 250 EGGSHELL / INTERIOR REMARKS $6 V 0 2 06 V§ 9 5 5 0 A! !R g a R g i 3 I 10D SE 11§ S DOOR NO. DOOR / WINDOW SCHEDULE 1 5 ROOM ' ELEC. ROOM STAFF / TRAINING V GUN STORAGE RREIRISER coal BUFF 1 154Aa4MG 6'x ROOM P4 911E ROOM 5740E STORAGE GMT STORAGE LAYAWAY CORRIDOR JANE E E i LEST EXIT CA94 ROOM 1 CHANGING ROOM CHANGING ROOM LAYAISAY ROOM NAME CRANING ROOM I e4RT VQSTII314LE I I I I 93 RENTAL (El 3' -0" X T -014 X T -044 x 13/ 4• X 1' -014 SALES AREA r(E) (2) 3' -5 X 1'-044 X 1 314• ROOM RASH SCHEDULE I .M /£/I X H.0-,L X .p-,£ ( 3 0" X 1' -014 X 13/4' 3 X 1' -0•H X 13/4• J P 511 -! m m X T-014 3' -0° X 1' -044 X 19/4 " SC , 51-I 5-1 C -4 5-1 '1 2 97 2 OPENING SIZE 4' -0• X T -044 m m '^ m; g TT C -1 B -i CM NONE I a lil . - FLOOR SASE m '^ T 22 m m -21g m nl a r r r- r r r r TYPE (E) GYP. ED. (El GYP. I �II GYP. ED. 7 GYRED. GYP. ED. GTP ED. (E) I GYP BD. I GYP. ED. MR GYP. ED. ii GYP. BD. GYP.5D. GYP. ED. GYP. ED. I GYP. ED. GYP. ED. GYP BD. E.1F5. GYP. BD GYP. ED. [MAT.— P -3 P -3 g 4 v A 4 4 2 ° P -5 P -5 v a ro ro 4 - m i b - - T. • FIN. m GYP. BD. I (El GYP. BD. (5) I GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. BD. (El GYP. BD. GYP. BD. FRPMR FRP/MR GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. E.D. GYP. ED. I GYP. BD GYP. ED. GLASS/ALUM GYP. BD. GYP. SD. MAIL. WA I EAST g 4 2 4 A A 1-2 P -2 1-2 P -5 P-S v v v T N N g T. : v FIN. H GYP. BO. (El GYP. BO. (El GYP. ED. (El GYP. BD. (El I GYP. BD. I (E) GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. ED. GYP. BD. FRP41R GYP. ED. GYP. ED. GYP. BD. GYP. ED. [E) GYP. SD. GYP. BD. GYP. BD. EIFS GYP. ED. GYP. BD. MAIL. / d 2/44) 1(441 1(44! r I ! - I 1(441 1/441 I/ u1 1/A4J 1/441 1(441 1/441 I/441 ' 2/441 I I/441 2/441 P -5 P -5 I/A41 /441 114'1 I FI14 GYP. SD. (El GYP. BD. GYP. BD. YP. ea. GYP. BD. L GYP. BD. GYP. ED. GYP. BD. i I GYP. ED. i GYP. BD. GYP. BD. [GYP. BD. GYP. BD. GYP. ED. (El GYP. BD. 11111 GYP. BD. GLASS/ ALUM L GYP. ED. [GYP. BD. [MAIL. -. - -.- WEST 8 24 I !24 (E) g A 0 4 A 44 g2 P -5 P -5 v v° 2'A -, , -.,- I CASED I g v© -o FR. I AT -I AT -2 AT-1 I AT -I I GYP. EDI ACNE OS$. l i ACT P -10 NOTE ST -1 CEIUr FIN. EXP. T RFC. EXP. TO �TRUG. 8 , -0 . EXP. TO ST1a1C. EXP. T SIP. T 5111110_ EXP. TO 5TRUC. EXP. TO 5TR1C. 10'-0° 8' - 0• 8' -0 8' -0•a 8'-0•! 5-0 8' -0 EXP. TO 51RJC. STRJC. EXP TO 5TR1C. 8-6 1D1P. TO stew. 1142-0 M I . • ONE HOUR RATED ASS'Y. • SEE ELEv4T10NS, SHEET A42, I • SEE ELEVAT10N3, SHEET A42, I • SEE i IN i INTEIQIOIQ ELEVATIONS REMARKS $6 125 1254 123 124 t5 1266 I2$ V§ 5 5 51° g g) 5 5 E 2 5 g g P c a 6 * 10D SE A 1 S DOOR NO. DOOR / WINDOW SCHEDULE 1 CAN STORAGE 1 FURE RISER ROOM FIRE RISER R?G"1 ELEC. ROOM STAFF / TRAINING V 1 SHOE STORAGE I SHOE STORAGE GEN STORAGE I SHIP / 5.1CY I SHOE STORAGE GEN STORAGE / SHIP) REC"V GET. STORAGE / SHIP / REiCY EXIT LACING _- I ` 1441105 ---{I i i MANAGER CASH ROOM 6EIERA4 OFFICE GMT STORAGE LAYAWAY CORRIDOR ENTRY 555T!SULE ENTRY vEST1511E E E LEST EXIT CHANGING ROOM NORTH EXIT CHANGING ROOM CHANGING ROOM i 1 ROOM NAME CRANING ROOM T -0 X 1-01H m (El 3' -0" X T -014 X T -044 x 13/ 4• X 1' -014 3' -0" x T -0 X 13/4' 3' -0° X 1' -5-4 X 13/4' r(E) (2) 3' -5 X 1'-044 X 1 314• (213' -0` h "I' - X 1 314' (El .M /£/I X H.0-,L X .p-,£ ( 3 0" X 1' -014 X 13/4' 3 X 1' -0•H X 13/4• J (2)3' -0'X1' - 014X13/4• 3' -0" X T -014 X 1 314' 3'•0" X 1' -014 X 13/4• 3'-0" X T -044 X 13/4• 3'•0° X 1' -041 X 19/4• 3'•0' X 1' -044 X 1/3/4• m m X T-014 3' -0° X 1' -044 X 19/4 [8 3-6 °X1 -044 _ J (21 3' -0' X 1' -044 X 13/4• (El 3' - 0" X 6' - 841 X 13/8• (3) 3' - X 1'•014 X 1 3/4• 7 -8` X 6' -844 X 13/8° 2' -5 X 6' -514 X 13/8' 2' -8• X 6' -8'H x 13B' X 6' - 844 X 1 3/8" 2' -8• X 6'-514 X 1 3/5' 2'-8' X 6' -844 x 13/8' OPENING SIZE 4' -0• X T -044 m m '^ m; P i I a r'4i m e 'n m '^ T T T T M n T m m . m nl a r r r- r r r r TYPE I DOOR i$ 55 §56666 ii 566€68555 li P -3 P -3 P -3 I I P -3 P -3 P -3 P -3 P -3 P -3 SEAL SEAL I SEAL HP-3 r SEAL P -3 I " m m - m " - - - - na m —— m " — — m m " m m w w — — " TYPE L FRAME Si 555555 ii i.5, 551555§555 P -2 P -2 J 1-2 P -2 1-2 P -2 P -2 P -2 P -2 I N N r P-2 P -2 N N N. P -2 P -2 P -2 P -2 I P_2 P -2 N N P -2 N N P-2 P -2 P-2 P -2 P -2 P -2 N N P -2 P -2 1-2 H 2/A44 11441 1/441 1/441 L _ 1/441 6441 1/441 1(A41 1(441 5441 1(441 1(441 1/441 1/441 2/A41 I 1(441 2/441 1(441 1/441 I/441 1/44) 5441 I/A41 VA41 VA44 1(44) i O DETAILS I 2 /A4J / d 2/44) 1(441 1(44! r I ! - I 1(441 1/441 I/ u1 1/A4J 1/441 1(441 1/441 I/441 ' 2/441 I I/441 2/441 I VA41 1(441 - I/441 1/441 1/441 I/A41 /441 114'1 P 54 I 3A I 6.4 r 5 5A( .. A 64 64 54 D _ 5A B 5 54 ',, w N (E) 8 24 I !24 (E) W. W.. Co . 1-101,1JR. GROUP ik J I a- o - -I -� m N \ -� - tdOTE ! i NOTE I ✓ 2'A -, , -.,- I CASED I NOTE 142 REMART'GS CASED OPENING 4 "' DOOR HT. m (1© rn e 3 0 Df_ < v 2 r z r . q y \ m n ° DOOR HT. GART SPORTS COMPANY GART SPORT SUPERSTORE STORE# 555 1' m" PARKWAY SUPERCENTER SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY AND SOUTH 180TH STREET TUKWILA, WASHINGTON a � p1 3 .q (V� T go-cm i� ; }Ip J %i 'O g o uh InaWo ti 1 Wgi S I SND - AT WOMEN 124 ONLY MEN 116 1 WOMEN 115 ELEV. SCALE: I /4" = I' -0" (MEN - 6IMULAR) 114 " PLATE GL. MTL. TOILET PARTITION MIRROR MEN 116 ELEV. SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" TP TYP. 6" RUBBER BASE PROVIDE HANDICAP HARDWARE 4 INSULATION MTL. CLOTHING- HOOKS, 1 YP. MOUNT • 5` -0" AFF. ON 5/4 X S OAK FINISHED 5T -1, (48" • ROOP1 .101H), 2 PER ROOM, (ATTACH DIRECTLY TO MTL STUDS) 2' -0" W X 6' -0 "4-1 CUR_ GLASS M! MTD. • 12" AFF, TYP. SEAT, RE: 2/A5 TYPICAL ALL CHANGING ROOMS GB36 SND 6" RUBBER BASE TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES: SND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL GB36 36" GRAB BAR GB42 42" GRAB BAR !SMACK B -210 BOBRICK B -6206 X 36' BOBRICK B -6206 X 42° NOTES I. PROVIDE (U 8" X 8" HANDICAPPED t (I) 4° X 8° ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN (LAMACOID/BLUE W/ WHITE GRAPHICS) PER TOILET ROOM DOOR 2 SOAP, TOILET PAPER AND PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS SUPPLIED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MTL. TOILET PARTITION SND SND PROVIDE HANDICAP HARDWARE 4 INSULATION WOMEN 115 ELEV. SCALE: 1/4" I' -0" V4" PLATE GLASS MIRROR PLAM APRON 4 BACKSPLASH, PL -1 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" HANDICAP TURNING RADIUS (5' -0" DIA.) CONT. BRACT BENEATH t. NOTE: SEAL ALL JOINTS (DOOR JAMB, BENCHES, ETC.) AND AROUND SIDES OF MIRROR W/ CLEAR SILT' ONE IN ALL CHANGING ROOMS. ENLARGED CHANGING ROOM CORE SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" PERIMETER WALL STUDS TO STRUCTUREJGYP. BD. EXTENDS TO BO. A.G.T. CEILING ONLY), .\_ RE: FLOOR PLAN, A2.1. PARTICLEBOARD AT 2' -0" O.G., RACKETS ON HEAVY - Y ADJUSTABLE STANDARDS CENTER CORE WALLS: 9 -0" H. PARTITION WALL W/ 20 GA. 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS • 16" O.C. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. (BOTH SIDES), SHOWN SOLID R GUARDS, TYP, OF 1 END (2)- 3'- 6 "WX6'1-1 CLR GLASS MIRRORS MTD. • 12" AFF. ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN PREFN. WHITE SLOTWALL W/ REINF. • 4" O.C. a, —UPHOLSTER W/ GREEN CARPET C -4 SCALE: I/2" = I' -0" SECTION PUTTING GREEN HANDICAP WATER COOLER 11/2" DIA TYP. 3 V4" X 3 V4" OAK POSTS RABBETED BOTH SIDES FOR SLOTWALL. 1 118" x 5' -4" CONT. RAIL NOTCHED FOR PUTTER$ 2X6 P.T. WOOD SLEEPER CONTINUOUS UNDER SLOTWALL BACK OF SLOTWALL WHITE MELAMINE TO MATCH SLOTWALL !XI WD. (OAK) TRIM (ATTACH AFTER CARPET INSTALLATION) DRILL HOLES IN PLYWOOD FOR PUTTING CUPS, (WITTEK OR GOLD MEDAL) VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION WITH CARTS. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS RECD. CARPET C -4 CONT. UNDER SLOTWALL PREFIN. BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER MOUNTING BENCH A5A SCALE: IR" = l' -0" 10 I/4 "-1—, 2 -0" I I/2" (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) 1' -6" PLAN t POST, TYP. OAK TRIM, ST -I POST. TYP. NOTE: CONSTRUCT FROM 2X4 WD. FRAME AND WD. WORKTOP EDGING W/ 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD WORKTOP t SHELF BELOW. SECURE WI SCREWS, NO FINISH. SET FINISHED SURFACE FOR . -0° BALL CUP 1/4" BELOW FINISHED SURFACE OF SURR012NDING DECK SLOPE FROM FINISHED EDGE OF BALL CUP 8" IN ALL DIRECTIONS - 2X6 PT. WOOD SLEEPER • I6° O.C. SHIM LEVEL SLOPE •178° FER FT FOR 6° HORIZ_ 2•-0 I/1" TO MATCH FINISHED DECK 314" PLYWOOD BASE CONSTRUCTION ALL OAK POSTS, PANELS AND TRIM: ST -1. SEALED C!TY (�FTUI NIL AN 1 2 19993 Jy8 O2'49 JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT SEM Architects Inc Copyright Arcliite Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado Shed. Sake 200 Dower, Colorado 80246 (303) 220 -8900 :;a3) 220-0708 Fax These plans are on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed. or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 9801400 Drawn • Rt"I( Checked • HW Date • Issue 01/13/98 • PERMIT Tide • ENLARGED PLANS / RECEIVED CITY OFTIIKwtt A DETAILS ENTER A4.2 2 t2" S U2 . 2x8 'FRAMING BEYOND 2X4 CROSS BRACING X 44 LLY.+OD iPOST, TYP OF 6 SIMPSON STANDARD POST ANCHOR SASE. TYP. VARIES 2X4 CROSS BRACING 2A ELEV. @ STAFF CABINET 45 S CALE I" , 0' REFER TO DiMENB CONT. HARD PLASTIC STRIP. (t'W X i /8" THICK). RABBETED INTO EDGE OF 'TEE' RAIL (BOTH SIDES) VARIES SECT. @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK SCALE: 1/2" _ I'•0" 6' -0" 2X6 CHANNEL 'TEE' (ATTACH TO RIMW/ SIMPSON JOIST HANGERS AT EACH .END) t { 1 2X5 RIM FRAMING CONTRACTOR OPTION: PROVIDE PREFABRICATED UNIT OR CUSTOM 3,4" PARTICLE BOARD SHEATHING SCALE: V2" • 1' - 0" SCRIBE • CAULK AS REQUIRED SINK BEYOND PREFAB. WHITE LAM. COUNTERTOP 4 BACKSPLASH /— IX2 OAK TRIM SIDE MOUNTED DRAWER SLIDES DELETE DRAWER AT SW (FLUSH PANEL) 4° WIRE PULL PLASTIC LAM. PL -I ON 3/4" PTCL. BD. • FACE, DOORS • DRAWERS 3/4" MELAMINE (TO MATCH PL -2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON FLUSH MOUNTED STANDARDS OR PEGS INTERIOR: MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 6' RESILIENT BASE (B -I) TRIM TO FIT rm 4x4 WOOD POST ISOMETRIC @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK 2 A5 SECT @ STAFF CABINET SCALE: I" • 1' -0" 2 12" 5 t/2• 3/4• PARTICLE BOARD SHEATHING CONTRACTOR OPTION: PREFAB. UNIT OR CUSTOM. PLAN @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK SCALE: 1/2" • 1' -0" LET -IN RIM JOISTS AT ALL POSTS, TYP. NOTE: CONSTRUCTION 15 2X WO0D • PARTICLE BOARD SECURED W/ •6 • • DRYWALL SCREWS USING STANDARD NAILING PATTERNS ACCORDING TO CODE. USE 3" LONG SCREWS TO SECURE 2:T WOOD MEMBERS TOGETHER SIMPSON STANDARD POST ANCHOR BASE, TYP. ` -2x8 CENTER 4X4 WOOD POST SUPPORT CARPETED COUNTER TOP I8" X N8" X 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SHEET SCREWED THROU'3HT CARPETED COUNTER TOP. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT BEFORE INSTALLATION. 3/4" PARTICLE 6D. COUNTER W/ PL -2 4 CARPETED (C -I) TOP I CONT. IX2 EDGING BOTH SIDES, SEALED SKI HOLDING BLOCK ttP. (4 X 4 X 2 "D OAK) MOUNTED ON I X 4 OAK ATTACHED TO COUNTER PLASTIC LAM. (PL -I) • EXTERIOR FACE 4 SIDE (TYP) CONT. I x 2 OAK TRIM (TYP.) ST -I, SEALED 6" RESILIENT BASE (B -I) TRIM TO FIT TASK LIGHTING • 10'•0 RE. ELECTRICAL (3) HEAVY DIRT B" W SHELVES. STANDARDS AND BRACKETS TO 12' AFF, LE?GTN OF WORK COUNTER (541OP AREA ONLY) SLOTWALL SCRAPS CN 5/8" GYP. BD, RE: PLAN (SHOP AREA ONLY) SCALE: 1/2" • 1' - 0" 3/4' PTCL. BO. COUNTER W/ I X CONT. EDGE RE: PLAN SCALE I" = I' - 0" 6 -0" 2" 2' -0" NOTE: ALL U43RK COUNTERS TO REMAIN UNPAINTED WORK COUNTER SECTION 4' -T PROvIDE CONT. X 2 BLOCKING AS REQ'D FOR STANDARDMOUNTING TO CM OR CONC. WALLS. (SHOP AREA ONLY CONT. FRT. WOOD BLOOD% BEHIND ALL BENCH SUPPORTS 2 °X ° WOOD BRACING • 4' -0" OC. MAX 3/4" PTCL. BD_ SHELF UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OMEN ELEV. @ RENTAL SKI COUNTER (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) 5 -0" SORES 4 CAULK TO WALK P FAS. WHITE LAM. CTP. 2X AWOOD BRACING • 4' -0" O.0 MAX 2 LAYERS 3/4 PTCL BD. BRACE • 36' O.C. (PAINT P -I) SECT. @ WORK COUNTER SCALE. 1° = 1' -0" !1 SKI COUNTER SECTION 3' -9 I/4" FT CONT. FRT. WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND ALL AMYL / SW.PORTS A5.1 SCALE: V/2" • E' -0" (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) C'TY TUVRILA AUG 1 2 '2 X18 ouR • Title RECENED CITY OFTUKINILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT C Copyright SEM Architects Inc Arvhitecttu+e Planning Engineering Datc • Issue 01/13/S8 • PERIIT 677 South Colorado Blvd Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 2204708 Fax These pions are on instrument of �rvw'e and are the property of the Architect, cud moy not be dupOcoted. disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY 1998 Proi No • 98014.00 Drawn • t Checked • HW • MILLWORK / ROUGH CASEWORK DETAILS GART SPORTS COMPANY SOUTH 180TH STREET SUPERSTORE . ! Mrs FOR SI2Z 1iij11 3Z16 l 1 I L -- - -- --- - l it 2 t2" S U2 . 2x8 'FRAMING BEYOND 2X4 CROSS BRACING X 44 LLY.+OD iPOST, TYP OF 6 SIMPSON STANDARD POST ANCHOR SASE. TYP. VARIES 2X4 CROSS BRACING 2A ELEV. @ STAFF CABINET 45 S CALE I" , 0' REFER TO DiMENB CONT. HARD PLASTIC STRIP. (t'W X i /8" THICK). RABBETED INTO EDGE OF 'TEE' RAIL (BOTH SIDES) VARIES SECT. @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK SCALE: 1/2" _ I'•0" 6' -0" 2X6 CHANNEL 'TEE' (ATTACH TO RIMW/ SIMPSON JOIST HANGERS AT EACH .END) t { 1 2X5 RIM FRAMING CONTRACTOR OPTION: PROVIDE PREFABRICATED UNIT OR CUSTOM 3,4" PARTICLE BOARD SHEATHING SCALE: V2" • 1' - 0" SCRIBE • CAULK AS REQUIRED SINK BEYOND PREFAB. WHITE LAM. COUNTERTOP 4 BACKSPLASH /— IX2 OAK TRIM SIDE MOUNTED DRAWER SLIDES DELETE DRAWER AT SW (FLUSH PANEL) 4° WIRE PULL PLASTIC LAM. PL -I ON 3/4" PTCL. BD. • FACE, DOORS • DRAWERS 3/4" MELAMINE (TO MATCH PL -2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON FLUSH MOUNTED STANDARDS OR PEGS INTERIOR: MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 6' RESILIENT BASE (B -I) TRIM TO FIT rm 4x4 WOOD POST ISOMETRIC @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK 2 A5 SECT @ STAFF CABINET SCALE: I" • 1' -0" 2 12" 5 t/2• 3/4• PARTICLE BOARD SHEATHING CONTRACTOR OPTION: PREFAB. UNIT OR CUSTOM. PLAN @ SLIDING SKI TIP RACK SCALE: 1/2" • 1' -0" LET -IN RIM JOISTS AT ALL POSTS, TYP. NOTE: CONSTRUCTION 15 2X WO0D • PARTICLE BOARD SECURED W/ •6 • • DRYWALL SCREWS USING STANDARD NAILING PATTERNS ACCORDING TO CODE. USE 3" LONG SCREWS TO SECURE 2:T WOOD MEMBERS TOGETHER SIMPSON STANDARD POST ANCHOR BASE, TYP. ` -2x8 CENTER 4X4 WOOD POST SUPPORT CARPETED COUNTER TOP I8" X N8" X 1/4" CLEAR PLEXIGLASS SHEET SCREWED THROU'3HT CARPETED COUNTER TOP. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT BEFORE INSTALLATION. 3/4" PARTICLE 6D. COUNTER W/ PL -2 4 CARPETED (C -I) TOP I CONT. IX2 EDGING BOTH SIDES, SEALED SKI HOLDING BLOCK ttP. (4 X 4 X 2 "D OAK) MOUNTED ON I X 4 OAK ATTACHED TO COUNTER PLASTIC LAM. (PL -I) • EXTERIOR FACE 4 SIDE (TYP) CONT. I x 2 OAK TRIM (TYP.) ST -I, SEALED 6" RESILIENT BASE (B -I) TRIM TO FIT TASK LIGHTING • 10'•0 RE. ELECTRICAL (3) HEAVY DIRT B" W SHELVES. STANDARDS AND BRACKETS TO 12' AFF, LE?GTN OF WORK COUNTER (541OP AREA ONLY) SLOTWALL SCRAPS CN 5/8" GYP. BD, RE: PLAN (SHOP AREA ONLY) SCALE: 1/2" • 1' - 0" 3/4' PTCL. BO. COUNTER W/ I X CONT. EDGE RE: PLAN SCALE I" = I' - 0" 6 -0" 2" 2' -0" NOTE: ALL U43RK COUNTERS TO REMAIN UNPAINTED WORK COUNTER SECTION 4' -T PROvIDE CONT. X 2 BLOCKING AS REQ'D FOR STANDARDMOUNTING TO CM OR CONC. WALLS. (SHOP AREA ONLY CONT. FRT. WOOD BLOOD% BEHIND ALL BENCH SUPPORTS 2 °X ° WOOD BRACING • 4' -0" OC. MAX 3/4" PTCL. BD_ SHELF UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK OMEN ELEV. @ RENTAL SKI COUNTER (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) 5 -0" SORES 4 CAULK TO WALK P FAS. WHITE LAM. CTP. 2X AWOOD BRACING • 4' -0" O.0 MAX 2 LAYERS 3/4 PTCL BD. BRACE • 36' O.C. (PAINT P -I) SECT. @ WORK COUNTER SCALE. 1° = 1' -0" !1 SKI COUNTER SECTION 3' -9 I/4" FT CONT. FRT. WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND ALL AMYL / SW.PORTS A5.1 SCALE: V/2" • E' -0" (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) C'TY TUVRILA AUG 1 2 '2 X18 ouR • Title RECENED CITY OFTUKINILA JUL 1 6 1998 PERMIT C Copyright SEM Architects Inc Arvhitecttu+e Planning Engineering Datc • Issue 01/13/S8 • PERIIT 677 South Colorado Blvd Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 2204708 Fax These pions are on instrument of �rvw'e and are the property of the Architect, cud moy not be dupOcoted. disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • MAY 1998 Proi No • 98014.00 Drawn • t Checked • HW • MILLWORK / ROUGH CASEWORK DETAILS GART SPORTS COMPANY SOUTH 180TH STREET SUPERSTORE 1 1 I I l I I I 1= CONC. BEDDING I u a -Ell' I I I — I I I I I — I II— GALV. STL. PIPE {II 1IIII I11I iI_I SLEEVE TYP 11 11 -11,11 1 IIi1 Ill + GUARDRAIL DETAIL SCAM: 12' 1 " -0" SLOTWALL PANEL: CLEAR MEL;J11NE W/ STD. ALLt1MI1 EXTRUSIONS. FASTEN TO STUDS AT lb" O.C. THROUGH SLOT. GYP. MD. $.EATHING SLOTWALL STRIP SCALE: 3" I' -0" SET LEGS OF ROILING IN PIPE SLEEVE W/ CHEMICAL COMPOUND I I/2" STL. PIPE FRAME WELDED JOINTS, GROUND SMOOTH, PAINTED P -2 EXISTING CCNC. SLAB, (CORE DRILL 6" HOLE. EXCAVATE AND SET 2" ID. X 30" GALV. STL. PIPE SLEEVE IN BED OF CONC, LEVEL W/ GRADE 4' -0" 5" GALv. DECK ESCUTCHEON, TYP. 0 A52 4 -0" irk SCALE: 1/2" • 1' -0" 14' -0" I i/2" LP. GALV, PIPE RAILING 5" GALV. DECK ESCUTCHEON, TYP. 4' -0" I I/2" ID. GALV. PIPE RAILING SHOPPING CART STALL PLAN 61 THREE TIERED DISPLAY 2 -0" XI, I 0. w X SCALE: 12" • l'-0" (MILLWORK - RE_ Ak2) T° r DP" JW y g5 FJ� FASTEN ROOFING TO FURLINS W/ °C. X 3/4" SHEET MIL. SCREWS • 12" 0C. 2X FIR — WOOD TRIM, STAIN ST -2 4 X 4 FIR WOOD BEAM, STAIN ST -2 DISPLAY CASES, RE: A21 SET LEGS OF RAILING IN PIPE SLEEVE W/ CHEMICAL COMPOUND I I/2" GALV, STL. PIPE FRAME WELDED JOINTS, GROUND SMOOTH, PAINTED P -2 5" GALv. DECK ESCUTCHEON, TYP. EXISTING CONC. WALK, (CORE DRILL 6" HOLE, EXCAVATE AND SET 2" ID. X 30" GALV. 6TL. PIPE SLEEVE IN BED OF CONC. LEVEL WI GRADE CONC. BEDDING GALV, STL. PIPE SLEEVE, TYP. 2 X TIMBERS • 24" DC. STAIN 5T -2 GALVANIZED STL. Ili 12 CORRUGATED ROOFIN IX2WOOD PURLINS • STAIN ST -2 SCALE: I/2" • I' -0" SIDING, RE: 2/A3.I FLUOR LIGHT, RE: ELEC, PLAN 4 A22 SIMPSON ICC COLUMN CAP W/ COACH BOLTS, PAINT ALL P -S 4 X 4 FIR WOOD POST, STAIN 5T -2 r SIMPSON •CBA COLUMN EASE W/ LAG BOLTS INTO COLUMN a CHEMICAL ANCHORS INTO SLAB, ALL PAINTED P -S ( as2 SECTION CD SHED ROOF SCALE: 1/2" • 1' -0" 2 X 4 MAIN WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS, TYP. (UNFINISHED) RABBET JOINTS AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF VERTICAL MEMBERS OF 2 X 4 WOOD FRAME SHOPPING CART STALL SECTION TO. SHED ROOF AFF. CONT. 2 X 5 FIR WOOD RIM ANCHOR PLATE W/ LAG BOLTS INTO BLOCKING BEHIND GYP, BO. • 36" O.C. SIMPSON HANGER CONT. 2 x 10 FIR WOOD RIM JOIST W/ LAG BOLTS INTO BLOCKING BEHIND GYF. GD. - 36" 0.0 2 I,22 x 2 I/2" x 5" ANGLE WI 11/2" CHAMFERED EDGES I/2" LAG BOLTS, PAINT ALL P -S 5/5" GYP. ED. ON 3 5/5" MTL. STUDS, RE: A21 SCALE: 12" = i' - 0" ATTACH TO BACK WALL WITH 3" DECK SCREWS INTO WALL STRUCTURAL FRAMING TYPICAL INTERIOR STUD WALL OR TYPICAL EXTERIOR WALL FURRING NOTE: GLLE AND FASTEN ALL JOINTS Wi 2 I/1" DECK SCREWS ISOMETRIC VIEW FRONT ELEVATION �iEIIIIII� PLAN RE: 402 4A SECTION @ MERCHANDISE FIXTURE BLOCKING 0 X INTERIOR 2X P.T. BLOCK AT 4' -0" CC. SHELF STANDARD, i X 4 WOOD FRONT AND CROSS BRACING MEMBERS 3,'4" HARDWOOD DOWELS J1IIIIIII� SNOWBOARD RACK SCALE: 1/2" = I' -0" 5/16" X 4" LAG SCREWS AT UPRIGHT STANDARD. TYP. 3/4" X 9" HARDWOOD DOWELS AT 6" OG. WITH TIGHT BORING INTO BACK BRACE, SET W/ WOOD GLUE CITY OF TI'Wii_A ARMED 3/4" X 9" HARDWOOD DOWELS AT 6" CC, TYP. RECEIVFn CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 p3 Z PERMIT CE R � Sly Architects Inc Architecture Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd. State 200 Dover, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 220-0700 fax Copyright These plans are on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. Date • NAY 1998 Pro( No • 5801400 Drawn • RING Checked • ICU Date • Issue 01/13/98 • PERMIT AUG 12 1993 Title • MILLWORK I ROUGH CASEWORK DETAILS A5.2 - EYEBOLT TOP BOTTOM 1 CENTER 1 X HOLDING STRE'S BTUPL NOTCHES . BICYCLE RACK SCALE 1/2" = 1' -0" I" R TYP. TYP 2. UURAP EDGE OF UPPER RACK W/ CONT. GREEN FELT. (RECOMMENDED SUPPLIER: FOSS MFG_ 1- IAMPTON, NJ, (603) 929 -6000) 3, ALL MATERIAL SHALL EE 3/4" PTCL. BD, W/ CEDAR VEIN ER ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, UON. ALL 14IDWD. SHALL BE CEDAR GUN DISPLAY RACK SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" 8' -0" 3/4" PARTICLE BD. BASE (CONT.) W/ CEDAR VENEER 1 r ROD EXTENDS TO 1 -0" BELOW 7 ^.:K NOTE: UNIT 15 UNFINISHED x2 CEDAR 3" 1 TRIM AT JOINTS. END SUPPORT BEYOND —� 12 X 1 CEDAR HOLD! STRIP, TYP. 1 X 2 CEDAR TRIM • EA. SIDE 1X4 DIAGONAL BRACING EACH CORNER 2X8 FRAME TYPICAL 12" CARRIAGE BOLTS, 2 LOCATIONS EA. SIDE CARPET C -2 UNDER HOLDING STRIPS, TYP. SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ I2" THREADED ROD, CGNdECT TO FRAME W/L3X3X1 /4X1 12" LONG ANGLE t I2" BOLTS (3 LOCATIONS ONLY) RED PLASTIC COATED BICYCLE HOOKS TYPICAL 16" O.G. MOtNT TO BOTTOM OF RACK CONNECT W/ 8° JOIST HANGERS (SCREW FASTEN) SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W /12 "THREADED ROD (TYP. 4 LOCATIONS) 12" THREADED ROD WI NUTS 4 LOGCWA$HER5 BOTH SIDES OF PLATE NOTE: HANGER RODS SHALL BE PLI213. PRONDE UNISTRUT /OR A`.GLES TO SPAN JOISTS IF REOD. 1/4" STL. PLATE, WELDED 2 51DES Z4X4XI /4" LINE OF WALL (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING ELEVATION SECTION 2X6 BLOCKING r� I I2" SLOPE WALL A53 SKI RENTAL POLE RACK SCALE: 1" = 4" X 5/16" CHROME EYEBOLT (1 AT EACH PAIR OF VERTICAL- END SUPPORTS) iL 0 I'- PROVIDE 2 RACKS AT ELEVATIONS INDICATED. VERIFY W/ TENANT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 1 /S" DIA REL OAK DOWEL 24" L 5/8" EXPANSION BOLTS • 16" O.C. 4 MINIMUM, COUNTER SINK UNIT IS UNFINISHED 1" TYP. SCALE: I /2" = I' - 0" 2 I/2 " -5 I/2" TYP SCALE: 1/2' = I' - 0" 2X4 LEDGER BEYOND 2X4 DIAGONAL CROSS BRACEIG BEYOND SECTION WORKSHOP SKI STORAGE RACK 1 -0" ON WALL 10' -0" ON WALL EXISTING WALL HUNTING COUNTER SECTION PAINT GRADE SLOTWALL W/ REINF. • 4" OC. (TWO 510E5) EQ WOOD SPACER BLOCKS BEYOND AT EVERY OTHER RAIL J 4' NOMINAL SECTIONS OF AMMO CUBICLES: 3/4" MELAMINE SHELVES 4 DIVIDERS, LAMINATE ALL EXPOSED FACES PL -2 REFER TO DIMENSION CXI.6 FOR SIZE 4X4POST BELOW SCALE: 1/2" = I' - 0" 1---2X6 RUNNER Ea 5/8" GYP. BD. (PAINT P -2 AT WALL, P -I0 AT SOFFIT. PROVIDE CONT. SOLID GIN DISPLAY RACK (IN 4' SECTIONS), WOOD BLOCKING RE: 4/A53 BEHIND ALL CLEATS COUNTERTOP: IPFNISHED AT HUNTING GUN RACKS, PL -I TOP AND FACE WHERE EXPOSED AT ARCHERY PLASTIC LAM. PL -I ON 3/4" PARTICLE BD 1 x OAK EDGE TRE1 PL -2 MELAMINE PANEL SCALE: I" = I' - 0" MELAMINE FINISH TO MATCH PL -1 ADJOINING MILLWORK, RE: 402 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD, PL -I (3) THREE ADJUSTABLE MELAMINE SHELVES W/ VENEER TO MATCH CASES 2 LAYERS 5/8" PARTICLE BOARD IN REIMOvABLE F -0" SECTIONS 2X10 HEADER OOR W/ KEY LOCK TO MATCH CASES REEL STORAGE CABINET (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) 2' -0" OR I' -4" 4" RUBBER BASE TOP OF FN. FLR CHANGING RM. BENCH FASTEN RUNNERS AND PARTICLE BOARD W; PLATED PHILLIPS SCREWS 8 . 0 " 4X4 POST BEYOND NOTE: ALL JOINTS SHALL BE GLUED PREMOVBABLEWNOTEDJ UNIT 15 UNFINISHED TRIANGLE CABINET CUBE (BUILT SEPARATE) 04K TRIM ST -I SEALED OUTLET IN BASE RE- ELEC. PL -2 FINISH FISHING STOR. CABINET (MILLWORK - RE: A0.2) RECFnnT CASEWORK DETAILS CITY CFTUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 SCALE: I = I' -0" SLOTWALL, PE, ELE T WOOD TRIM, RE: ELEVATIONS 6" DISPLAY D Y ECK xiwt c.4 a r uv a.ti.t� SCALE: i" = I' -0" SCALE: I" = I' -0" SLOTWALL, RE: ELEVATIONS CARPET (C -2) ON 3/4° PARTICLE BD. CONT. 1 x 3 HOW. TRIM • SKI. ST-1, SEALED 314° MELAMINE TO MATCH SLOTWALL 314` MELAMINE SUPPORT • 24" O.C. FINN TO MATCH SLOTWALL 14" BASE DECK it SKIS 12) ADJ_ MELAMINE CLAD SHELVES. P2 -I ISOMETRIC UNDER COUNTER RErRIG=., RE: A2.0 r f. (10 GLASS CASE) ■ GLASS CASES, RE:SCHED.A02 CITY CF TW)NILA A> FROUEO AUG 121993 PERMIT SEM Architects Inc Copyright Architecture Planning Engineering 677 South Colorado Blvd Suite 200 Derver, Colorado 80246 (303) 2204900 (303) 220-0708 Fax These plans are on instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed. or reproduced without the written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. 1 — W YL ce co F— H co F D O 0 ct Z ' 1- 3� CC �3 Y 31 a Date • MAY MSS Proj No • SS01400 Drawn • RiMG Checked • HW Date • Issue 01/13/98 • PERMIT Tide • MILLWORK / ROUGH G-•• 1HLT,S_ *2"-5" WIT n - t r731 - c PROVIDE CLOSURE AT VOID von: #AIR 8 ELOli J 4-3 HANDICAP REGISTER — RECESS, RE: 6I-1/455 (MODIFY LENGTH THIS LOCATION ONLY) *3' -2" WAIT 8 u u u REGISTER RECESS ♦ 2,-10" CUSTOMER SERV. COUNTER .4S. SCALE I/2" Area ED RECESS IN TOP FOR Tv PROVIDE QlTOUT AT BACK OF EACH SHELF FOR POWER CORD UNIT 'L' INFILL CABINET —OAK TRIM 3/4" PTCL. 50. PL -I FINISH b" BASE, 13-1 TWO ADJUSTABLE SHELVES, FINI$41 PL -2 DOOR WITH KEY LOCK A5.4 UNIT 'K' MONITOR STAND hLTa`- WIT A 2 ' - 10" *2-10" ♦ 2' -10" SLOPE CORNER 34" H. *3' -2" PROVIDE CLOSURE *3 �� AT VOID. RE: 8/A5.4 WIT B FILLER, VOID NO BLOCKS BELOW FOR THIS ASSEMBLY. WIT REFERENCES ARE SUPPLIED A5 A GUIDE TO CONTRACTORS ONLY. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE FINISHED. PROVIDE FILLERS AND COVER PANELS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WIT. OAK TRIM, ST -I, SEALED OAK TRIM ST-I, 2' -0" / SEALED UNIT B RE: 8/45.4 MONITOR STAND K 6' BASE RB -I, TRIM TO FIT 51 • 4" BASE R13-1,--V TRIM TO FIT UNIT 'B' SECTION SCALE: I" = I' -0" GATE AT HUNTING CASH WRAP ONLY, CLAD P -LAM, PL -I 2• -0" DOUBLE ACTION SELF CLOSING TYPE HINGES (HUNTING CASH UIRAP ONLY) PARTICLE BD. TOP W/ PL -2 ",..A..- -TRIM PIECE 'C', RE 4/A5.4 3/4° GREY MELAMINE IN 8l IOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH HTO, STANDARDS PL -I ON 3/4' PTCL. 8D. FACE TRIM PIECE D', RE: 4/A5.4 6° BASE B -I TRIM TO FIT, TYP. 4 =CD FRAME k PANEL 'G', RE 4/455 REGISTER RECESS NOTE: DELETE SHELVES 440 PROVIDE CLOSURE AT CORNER W1T5. PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -2 04 3/4" PARTICLE BD. WINTER EDGE 4 RETURN 2' OPENING FOR POWER DROP 3/4" MELAMINE DIVID7R5 a 4" O.C. COLOR TO MATCH PL -2. 6" CASH DRAWER PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 ON 3/4" PTCL BD. FACE MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 ON ALL INTERIOR SURFACES OF CABINET 4 5I-ELVES REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL 2 X 4 WOOD FRAME RECESSED J BOX BY ELEC. 5 A5 UNIT 'A' SECTION SCALE: I" = I' -0" REGISTER RECESS a A5.4 UNIT 'B' ELEVATION Y SCALE: I" = t' -0" c OAK TRIM ST -I, 2'-0" SEALED 6" BASE RD I, 'TRIM TO FIT 4' -6" UNIT 'B' SECTION (HANDICAP) OA%, TRIM, ST -1, SEALED SCALE: I" = I' -0" (3) 3/4" MELAMINE SHELVES AT HUNTING 4 GIFTS CASH WRAP ONLY, FINISH TO MATCH PL -I UNIT 'A /L' ELEVATION SCALE: I" I' -0" WIT 'A/R' 15 SIMILAR OPPOSITE HAND 3/4" GREY MELAMINE INTERIOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP. — 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH MTD. STANDARDS '-6" EASE 8 -1, TRIM TO FIT 6 CASH DRAWER MASONITE SHELVES FINISH TO MATCH PL -2 3/4" MELAMINE INTERIOR (TO MATCH PL -2) TYP. PARTICLE BD. TOP WI PL -2 TRIM PIECE 'C', RE: 4/45.4 3/4" GREY MELAMINE INTERIOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP. 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH Pi. -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH MTD. STANDARDS PL -I ON 3/4' PTCL, ED. FACE TRIM PIECE 'D', RE: 4/A54 4 WOOD FRAME 6' SASE B -I TRIM TO FIT, TYP 2' -0" kw — PANEL 'G', RE: 4 /A55 REGISTER RECESS 2 X 4 WOOD FRAME RECESSED J -BOX BY ELEC. UNIT 'A' SECTION (HANDICAP) SCALE: I" = I' -0" - v PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -2 ON 3/4" PARTICLE BD. COUNTER EDGE 4 RETURN 2° OPENING FOR POWER DROP 3/4" MELAMINE DIVIDERS e 4" O.C. COLOR TO MATCH PL-2. PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -I ON 3/4" PTCL BD. FACE UNIT J REGISTER RECESS ♦2 -5' WIT A/L *3 2•-0' TYP PLAN AT CHECKOUT SCALE: I/2" = I " - 0" term B 43I-2 u u u TYP SCALE: 1/2" = i' - 0" SCALE: E/2" = I' -0" WIT A/R * 2' -10° 1 . -1 " MAX. CONT. I X 2 OAK EDGE • TOP I SIDES 3/4" SLOTWALL (W/ MELAMINE FINISH TO MATCH -1 PL -2 I ALUM. I ART 3/4" MELAMINE PANEL DRILL 3 HOLES EA SIDE OF PANEL, THROUGH HARDWOOD TRIM LINE OF PLACEMENT FOR WIT A 3/4" MELAMINE SPILL TO MATCH 5LOTWALL, PL -2 x 2 OAK f✓ A ( WOW STAINED ST -I AN'■ SEALED CARPET ON I!L" PTO_ BD. I X 2 OAK TRIM 5T -I. SEALED 6' RESILIENT BASE (TRIM TO FIT/ ON (2" PTCL. BD. CONT. 2 x 6'5 4 BLOCKING AS READ 45 - 4 SECTION @ BASE DECK 'I' SCALE I" = I' -0" CHECK STAND PARTS FINISH FACE PL -I WHERE PANEL '0' IS OMITTED 4 SURFACE IS EXPOSED CHECK STAND ASSEMBLY UNIT B x ' 2' -0„ •1 L1 X 4OAK LEFT HAND WIT 54401Ud right hand unit similar, opposite hand HANDICAP a¢ RECESS RE: 544/ASA 0 a � � I x2 OAK I. -1 F 4' -0" AT GIFT CASH/WRAP " 5/8" 0" S CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 1 2 19 "s3 NOTE: ALL DETAIL THIS DRAWING SHEET ARE MILLWORK, RE:AQ.2 PE SEM Architects Inc Architecture Planning Engineering Copyright 677 South Colorado Ord. Suite 200 Dower, Colorado 80246 (30'3) 2204900 (.a3) 220-0708 fax These plans are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without Me written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. F- W ce F- N F- O LU Cg 0 0 Vf to Z • ".1 U6 r - L W 04 a I O to N5 CL N y IZ LU < 1 — O 3 = _ 14 I- F- c0 � o c; a tit F- Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980 Drawn • P.T^:Cs Checked • HW Date - Issue 07/13/98 • PERMIT akI • MILLWORK DETAILS CITYOFTUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998 .. 1- )- 1 3/8" DOUEL ROD FASTENED WI PLASTIC HOLDER AT EACH END ( tt 7 Ea EQ. G-•• 1HLT,S_ *2"-5" WIT n - t r731 - c PROVIDE CLOSURE AT VOID von: #AIR 8 ELOli J 4-3 HANDICAP REGISTER — RECESS, RE: 6I-1/455 (MODIFY LENGTH THIS LOCATION ONLY) *3' -2" WAIT 8 u u u REGISTER RECESS ♦ 2,-10" CUSTOMER SERV. COUNTER .4S. SCALE I/2" Area ED RECESS IN TOP FOR Tv PROVIDE QlTOUT AT BACK OF EACH SHELF FOR POWER CORD UNIT 'L' INFILL CABINET —OAK TRIM 3/4" PTCL. 50. PL -I FINISH b" BASE, 13-1 TWO ADJUSTABLE SHELVES, FINI$41 PL -2 DOOR WITH KEY LOCK A5.4 UNIT 'K' MONITOR STAND hLTa`- WIT A 2 ' - 10" *2-10" ♦ 2' -10" SLOPE CORNER 34" H. *3' -2" PROVIDE CLOSURE *3 �� AT VOID. RE: 8/A5.4 WIT B FILLER, VOID NO BLOCKS BELOW FOR THIS ASSEMBLY. WIT REFERENCES ARE SUPPLIED A5 A GUIDE TO CONTRACTORS ONLY. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE FINISHED. PROVIDE FILLERS AND COVER PANELS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WIT. OAK TRIM, ST -I, SEALED OAK TRIM ST-I, 2' -0" / SEALED UNIT B RE: 8/45.4 MONITOR STAND K 6' BASE RB -I, TRIM TO FIT 51 • 4" BASE R13-1,--V TRIM TO FIT UNIT 'B' SECTION SCALE: I" = I' -0" GATE AT HUNTING CASH WRAP ONLY, CLAD P -LAM, PL -I 2• -0" DOUBLE ACTION SELF CLOSING TYPE HINGES (HUNTING CASH UIRAP ONLY) PARTICLE BD. TOP W/ PL -2 ",..A..- -TRIM PIECE 'C', RE 4/A5.4 3/4° GREY MELAMINE IN 8l IOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH HTO, STANDARDS PL -I ON 3/4' PTCL. 8D. FACE TRIM PIECE D', RE: 4/A5.4 6° BASE B -I TRIM TO FIT, TYP. 4 =CD FRAME k PANEL 'G', RE 4/455 REGISTER RECESS NOTE: DELETE SHELVES 440 PROVIDE CLOSURE AT CORNER W1T5. PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -2 04 3/4" PARTICLE BD. WINTER EDGE 4 RETURN 2' OPENING FOR POWER DROP 3/4" MELAMINE DIVID7R5 a 4" O.C. COLOR TO MATCH PL -2. 6" CASH DRAWER PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 ON 3/4" PTCL BD. FACE MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 ON ALL INTERIOR SURFACES OF CABINET 4 5I-ELVES REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL 2 X 4 WOOD FRAME RECESSED J BOX BY ELEC. 5 A5 UNIT 'A' SECTION SCALE: I" = I' -0" REGISTER RECESS a A5.4 UNIT 'B' ELEVATION Y SCALE: I" = t' -0" c OAK TRIM ST -I, 2'-0" SEALED 6" BASE RD I, 'TRIM TO FIT 4' -6" UNIT 'B' SECTION (HANDICAP) OA%, TRIM, ST -1, SEALED SCALE: I" = I' -0" (3) 3/4" MELAMINE SHELVES AT HUNTING 4 GIFTS CASH WRAP ONLY, FINISH TO MATCH PL -I UNIT 'A /L' ELEVATION SCALE: I" I' -0" WIT 'A/R' 15 SIMILAR OPPOSITE HAND 3/4" GREY MELAMINE INTERIOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP. — 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH PL -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH MTD. STANDARDS '-6" EASE 8 -1, TRIM TO FIT 6 CASH DRAWER MASONITE SHELVES FINISH TO MATCH PL -2 3/4" MELAMINE INTERIOR (TO MATCH PL -2) TYP. PARTICLE BD. TOP WI PL -2 TRIM PIECE 'C', RE: 4/45.4 3/4" GREY MELAMINE INTERIOR TO MATCH PL -2 , TYP. 3/4" GREY MELAMINE TO MATCH Pi. -2 W/ ADJ. SHELVES ON FLUSH MTD. STANDARDS PL -I ON 3/4' PTCL, ED. FACE TRIM PIECE 'D', RE: 4/A54 4 WOOD FRAME 6' SASE B -I TRIM TO FIT, TYP 2' -0" kw — PANEL 'G', RE: 4 /A55 REGISTER RECESS 2 X 4 WOOD FRAME RECESSED J -BOX BY ELEC. UNIT 'A' SECTION (HANDICAP) SCALE: I" = I' -0" - v PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -2 ON 3/4" PARTICLE BD. COUNTER EDGE 4 RETURN 2° OPENING FOR POWER DROP 3/4" MELAMINE DIVIDERS e 4" O.C. COLOR TO MATCH PL-2. PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -I ON 3/4" PTCL BD. FACE UNIT J REGISTER RECESS ♦2 -5' WIT A/L *3 2•-0' TYP PLAN AT CHECKOUT SCALE: I/2" = I " - 0" term B 43I-2 u u u TYP SCALE: 1/2" = i' - 0" SCALE: E/2" = I' -0" WIT A/R * 2' -10° 1 . -1 " MAX. CONT. I X 2 OAK EDGE • TOP I SIDES 3/4" SLOTWALL (W/ MELAMINE FINISH TO MATCH -1 PL -2 I ALUM. I ART 3/4" MELAMINE PANEL DRILL 3 HOLES EA SIDE OF PANEL, THROUGH HARDWOOD TRIM LINE OF PLACEMENT FOR WIT A 3/4" MELAMINE SPILL TO MATCH 5LOTWALL, PL -2 x 2 OAK f✓ A ( WOW STAINED ST -I AN'■ SEALED CARPET ON I!L" PTO_ BD. I X 2 OAK TRIM 5T -I. SEALED 6' RESILIENT BASE (TRIM TO FIT/ ON (2" PTCL. BD. CONT. 2 x 6'5 4 BLOCKING AS READ 45 - 4 SECTION @ BASE DECK 'I' SCALE I" = I' -0" CHECK STAND PARTS FINISH FACE PL -I WHERE PANEL '0' IS OMITTED 4 SURFACE IS EXPOSED CHECK STAND ASSEMBLY UNIT B x ' 2' -0„ •1 L1 X 4OAK LEFT HAND WIT 54401Ud right hand unit similar, opposite hand HANDICAP a¢ RECESS RE: 544/ASA 0 a � � I x2 OAK I. -1 F 4' -0" AT GIFT CASH/WRAP " 5/8" 0" S CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED AUG 1 2 19 "s3 NOTE: ALL DETAIL THIS DRAWING SHEET ARE MILLWORK, RE:AQ.2 PE SEM Architects Inc Architecture Planning Engineering Copyright 677 South Colorado Ord. Suite 200 Dower, Colorado 80246 (30'3) 2204900 (.a3) 220-0708 fax These plans are an instrument of service and are the property of the Architect, and may not be duplicated, disclosed, or reproduced without Me written consent of the Architect. Copyrights and infringements will be enforced and prosecuted. F- W ce F- N F- O LU Cg 0 0 Vf to Z • ".1 U6 r - L W 04 a I O to N5 CL N y IZ LU < 1 — O 3 = _ 14 I- F- c0 � o c; a tit F- Date • MAY 1998 Proj No • 980 Drawn • P.T^:Cs Checked • HW Date - Issue 07/13/98 • PERMIT akI • MILLWORK DETAILS CITYOFTUKWILA JUL 1 6 1998